munotes®

Concepts and Development of Human Rights Notes | LL.M. Semester 1 | Mumbai University | munotes

Official Notes munotes.in

Concepts and Development of Human Rights

LL.M. · SEMESTER 1

Strictly as per the University of Mumbai LL.M. syllabus in force

For LL.M. students of the University of Mumbai and all its affiliated law colleges

Open the book ↓

munotes.in Group 4 Human Rights Law

Concepts and Development of Human Rights

Copyright © 2026 munotes.in. All rights reserved.

Written and first published by munotes.in, 2026.

This book is free for individual students to read at munotes.in. No part of it may be reproduced, distributed, stored, translated or used for institutional or classroom purposes in any form without a prior written licence from munotes.in.

Licensing and permissions: contact@munotes.in

The text of statutes and of judgments reproduced in this book is in the public domain under section 52(1)(q) of the Copyright Act 1957. The commentary, arrangement, examples and questions are the original work of munotes.in.

munotes.in is an independent study resource for MU students. It is not affiliated with, endorsed by, or officially connected to the University of Mumbai. Course names and university references describe the students and syllabus the material relates to.

munotes.in

Contents

Module I

  1. What This Paper Is About 1
  2. What a Human Right Is 5
  3. The Four Marks: Universal, Inalienable, Indivisible, Interdependent 10
  4. Human Dignity as the Ground of Rights 16
  5. Natural Law and the Idea of a Natural Right 22
  6. From Natural Right to Human Right 28
  7. The Positivist Objection 34
  8. Rights as Legal Claims: What a Claim Needs 40
  9. Rights and Duties: the Correlativity Thesis 46
  10. The Hohfeldian Analysis 51
  11. Interdependence of Rights and Duties in a Democratic Society 57
  12. How Modern Societal Values Have Reshaped Rights and Duties 63
  13. Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: India 69
  14. Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: Greece, Rome and the Religions 75
  15. Legal, Moral, Constitutional and Human Rights 81
  16. Fundamental Rights: the Indian Form 86
  17. Who Bears the Duty: the State 92
  18. Who Bears the Duty: the Non-State Actor 97
  19. Respect, Protect, Fulfil 102
  20. Limitation: When a Right May Be Restricted 106
  21. Derogation and the Non-Derogable Core 111
  22. Are Human Rights Inalienable 116
  23. The Vocabulary: Right, Liberty, Freedom, Entitlement 121

Module II

  1. The Generations Framework: Karel Vasak 126
  2. Liberté, Égalité, Fraternité as a Classification 131
  3. First Generation: What Civil and Political Rights Are 136
  4. The Universal Declaration: Articles 1 to 11 141
  5. The Universal Declaration: Articles 12 to 21 146
  6. The Significance of First Generation Rights in Daily Life 151
  7. Second Generation: What Economic, Social and Cultural Rights Are 155
  8. The Universal Declaration: Articles 22 to 27 160
  9. The Universal Declaration: Articles 28 to 30 165
  10. Historical Development of the Second Generation 170
  11. Third Generation: The Solidarity Rights 175
  12. The Significance of the Third Generation 179
  13. Magna Carta 1215 183
  14. The English Bill of Rights 1689 187
  15. The American Declaration of Independence and the Bill of Rights 191
  16. The French Declaration 1789: Articles 1 to 9 196
  17. The French Declaration 1789: Articles 10 to 17 201
  18. The Nineteenth Century: Abolition and Labour 206
  19. The Nineteenth Century: The Laws of War 210
  20. The League of Nations and the International Labour Organization 215
  21. The Charter of the United Nations 1945 220
  22. Drafting the Universal Declaration 225
  23. The Universal Declaration: What Kind of Instrument 230
  24. Why There Are Two Covenants 234
  25. The Civil and Political Covenant: Articles 1 to 5 239
  26. The Civil and Political Covenant: Articles 6 to 11 244
  27. The Civil and Political Covenant: Articles 12 to 17 249
  28. The Civil and Political Covenant: Articles 18 to 22 254
  29. The Civil and Political Covenant: Articles 23 to 27 259
  30. The Economic, Social and Cultural Covenant: Articles 1 to 5 264
  31. The Economic, Social and Cultural Covenant: Articles 6 to 10 269
  32. The Economic, Social and Cultural Covenant: Articles 11 to 15 275
  33. The Right to Development 1986: Articles 1 to 5 281
  34. The Right to Development 1986: Articles 6 to 10 286
  35. The Core United Nations Treaties After 1966 291
  36. The Criticism of the Generations Framework 296
  37. Vienna 1993 and the End of the Hierarchy 301

Module III

  1. Human Rights as a Political Claim 306
  2. Sovereignty and Human Rights 310
  3. Domestic Jurisdiction and the Limits of the Objection 315
  4. Globalization: What It Changed 319
  5. Globalization and Human Rights: the Argument Both Ways 323
  6. Accountability: What It Means for a Right 327
  7. Transparency and the Right to Know 331
  8. Civil Society and Non-Governmental Organizations 336
  9. The Media and Human Rights 341
  10. Human Rights and Democracy 346
  11. Rights Against the Majority 351
  12. Human Rights and Development 356
  13. Poverty as a Human Rights Question 361
  14. Corporations and the Non-State Actor 366
  15. The National Human Rights Commission: Constitution 371
  16. The National Human Rights Commission: Functions and Powers 377
  17. The Paris Principles 383
  18. Human Rights Education 388
  19. Naming, Shaming and the Politics of Enforcement 393
  20. Social Movements and Rights From Below 398
  21. Culture, Religion and Rights Inside a Society 403

Module IV

  1. The Claim of Universality 408
  2. Vienna 1993: Universal, Indivisible, Interdependent and Interrelated 413
  3. Cultural Relativism 418
  4. The Bangkok Declaration 423
  5. Asian Values: the Argument and the Answer 428
  6. What Hinders the Effective Implementation of Universality 433
  7. Universality, Sovereignty and the Margin of Appreciation 437
  8. Reservations: Universality Bought at a Price 442
  9. Colonialism and the Making of the Instruments 447
  10. Who Was in the Room in 1948 452
  11. Self-Determination as the First Third World Claim 457
  12. The New International Economic Order 462
  13. The Right to Development as the Third World Claim 467
  14. Selectivity, Double Standards and Politicization 472
  15. Third World Approaches to International Law 477
  16. Why a Consumer Is a Rights-Holder 482
  17. The United Nations Guidelines for Consumer Protection 487
  18. The Consumer Protection Act 2019: the Six Rights 492
  19. The District Commission 497
  20. The State and National Commissions 503
  21. The Major Challenges Faced by Consumers in India 508
  22. Measures to Overcome Them 513
  23. The Digital Consumer, E-Commerce and Unfair Trade Practice 518
munotes.in

Module I

munotes.in

Chapter One

What This Paper Is About

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

Four modules, and each answers one question: what a human right is, where the idea came from, what it does in a society, and whether it is really universal.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: this paper is conceptual and historical, not statutory. It asks what makes a claim a human right rather than a wish, a privilege or an ordinary legal right; how the idea developed from the seventeenth century charters to the Universal Declaration of Human Rights 1948 and the two Covenants of 1966; how rights behave once they are inside a working political society; and whether a standard written largely in one part of the world in one decade can be called universal.

The four questions

Module I asks what a human right is. Not which rights exist, but what kind of thing a right is: who holds it, who owes the corresponding duty, what makes it inalienable, and what separates it from a moral claim on the one hand and an ordinary statutory entitlement on the other.

Module II asks where the idea came from and how it is classified. MU's label is Classification of Human Rights, First, Second and Third Generations: Historical Development, so the module has two halves that are really one: the three generations are a classification, and the classification is a history. Magna Carta, the English Bill of Rights, the American and French Declarations, the nineteenth century, the Charter, the Declaration, the Covenants and the Right to Development, in that order, are what produced the three-part scheme.

Module III asks what rights do in a society. MU's label is Human Rights: Politics and Society. A right on paper is a claim; what happens to it depends on sovereignty, on globalization, on whether anyone can be held to account, on whether anyone can find out what was done, and on who is willing to press the claim.

Module IV asks the hard question, three times. Are human rights universal? What does the Third World say about instruments it did not draft? And is a consumer, of all people, a rights-holder?

What kind of paper this is

Three features of it should be settled before the first substantive chapter, because they change how the whole book is read.

There is no Act. Every other paper a student meets has a statute at its centre and a section list to work through. This one has none. The instruments here are declarations, covenants and charters, and the two Indian statutes that appear, the Protection of Human Rights Act 1993 and the Consumer Protection Act 2019, appear because a printed topic reaches them and not because the paper is about them.

munotes.in1

What This Paper Is About

The disagreements are the subject. In a statutory paper a disagreement is usually a gap to be resolved. Here the disagreements between the natural lawyer and the positivist, between the first generation and the second, and between Vienna and Bangkok, are the material. A student who learns only one side of each has learned half the paper.

And the examiner asks for authority. The paper MU set on 27 February 2026 carries the instruction "Cite relevant illustration or case laws wherever necessary" in its own rubric. So a concepts paper is still a law paper, and an answer that argues without naming a text is an answer with a hole in it.

What MU actually printed

The whole syllabus for this 4-credit paper is six labels:

ModuleCreditPrinted topic
I1 Credit1. Human Rights : Concept
II1 Credit2. Classification of Human Rights, First, Second and Third Generations: Historical Development.
III1 Credit2. Human Rights: Politics and Society
IV1 Credit4. Universality of Human Rights
IV1 Credit5. Third World Perspective to Human Rights.
IV1 Credit6. Human Rights and Consumerism.

Read the numbers in that table again. MU numbers her topics 1, 2, 2, 4, 5, 6. Topic 2 is printed twice, once for Module II and again for Module III, and there is no topic 3. That is not a misprint in this book: it is what the University's own syllabus holds, and this book carries it exactly as she prints it rather than tidying it into a sequence she never published. A student who writes "topic 3" in an answer is citing something that does not exist.

How to use this book

The order is the syllabus order, not alphabetical and not chronological. Module II is where the history lives, so a reader who wants the story of the idea should start at [The Generations Framework: Karel Vasak] and read forward.

The instruments are walked, not summarised. The Universal Declaration is taken across three chapters, article by article; the French Declaration across two; the Right to Development across two; and the two Covenants across eight. That is deliberate. A paper that asks a student to elaborate the rights provided under the Declaration, as MU's did on 27 February 2026, is asking for the articles, and a summary of a summary is what a candidate writes when they have never read it.

And the criticism is given with the doctrine. Every framework in this paper has a serious objection to it, and the objection is set out where the framework is, not saved for a chapter at the end.

munotes.in2

What This Paper Is About

What it does NOT mean

This is not a paper on the enforcement of human rights. Complaints, commissions, courts and remedies are Paper III, Protection and Enforcements of Human Rights. What appears here is only what a printed topic reaches.

It is not a paper on any one instrument. The Universal Declaration is central and is not the subject; the subject is the concept and its development.

And it is not a paper about India. India appears where an Indian text is the clearest instance of a general point, and the paper's frame is international.

Quick revision

  • Four modules, four questions: what a human right is (I); where the idea came from and how it is classified (II); what rights do in a society (III); and whether they are universal, what the Third World says, and whether a consumer is a rights-holder (IV).
  • No Act. The instruments are declarations, covenants and charters; the two Indian statutes appear only because a printed topic reaches them.
  • The disagreements are the subject: natural law against positivism, first generation against second, Vienna against Bangkok.
  • The examiner asks for authority: the rubric on the paper of 27 February 2026 reads "Cite relevant illustration or case laws wherever necessary."
  • MU numbers her topics 1, 2, 2, 4, 5, 6. Topic 2 twice, no topic 3. Carried verbatim throughout this book.
  • Instruments are walked article by article, not summarised: the Universal Declaration over three chapters, the French Declaration over two, the Right to Development over two, the Covenants over eight.

Test yourself

1. What are the four questions this paper asks, one per module? Module I asks what a human right is: not which rights exist but what kind of thing a right is, who holds it, who owes the duty that answers it, and what separates it from a moral claim on one side and an ordinary legal entitlement on the other. Module II asks where the idea came from and how it is classified, and its two halves are really one, because the three generations are a classification and the classification is a history running from Magna Carta through the American and French Declarations to the Charter, the Universal Declaration, the two Covenants and the Right to Development. Module III asks what rights do once they are inside a working political society, where the answer depends on sovereignty, globalization, accountability, transparency and who is willing to press a claim. Module IV asks the hard question three times over: whether human rights are universal, what the Third World says about instruments it did not draft, and whether a consumer is a rights-holder.

2. Why does it matter that this paper has no Act? Because it changes what completeness means and what an answer looks like. In a statutory paper the section list is the contract: a student knows what they owe because the University prints a range, and an answer is judged against the words of a provision. Here there is no such list, so the boundary of the paper has to be drawn from the six printed labels and from the instruments those labels are about, which is what this book's syllabus contract does. It also changes the character of the reasoning. A statutory answer applies a provision to facts; a conceptual answer has to state a position and defend it against the strongest objection, because the disagreements between the natural lawyer and the positivist, or between Vienna and Bangkok, are the material rather than gaps in it. What does not change is the demand for authority: the examiner's own rubric asks for illustration or case law wherever necessary.

munotes.in3

What This Paper Is About

3. State MU's topic numbering exactly, and say why this book does not tidy it. She prints six topics numbered 1, 2, 2, 4, 5, 6. Topic 1 is Human Rights: Concept, for Module I. Topic 2 is Classification of Human Rights, First, Second and Third Generations: Historical Development, for Module II. Topic 2 appears a second time, for Module III, against Human Rights: Politics and Society. Topics 4, 5 and 6 are Universality of Human Rights, Third World Perspective to Human Rights, and Human Rights and Consumerism, all three under Module IV. There is no topic 3 anywhere. This book carries that verbatim because the syllabus is the contract and a student's answer is marked against what the University published: renumbering the topics into a clean run of six would put a number in an answer that does not appear on her syllabus, and would also hide a real defect from anyone who came to check.

4. Why are the instruments walked article by article rather than summarised? Because that is what the paper asks for and because a summary of a summary is worthless. MU's paper of 27 February 2026 asked candidates to elaborate the various human rights provided under the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, 1948, with special reference to civil and political rights, which is a question about the articles and cannot be answered from a paragraph describing the Declaration in general terms. So this book takes the Declaration across three chapters covering articles 1 to 11, 12 to 21, 22 to 27 and 28 to 30; the French Declaration across two chapters covering its seventeen articles; the Right to Development across two covering its ten; and the two Covenants across eight covering the rights parts of each. The declared scope in this book's instruments file is what makes that a promise rather than an intention, because a coverage check reads the finished chapters and reports any article the book never names.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in4

Chapter Two

What a Human Right Is

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

A human right is a claim a person has simply by being a person, held against everyone with the power to defeat it, and not earned, granted or forfeited.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: a human right is an entitlement which belongs to every human being by virtue of their humanity alone, and not by virtue of citizenship, status, conduct, merit or the grant of any authority; which imposes a corresponding duty on the State and, increasingly, on others with power over the holder; which is not conditional on the holder deserving it; and which the holder cannot be deprived of by consent, contract or majority decision, though its exercise may be limited in defined circumstances.

Taking the definition apart

Five elements, and each is where an examination question can be set.

"By virtue of their humanity alone"

This is the whole idea, and it is worth seeing what it excludes. A right is not a human right if it depends on:

  • being a citizen, which is what makes the article 19 freedoms in the Indian Constitution fundamental rights of a particular kind rather than human rights in the strict sense;
  • holding an office or a status, which is what a privilege is;
  • having earned it, which is what a reward is;
  • a grant, which is what a licence is; or
  • behaving well, which is the point [Are Human Rights Inalienable] turns on.

The corollary is the harsh one and it is examinable. If a right belongs to a person by virtue of their humanity, then it belongs to the person one most dislikes: the convicted, the enemy, the foreigner, the person who denies the rights of others. A framework that withdrew rights from those people would be a framework of privileges with a different name.

"An entitlement", not an interest or a value

Everyone has an interest in being healthy; that is not a right. What makes an entitlement is that somebody else is obliged, and that the holder can demand rather than request. [Rights as Legal Claims: What a Claim Needs] takes this apart properly; the short form is that a right without an identifiable duty-bearer is a value dressed in the language of a right.

"A corresponding duty"

Traditionally the duty falls on the State, and it does so for a reason rather than by convention: the State holds the monopoly of force, makes the law and controls the administration, so it is both the greatest threat to a right and the only body that can secure it. [Who Bears the Duty: the State] and [Who Bears the Duty: the Non-State Actor] work the question, and [Respect, Protect, Fulfil] shows that a single right generates three different duties rather than one.

munotes.in5

What a Human Right Is

"Not conditional"

A human right is not a bargain. It is not conditional on the holder paying tax, obeying the law, or belonging to the majority. This is what makes rights counter-majoritarian, and it is why they are put in constitutions and treaties rather than left to ordinary legislation.

"Though its exercise may be limited"

The final element is the one that stops the definition being absurd. Almost every right may be restricted in defined circumstances: by law, for a legitimate aim, and no more than necessary. [Limitation: When a Right May Be Restricted] sets out the test, and [Derogation and the Non-Derogable Core] identifies the handful of rights that cannot be touched even in a public emergency.

The definition in the instruments' own words

The instruments do not define a human right. What they do instead is assert its source, and the assertion is the same in every one of them.

Article 1 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights 1948: All human beings are born free and equal in dignity and rights. Born, not granted. Equal, not graded.

Article 1 of the French Declaration of the Rights of Man and of the Citizen 1789: Men are born and remain free and equal in rights. Social distinctions may be based only on considerations of the common good. Note remain: the 1789 drafters had already seen the objection that a right could be born and then lost.

The preamble to both Covenants of 1966 recognises that the rights in them derive from the inherent dignity of the human person.

Read the three together and the structure is visible. The instruments do not argue for rights; they assert a source, dignity, and derive rights from it. Whether that is a good enough foundation is the subject of [Human Dignity as the Ground of Rights] and [The Positivist Objection].

The three questions to ask of any claimed right

An examiner setting a problem will describe an interest and ask whether it is a human right. Three questions dispose of most such problems.

Whose is it? If the claim can only be made by a citizen, an employee, a member or an office-holder, it is not a human right, whatever else it is.

Who owes the duty, and what exactly must they do? If no duty-bearer can be named, or the duty cannot be stated as an act or a forbearance, the claim is an aspiration. This is the test that the third generation struggles with and that [Third Generation: The Solidarity Rights] takes seriously.

And can it be taken away by agreement or by vote? If it can, it is a legal right and not a human right.

munotes.in6

What a Human Right Is

Worked example

A State provides free legal aid to indigent accused persons, a subsidised electricity connection to farmers, and a pension to former members of its legislature. It withdraws all three from anyone convicted of an offence. Which of the three withdrawals raises a human rights question?

The legal aid. This is a human right. It is an aspect of the right to a fair trial, which belongs to a person because they are a person facing the State's power, and article 11(1) of the Universal Declaration and article 14 of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights both provide for the guarantees necessary for a defence. Withdrawing it from the convicted is doubly objectionable: it is conditional on conduct, and the person who needs it most is the person facing conviction. Note the structure of the answer: it names the holder, the duty-bearer and the instrument.

The electricity subsidy. Not a human right as such, though the underlying interest may touch one. It is available to farmers, so it is conditional on an occupation; that makes it a benefit. A rights argument is still available at one remove: if the withdrawal is arbitrary or discriminatory it engages equality, and if electricity is a component of an adequate standard of living under article 11 of the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights the State's obligation is engaged as to everyone, not as to farmers. The lesson is that a benefit is not a right, and that a benefit may nonetheless be governed by rights.

The legislators' pension. Not a human right at any level. It attaches to an office, which is the definition of a privilege.

What it does NOT mean

A human right is not the same as a legal right. All human rights ought to be legal rights and many are not; many legal rights are not human rights at all. [Legal, Moral, Constitutional and Human Rights] separates the four.

It is not a right that cannot be limited. Almost all of them can be, in defined circumstances and by law.

It is not a right the State grants. The instruments say human beings are born free and equal in rights, and the State's role is to recognise and secure them.

And it is not confined to what the instruments list. The instruments record rights; they do not exhaust them, which is why the Universal Declaration calls itself a common standard of achievement rather than a code.

Quick revision

  • The definition: an entitlement belonging to every human being by virtue of their humanity alone, imposing a corresponding duty, not conditional on merit or conduct, incapable of being surrendered by consent or vote, though its exercise may be limited by law for a legitimate aim.
  • Five elements, each examinable: the source (humanity, not status), the entitlement (a demand, not an interest), the duty (on the State first, and on others with power), the unconditionality, and the limitability.
  • The harsh corollary: a right held by virtue of humanity is held by the convicted, the enemy and the foreigner. A framework that withdrew it from them would be a framework of privileges.
  • The instruments assert a source rather than define: All human beings are born free and equal in dignity and rights (UDHR article 1); Men are born and remain free and equal in rights (French Declaration article 1); the rights derive from the inherent dignity of the human person (both Covenants' preambles).
  • The three questions for a problem: whose is it; who owes the duty and what exactly must they do; and can it be taken away by agreement or by vote.
munotes.in7

What a Human Right Is

Test yourself

1. State the definition and take it apart. A human right is an entitlement which belongs to every human being by virtue of their humanity alone, and not by virtue of citizenship, status, conduct, merit or the grant of any authority; which imposes a corresponding duty on the State and, increasingly, on others with power over the holder; which is not conditional on the holder deserving it; which the holder cannot be deprived of by consent, contract or majority decision; and whose exercise may nonetheless be limited in defined circumstances. The five elements each carry weight. The source is humanity, which excludes anything depending on being a citizen, holding an office, having earned something or being granted a licence. The entitlement is a demand rather than an interest, which requires a duty-bearer who is obliged. The duty falls first on the State because it holds the monopoly of force, makes the law and controls the administration, so it is both the greatest threat and the only body that can secure the right. The unconditionality is what makes rights counter-majoritarian and why they are entrenched in constitutions and treaties. And limitability is what stops the definition being absurd, since almost every right may be restricted by law, for a legitimate aim, and no more than necessary.

2. What is the harsh corollary of "by virtue of their humanity alone", and why can it not be avoided? That the right belongs to the person one most dislikes: the convicted criminal, the enemy combatant, the foreigner without status, the person who denies the rights of others. It cannot be avoided because it follows directly from the source. If the entitlement arises from being human, then any withdrawal based on what a person has done, believes or belongs to is a withdrawal based on something other than humanity, and a framework that made rights depend on such things would be a framework of privileges wearing the vocabulary of rights. The instruments recognise this and say so in their structure rather than only in their preambles: the Universal Declaration provides in article 1 that all human beings are born free and equal in dignity and rights, and its guarantees of fair trial and against torture are drafted precisely for people accused and detained. What the framework does allow is limitation of exercise, by law and for a legitimate aim, which is a different thing from withdrawal of the right.

munotes.in8

What a Human Right Is

3. How do the instruments define a human right, and what do they do instead? They do not define it. What they do is assert a source and derive rights from it, and the assertion is remarkably consistent across two centuries. Article 1 of the French Declaration of 1789 provides that men are born and remain free and equal in rights, and that social distinctions may be based only on considerations of the common good; the word remain shows the drafters had already met the objection that a right might be born and then lost. Article 1 of the Universal Declaration of 1948 provides that all human beings are born free and equal in dignity and rights, adding dignity to the 1789 formula. And the preambles to both Covenants of 1966 recognise that the rights in them derive from the inherent dignity of the human person. So the structure of the instruments is: assert dignity, derive rights, then enumerate. Whether dignity is a good enough foundation is a separate question and is the subject of the next chapters.

4. Apply the three questions to a claimed right to a subsidised electricity connection for farmers. Whose is it? It is available to farmers, so it is conditional on an occupation, and an entitlement that depends on what a person does for a living does not belong to them by virtue of their humanity. That answer alone settles that the subsidy is a benefit rather than a human right. Who owes the duty and what must they do? The State owes it, and the content is the supply of a connection at a stated price, which is a determinate duty but one created by policy rather than by the person's humanity. Can it be taken away by agreement or by vote? It can, and a legislature that repealed the scheme would breach no right by doing so. But two rights arguments survive at one remove, and a good answer gives them: a withdrawal that is arbitrary or that targets a group engages equality, and if electricity forms part of an adequate standard of living under article 11 of the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights then the State owes obligations about it to everyone rather than to farmers. A benefit is not a right, and a benefit may still be governed by rights.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in9

Chapter Three

The Four Marks: Universal, Inalienable, Indivisible, Interdependent

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

The instruments claim four things about human rights, and each claim is separately contested.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: human rights are said to be universal, in that they belong to every human being everywhere; inalienable, in that they cannot be surrendered or taken away; indivisible, in that no category of them ranks above another; and interdependent and interrelated, in that the realisation of one depends on the realisation of others. The four are stated together in paragraph 5 of the Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action 1993: All human rights are universal, indivisible and interdependent and interrelated.

The first mark: universal

The claim. The same rights belong to every human being, in every State, in every culture, at every time.

Three senses of the word, and they are not the same, which is why the argument in Module IV is so confused when the senses are not separated.

Universal in application: the right belongs to everyone, not to some class. This is the sense that follows directly from the definition in [What a Human Right Is] and is the least controversial.

Universal in origin: the idea is not the property of one civilisation. This is contested, and it is what [Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: India] and [Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: Greece, Rome and the Religions] are for.

Universal in content: the same list, understood the same way, everywhere. This is the sense the Bangkok Declaration disputes when it asks that rights be considered bearing in mind the significance of national and regional particularities and various historical, cultural and religious backgrounds, and it is the sense [Cultural Relativism] examines.

Where it is stated. Vienna paragraph 5, and before that the whole architecture of the Universal Declaration, whose article 2 provides that everyone is entitled to the rights in it without distinction of any kind.

The second mark: inalienable

The claim. A human right cannot be given away by its holder, taken away by a State, or lost by conduct.

Two things it does not mean, and both are examinable.

It does not mean the right can never be restricted. Detention after conviction restricts liberty; that is a limitation of exercise, not an alienation of the right, and the difference is the subject of [Limitation: When a Right May Be Restricted].

And it does not mean a person can never waive an exercise of a right on a particular occasion. A person may consent to a search, decline to speak, or agree to arbitration. What they cannot do is contract out of having the right at all, which is why a term purporting to waive a right in advance and for the future is treated as void rather than as an exercise of autonomy.

munotes.in10

The Four Marks: Universal, Inalienable, Indivisible, Interdependent

Where it is stated. The word appears in the preamble to the Universal Declaration, which speaks of the inalienable rights of all members of the human family, and in article 1 of the Declaration on the Right to Development 1986: The right to development is an inalienable human right. [Are Human Rights Inalienable] presses the harder version of the question.

The third mark: indivisible

The claim. There is no hierarchy among human rights. Civil and political rights do not rank above economic, social and cultural rights, or the reverse.

Why the claim had to be made. Because the drafting history denies it. The two Covenants of 1966 split one Declaration into two treaties with two different standards, immediate obligation for one and progressive realisation for the other, and each bloc in the Cold War treated its own half as the real one. [Why There Are Two Covenants] is that story, and indivisibility is the position the international community reached afterwards.

Where it is stated. Vienna paragraph 5 again, and article 6(2) of the Declaration on the Right to Development 1986: All human rights and fundamental freedoms are indivisible and interdependent; equal attention and urgent consideration should be given to the implementation, promotion and protection of civil, political, economic, social and cultural rights.

The fourth mark: interdependent and interrelated

The claim. The rights depend on one another, so that the realisation of one is a condition of the realisation of the others.

The examples do the work here, and a candidate should have two ready.

A vote without literacy. Article 21 of the Universal Declaration gives everyone the right to take part in the government of their country. A person who cannot read the ballot, has never been to school and does not know what the candidates propose holds that right in form. Article 26, the right to education, is what makes it real, so a first generation right depends on a second generation right.

A fair trial without food. Article 11 gives the presumption of innocence and the guarantees of a defence. A person who cannot afford to stop working to attend a hearing, or who pleads guilty to end a remand they cannot survive, has the right and cannot use it.

The reverse direction matters too, and it is the half that is usually left out. Article 25's right to an adequate standard of living is not delivered to people who cannot speak, organise, or vote out a government that fails them, so second generation rights depend on first generation rights just as heavily.

munotes.in11

The Four Marks: Universal, Inalienable, Indivisible, Interdependent

Where it is stated. Vienna paragraph 5, and it is the argument [The Criticism of the Generations Framework] uses against reading the generations as a sequence.

Reading Vienna paragraph 5 properly

The sentence everyone quotes is the first half. The rest of the paragraph is what makes it usable, and a strong answer gives both.

The Declaration provides that all human rights are universal, indivisible and interdependent and interrelated; that the international community must treat human rights globally in a fair and equal manner, on the same footing, and with the same emphasis; that while the significance of national and regional particularities and various historical, cultural and religious backgrounds must be borne in mind, it is the duty of States, regardless of their political, economic and cultural systems, to promote and protect all human rights and fundamental freedoms.

Notice what the middle clause does. Vienna does not deny particularity: it concedes it in almost the same words the Bangkok Declaration used three months earlier, and then makes the duty unconditional anyway. That is the compromise the whole universality debate settled on, and a candidate who quotes only the first clause has quoted the half that was never in dispute. [Vienna 1993 and the End of the Hierarchy] and [The Bangkok Declaration] work both sides.

Worked example

A State argues that in its society the family, not the individual, is the unit of society; that it will therefore guarantee economic and social rights fully but defer political rights until development is complete; and that a citizen may in any event waive her right to approach a court by accepting employment in the public service.

Take the marks in order, because each argument fails against a different one.

Deferring political rights fails indivisibility. There is no hierarchy and no order of realisation. Vienna requires human rights to be treated globally in a fair and equal manner, on the same footing, and with the same emphasis, and article 6(2) of the Right to Development Declaration requires equal attention and urgent consideration to both sets.

It also fails interdependence, and this is the stronger answer. The economic and social rights the State promises to deliver are not deliverable without the political rights it proposes to defer: a population that cannot speak, associate or vote has no way to correct a failure of delivery, which is why the two sets rise and fall together rather than in sequence.

The waiver fails inalienability. A term by which an employee gives up access to a court is not an exercise of autonomy but an attempt to contract out of having the right, and it is void for that reason. Note the distinction the answer must draw: she may decline to sue in a particular case, and she may not agree in advance never to be able to.

munotes.in12

The Four Marks: Universal, Inalienable, Indivisible, Interdependent

And the family argument engages universality in its third sense only. The State is not denying that the rights apply to everyone; it is disputing their content. That is the cultural relativism argument, it is a real argument rather than an evasion, and Vienna's own middle clause concedes that particularity must be borne in mind before making the duty unconditional. [Cultural Relativism] takes it seriously.

What it does NOT mean

Universal does not mean uniform. Vienna itself requires particularities to be borne in mind; what it refuses is that they should defeat the duty.

Inalienable does not mean unlimited. Rights are restricted every day, lawfully.

Indivisible does not mean identical. The two sets of rights genuinely differ in how they are realised; what indivisibility denies is that one ranks above the other.

And interdependent does not mean that no right can be enjoyed until all are. It means that the realisation of each is conditioned by the others, not that the rights arrive as a single parcel.

Quick revision

  • Four marks: universal, inalienable, indivisible, interdependent and interrelated.
  • Vienna paragraph 5, the whole of it: all human rights are universal, indivisible and interdependent and interrelated; the international community must treat human rights globally in a fair and equal manner, on the same footing, and with the same emphasis; and while the significance of national and regional particularities and various historical, cultural and religious backgrounds must be borne in mind, it is the duty of States, regardless of their political, economic and cultural systems, to promote and protect all human rights.
  • Universal has three senses: in application (everyone holds it), in origin (the idea is nobody's property), in content (the same list, understood the same way). Module IV disputes the third.
  • Inalienable: cannot be surrendered, taken or forfeited. Not the same as unlimited, and not the same as unwaivable on a single occasion.
  • Indivisible: no hierarchy. The claim had to be made because the two Covenants denied it in practice.
  • Interdependent: a vote without literacy, a fair trial without food. And the reverse: an adequate standard of living is not delivered to people who cannot speak or organise.
  • Also stated in article 6(2) of the Right to Development Declaration 1986: rights are indivisible and interdependent, with equal attention and urgent consideration to both sets.

Test yourself

1. Set out the four marks and where they are stated together. Human rights are said to be universal, in that they belong to every human being everywhere; inalienable, in that they cannot be surrendered by the holder, taken away by a State or forfeited by conduct; indivisible, in that no category of them ranks above another; and interdependent and interrelated, in that the realisation of each is conditioned by the realisation of the others. They are stated together in paragraph 5 of the Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action 1993, which provides that all human rights are universal, indivisible and interdependent and interrelated, that the international community must treat human rights globally in a fair and equal manner, on the same footing and with the same emphasis, and that while the significance of national and regional particularities and various historical, cultural and religious backgrounds must be borne in mind, it is the duty of States, regardless of their political, economic and cultural systems, to promote and protect all human rights and fundamental freedoms. Article 6(2) of the Declaration on the Right to Development 1986 states indivisibility and interdependence in nearly the same terms and adds that equal attention and urgent consideration should be given to both sets.

munotes.in13

The Four Marks: Universal, Inalienable, Indivisible, Interdependent

2. Distinguish the three senses of universality and say which one Module IV is about. Universality in application means the right belongs to everyone rather than to a class, which follows from the definition of a human right and is barely contested. Universality in origin means the idea itself is not the property of one civilisation, which is contested and is why a chapter on ancient traditions belongs in a modern paper. Universality in content means the same list of rights, understood in the same way, applies everywhere, and this is the sense the whole of Module IV argues about. The Bangkok Declaration's paragraph 8 disputes it by asking that human rights be considered in the context of a dynamic and evolving process of international norm-setting, bearing in mind the significance of national and regional particularities and various historical, cultural and religious backgrounds. Keeping the senses apart matters because most bad answers slide between them, treating an argument about content as though it were a denial of application, which nobody makes.

3. Why did indivisibility have to be asserted at all? Because the practice denied it. One Universal Declaration was split in 1966 into two Covenants, with two different standards of obligation: immediate obligation for civil and political rights and progressive realisation to the maximum of available resources for economic, social and cultural rights. Each bloc in the Cold War then treated its own half as the rights that really mattered and the other half as aspiration or propaganda, and a State could ratify one and not the other. Indivisibility is the position the international community reached after that, and it is asserted in Vienna paragraph 5 and in article 6(2) of the Right to Development Declaration precisely because the instruments themselves had produced a hierarchy. A candidate who states indivisibility without the drafting history has stated a slogan; one who gives the history has explained why the slogan exists.

munotes.in14

The Four Marks: Universal, Inalienable, Indivisible, Interdependent

4. Give the interdependence argument in both directions. In one direction, a first generation right depends on a second. Article 21 of the Universal Declaration gives everyone the right to take part in the government of their country, but a person who cannot read a ballot, has never been to school and cannot find out what candidates propose holds that right in form only; article 26, the right to education, is what converts it into something exercisable. Article 11's presumption of innocence and guarantees of a defence are similarly hollow for a person who cannot afford to attend hearings or who pleads guilty to escape a remand they cannot survive. In the other direction, and this is the half usually omitted, a second generation right depends on the first. The adequate standard of living promised by article 25 is not delivered to a population that cannot speak, organise, publish or remove a government that fails to deliver it, because there is no mechanism by which failure is corrected. That is why the two sets rise and fall together and why a State cannot coherently promise one while deferring the other.

5. Why is quoting only the first clause of Vienna paragraph 5 a weak answer? Because the first clause was never in dispute and the rest of the paragraph is where the compromise lies. Nobody argued that rights were divisible in principle or that they were unrelated; what was argued, at Bangkok three months earlier, was that universality had to accommodate national and regional particularities and various historical, cultural and religious backgrounds. Vienna's answer is not to deny that. It concedes the point in almost the same words, saying that the significance of such particularities must be borne in mind, and then makes the obligation unconditional anyway by declaring it the duty of States, regardless of their political, economic and cultural systems, to promote and protect all human rights. A candidate who quotes only the opening words presents as a victory what was actually a negotiated settlement, and has nothing to say when an examiner asks how Vienna answered Bangkok.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in15

Chapter Four

Human Dignity as the Ground of Rights

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

The instruments do not argue that human beings have rights; they assert that human beings have dignity, and derive the rights from it.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: human dignity is the inherent and equal worth of every human being, which the international instruments treat as the source of human rights rather than as one right among them. The preamble to the Universal Declaration of Human Rights 1948 opens by recognising the inherent dignity and of the equal and inalienable rights of all members of the human family as the foundation of freedom, justice and peace in the world; article 1 provides that all human beings are born free and equal in dignity and rights; and the preambles to both Covenants of 1966 recognise that these rights derive from the inherent dignity of the human person.

Why the instruments needed a ground at all

A list of rights raises an obvious question: why these, and why should anyone accept them? Three answers were available in 1948 and only one of them could be used.

Because God says so. Unusable in an instrument that had to be acceptable to States of every religion and to States of none.

Because our law says so. Circular, and it makes the rights the property of whichever legal system happens to recognise them, which is the opposite of what the drafters were claiming.

Because of something about human beings themselves. This is what they chose, and the something is dignity.

So dignity is not a decorative word in a preamble. It is doing the work that a theory of rights would otherwise have to do, and it was chosen precisely because it could be asserted without agreeing on why it is true. A Catholic, a Confucian and a Marxist could all sign a text that begins with the inherent dignity of the human person while disagreeing entirely about its foundation. [What This Paper Is About] records that the disagreements are the subject; here they are the reason the instrument is drafted as it is.

What the instruments say, in order

The Universal Declaration's first preambular paragraph. Whereas recognition of the inherent dignity and of the equal and inalienable rights of all members of the human family is the foundation of freedom, justice and peace in the world. Three things are packed in. Dignity is inherent, so it is not conferred. It belongs to all members of the human family, so it is not graded. And it is the foundation of freedom, justice and peace, so it is prior to those and not derived from them.

Its second preambular paragraph explains why the drafters thought this needed saying: disregard and contempt for human rights have resulted in barbarous acts which have outraged the conscience of mankind. The Declaration is written against something, and the something is recent.

munotes.in16

Human Dignity as the Ground of Rights

Article 1. All human beings are born free and equal in dignity and rights. Born, so dignity is not earned; equal, so it is not comparative.

Both Covenants, in identical words. Recognizing that these rights derive from the inherent dignity of the human person. The verb is the important one: derive. The rights are consequences of dignity, not items on a list beside it.

Article 10(1) of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights then shows dignity operating as a standard rather than a preamble: all persons deprived of their liberty shall be treated with humanity and with respect for the inherent dignity of the human person. The same phrase, doing legal work.

The four things dignity is used to do

Separating these is what distinguishes a good answer from a vague one.

As a source. Rights derive from it. This is the Covenants' use, and it is the strongest claim: it explains why the list is not arbitrary.

As a standard. Conduct is measured against it, as in article 10(1). Torture, degrading punishment and inhuman conditions are wrong because they deny dignity, which is why those provisions rarely define the conduct and instead name the value it offends.

As a limit on the holder's own choices. This is the controversial use. If dignity is inherent and equal, it may not be surrendered, so consent does not always cure. [Are Human Rights Inalienable] takes it, and it is the hardest use to defend because it can be turned against the person it protects.

And as a tie-breaker. Where two rights conflict, dignity is invoked to decide. This is the weakest use, because a word that can be invoked on both sides settles nothing.

Dignity in Indian law

The Indian courts did not treat dignity as a preambular flourish. It became the operative content of article 21, which on its face guarantees only that no person shall be deprived of life or personal liberty except according to procedure established by law.

The move that matters is the reading of life as more than animal existence: a life with dignity, from which the courts derived a right to livelihood, to shelter, to health and to die with dignity. [Fundamental Rights: the Indian Form] takes article 21 properly.

The significance for this paper is that it shows dignity working exactly as the Covenants describe. An article containing no list of entitlements generated a long one, because dignity was treated as the source and the entitlements as what the source requires. A student writing on the concept of human rights can point to article 21 as the clearest available demonstration that deriving rights from dignity is not merely a drafting convention.

munotes.in17

Human Dignity as the Ground of Rights

The objections, which a strong answer states

It is undefined. No instrument in this paper defines dignity, and a foundation nobody can state is a foundation nobody can test. The reply is that the drafters wanted an overlapping consensus rather than a shared theory, and that a defined dignity would have been a dignity somebody refused to sign.

It is empty, or it is too full. A word that everybody accepts is usually a word that means different things to each of them, so it settles nothing at the point of disagreement. The reply is that it is not meant to settle those disagreements; it is meant to establish that the argument is about what dignity requires rather than about whether the person matters.

It can be used against the person. Dignity has been invoked to forbid people from doing things they wished to do, on the ground that the conduct was beneath human dignity. That is the sharp end of the third use above, and the honest answer is that dignity as a limit on autonomy is in tension with dignity as the ground of autonomy, and that the tension is real rather than apparent.

And it may be culturally particular. If dignity is understood as individual autonomy, it may be an idea of one tradition presented as universal, which is the argument [Cultural Relativism] and [The Bangkok Declaration] develop. The reply is that the instruments do not define dignity as autonomy, and that the traditions cited against it mostly assert human worth in their own vocabulary rather than deny it.

Worked example

A State proposes to permit a prison to save costs by holding prisoners four to a cell built for one, arguing that no provision of its law forbids it, that the prisoners consented in writing in exchange for earlier release, and that the practice is a matter of resources rather than rights.

The absence of a specific prohibition is not an answer. This is exactly what dignity as a standard is for. Article 10(1) of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights requires that all persons deprived of their liberty be treated with humanity and with respect for the inherent dignity of the human person, and it is drafted in that form because a code listing forbidden conditions would always be one step behind the ingenuity of an administration. The State's argument proves too much: on its reasoning nothing is forbidden until it is enumerated.

The consent is not an answer either. This is dignity as a limit on the holder's own choices, and it is the use to handle carefully. The reason the consent fails is not that the prisoners cannot be trusted to judge their own interests; it is that consent obtained by offering liberty to a person who does not have it is not free, and that a right whose exercise can be bought back by the duty-bearer is not a right against that duty-bearer at all.

munotes.in18

Human Dignity as the Ground of Rights

The resources argument engages the source. If rights derive from inherent dignity, they do not derive from budgets, so cost may explain a failure and cannot justify it. The Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights makes room for resources in article 2(1) through progressive realisation, but article 10(1) of the other Covenant is an immediate obligation and no such qualification applies.

And what the answer should concede. Dignity does not tell you how many prisoners per cell is acceptable. It tells you that the question is about the treatment of persons rather than about the allocation of space, and it puts the burden on the State to justify. A candidate who claims dignity yields a number is overclaiming.

What it does NOT mean

Dignity is not a right in these instruments. It is the ground from which rights derive, though some later constitutions do make it a right.

It is not defined anywhere in this paper's instruments, and the absence is deliberate.

It does not resolve conflicts between rights. A value both sides can invoke decides nothing.

And deriving rights from dignity is not the same as deriving them from God or from nature. That is the point of the choice: dignity was available to States that would accept neither.

Quick revision

  • Dignity is the SOURCE, not one right among others. Both Covenants: Recognizing that these rights derive from the inherent dignity of the human person.
  • UDHR preamble: recognition of the inherent dignity and of the equal and inalienable rights of all members of the human family is the foundation of freedom, justice and peace in the world. Inherent (not conferred), all members of the human family (not graded), foundation (prior to freedom, justice and peace).
  • UDHR second recital: disregard and contempt for human rights have resulted in barbarous acts which have outraged the conscience of mankind. The Declaration is written against something recent.
  • UDHR article 1: All human beings are born free and equal in dignity and rights.
  • ICCPR article 10(1): persons deprived of liberty shall be treated with humanity and with respect for the inherent dignity of the human person. Dignity as an operative standard, not a preamble.
  • Four uses: as a source (rights derive from it), as a standard (conduct measured against it), as a limit on the holder's own choices (the controversial one), as a tie-breaker (the weakest).
  • Why dignity and not God or law: an instrument acceptable to every religion and none, and to every legal system, needed a ground in the human being. It was chosen because it could be asserted without agreeing why it is true.
  • Four objections: undefined; empty or too full; usable against the person; possibly culturally particular. Each has an answer, and a strong response states both.
munotes.in19

Human Dignity as the Ground of Rights

Test yourself

1. Why did the drafters need a ground, and why was dignity the one available? Because a bare list of rights invites the question why those rights and why anyone should accept them, and only one of the three available answers could be used in 1948. Grounding rights in religion was unusable in an instrument that had to be acceptable to States of every faith and of none. Grounding them in existing law was circular and self-defeating, because it would have made the rights the property of whichever legal system recognised them, which is the opposite of what the drafters were claiming. What remained was to ground them in something about human beings themselves, and dignity was the term that could be asserted without agreement on why it is true. That is its great practical virtue: a Catholic, a Confucian and a Marxist could all sign a text beginning with the inherent dignity of the human person while disagreeing completely about its foundation, so the instrument secured an overlapping consensus rather than a shared theory.

2. Set out what the instruments actually say about dignity, in order. The Universal Declaration's first preambular paragraph recognises the inherent dignity and the equal and inalienable rights of all members of the human family as the foundation of freedom, justice and peace in the world, which asserts three things at once: dignity is inherent and so not conferred, it belongs to all members of the human family and so is not graded, and it is the foundation of freedom, justice and peace rather than something derived from them. Its second preambular paragraph gives the reason for saying so, that disregard and contempt for human rights have resulted in barbarous acts which have outraged the conscience of mankind. Article 1 provides that all human beings are born free and equal in dignity and rights. Both Covenants of 1966 use identical words in their preambles, recognising that these rights derive from the inherent dignity of the human person, and the verb derive is what makes dignity a source rather than an item on the list. Article 10(1) of the Civil and Political Covenant then puts the same phrase to operative work, requiring that persons deprived of their liberty be treated with humanity and with respect for the inherent dignity of the human person.

munotes.in20

Human Dignity as the Ground of Rights

3. Distinguish the four uses of dignity and say which is weakest. As a source, dignity explains where rights come from and why the list is not arbitrary; this is the Covenants' use and the strongest claim. As a standard, conduct is measured against it, which is what article 10(1) does and why provisions on torture and inhuman treatment name the value offended rather than enumerating forbidden acts; this is what allows a prohibition to reach conduct nobody anticipated. As a limit on the holder's own choices, dignity is said to survive the holder's consent, so that a person may not contract out of it; this is the controversial use because it can be turned against the very person it protects. As a tie-breaker between competing rights it is weakest of all, because a value that both sides can invoke with equal plausibility does not decide anything, and an answer that resolves a conflict by asserting dignity has substituted a word for an argument.

4. How does Indian law demonstrate dignity working as a source? Article 21 of the Constitution guarantees, on its face, only that no person shall be deprived of life or personal liberty except according to procedure established by law. It contains no list of entitlements. Yet by reading life as meaning more than animal existence, as a life with dignity, the courts derived from it a substantial body of rights, including livelihood, shelter, health and dignity in dying. That is precisely the structure the Covenants describe: an inherent worth is treated as the source, and specific entitlements are worked out as what the source requires in particular circumstances. For a paper on the concept of human rights this is the clearest available demonstration that deriving rights from dignity is not merely a drafting convention adopted to secure signatures, because a court that had treated the preambular language as decoration could not have reached those results from the words of article 21 alone.

5. State the objections to grounding rights in dignity, with the answer to each. That it is undefined: no instrument in this paper defines it, and a foundation nobody can state is one nobody can test. The answer is that the vagueness is the price of the overlapping consensus, and that a defined dignity is a dignity somebody would have refused to sign. That it is empty, or too full: a word everyone accepts usually means different things to each of them, so it settles nothing where disagreement actually arises. The answer is that it is not meant to settle those disagreements but to establish that the argument is about what dignity requires rather than about whether the person counts. That it can be used against the person: dignity has been invoked to forbid people from doing what they wished on the ground that it was beneath human dignity, and the honest answer is that dignity as a limit on autonomy is in genuine tension with dignity as the ground of autonomy. And that it may be culturally particular, if understood as individual autonomy; the answer is that the instruments do not define it as autonomy, and that the traditions invoked against it generally assert human worth in their own vocabulary rather than deny it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in21

Chapter Five

Natural Law and the Idea of a Natural Right

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

Long before any State recognised human rights, a tradition held that there is a law above the law, and that a person can be wronged by a valid enactment.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: natural law is the doctrine that there exists a standard of right conduct which is not made by any human authority, which is discoverable by reason, and against which the enactments of a State may be measured and found wanting; a natural right is an entitlement a person has under that standard, and therefore holds against the State rather than by its grace. The idea supplies the structure of the modern human right: a claim that is prior to the State, not conferred by it, and binding on it.

The structure, which is the examinable part

Strip the theology and the philosophy away and four propositions remain. Every one of them survives into the modern instruments.

There is a standard not made by the sovereign. If the only standard is what the sovereign enacts, then whatever the sovereign enacts is right by definition, and there is no vocabulary in which to say that a law is unjust. Natural law supplies that vocabulary.

It is knowable. By reason, or by conscience, or by revelation, depending on the writer, but knowable, and therefore available to be argued about rather than merely asserted.

It generates entitlements in persons, not merely duties in rulers. This is the step from natural law to natural rights, and it is a late one; a system can hold that a ruler ought to act justly without holding that a subject has anything to claim.

And those entitlements bind the sovereign. A right that the sovereign may cancel is not prior to the sovereign at all.

Notice that this is exactly the structure of [What a Human Right Is]. A claim held by virtue of being a person, not conferred, binding on the State. The modern instruments changed the vocabulary and kept the architecture, which is why a paper on the concept of human rights has to begin here.

The tradition, in the order it developed

The Stoics supplied the universality. Reason is common to all human beings, so the standard is the same for all of them, which is where the idea that a rule can apply beyond one city first appears. [Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: Greece, Rome and the Religions] takes the ancient material properly.

Roman law supplied a working vocabulary in the ius gentium, the law common to peoples, distinguished from the ius civile of one city.

Aquinas supplied the hierarchy. Human law derives its authority from natural law; an enactment that departs from natural law is not law but a corruption of it. That is the strongest form of the claim, and it is the one a positivist attacks.

munotes.in22

Natural Law and the Idea of a Natural Right

Grotius made it usable between States and, crucially, detached it from theology, arguing that the natural law would hold its content even on the impious hypothesis that there is no God. That move is what allows a modern instrument to assert a ground without asserting a religion, and it is the ancestor of the choice described in [Human Dignity as the Ground of Rights].

Hobbes turned the vocabulary around. In the state of nature every person has a right to everything, which is worthless, so rights are surrendered to a sovereign in exchange for security. He uses the language of natural right to reach an absolutist conclusion, which is why he is essential rather than a detour: it shows that the vocabulary alone does not guarantee the politics.

Locke supplied the modern form. Life, liberty and property are held in the state of nature; government exists to secure them and holds its power in trust; and a government that destroys them may be resisted. Rights here are prior, limited in number, and the reason for the State rather than a gift from it.

Rousseau supplied the difficulty that the next two centuries argued about, in the general will: if the sovereign is the people, what protects the individual from the people? [Rights Against the Majority] is the modern form of that question.

Where it appears in the texts of this paper

The tradition is not background. It is quoted in the instruments a student must cite.

The American Declaration of Independence 1776: certain truths are held to be self-evident, that all men are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, among them Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness, and that governments are instituted to secure these rights. That is Locke in a founding document, and [The American Declaration of Independence and the Bill of Rights] works it.

The French Declaration 1789, article 2: The aim of every political association is the preservation of the natural and imprescriptible rights of Man. These rights are Liberty, Property, Safety and Resistance to Oppression. The words natural and imprescriptible are the tradition's own, and the fourth right named, resistance to oppression, is the Lockean conclusion made positive law. [The French Declaration 1789: Articles 1 to 9] takes it.

And the Universal Declaration 1948 keeps the structure and drops the word. Human beings are born free and equal in dignity and rights; the rights are inalienable; and the instrument recognises rather than confers them. [From Natural Right to Human Right] is about that change of vocabulary and what it cost.

munotes.in23

Natural Law and the Idea of a Natural Right

Why the tradition went out of fashion, and came back

The nineteenth century turned against it, and for reasons worth stating rather than dismissing. Natural rights were attacked as unprovable, as a disguise for the preferences of the person asserting them, and as politically dangerous. Bentham's attack is the famous one and [The Positivist Objection] gives it properly. The historical school added that law grows out of a people's own development and cannot be deduced from reason, which is an ancestor of the argument in [Cultural Relativism].

And the twentieth century brought it back, for one reason: the alternative failed a test. A strictly positivist account has no vocabulary in which to say that a regime which enacted its atrocities, followed its own procedures and repealed nothing was acting unlawfully. The Universal Declaration's second preambular recital, that disregard and contempt for human rights have resulted in barbarous acts which have outraged the conscience of mankind, is the natural law intuition written into an instrument by people who had just watched the experiment run.

Worked example

A State enacts, by a valid law passed with a large majority and in due form, that a named minority may not own land, may not attend university, and may be resettled. A judge of that State is asked to apply the law. A lawyer argues it is void.

The positivist position is not silly and must be stated first. The law was enacted by the competent legislature in the prescribed manner, so it is law; the judge's duty is to apply it; and the remedy for an unjust law is political rather than judicial. A candidate who cannot state this has not understood what natural law is arguing against.

The natural law position, in Aquinas's strong form. An enactment that departs from the natural law is a corruption of law rather than law, so it does not bind in conscience and there is nothing for the judge to apply. This is coherent and it carries a real cost: it makes the validity of every law turn on a standard about which people reasonably disagree, and it hands the judge a power to disapply that is very hard to confine.

The Lockean position is narrower and more usable. The purpose of government is to secure life, liberty and property; a government that systematically destroys them for a class of its own subjects has acted outside the trust on which its power is held. Note that this speaks to legitimacy and resistance rather than to what a judge does on Tuesday.

And the modern instruments make the argument without the metaphysics. Article 2 of the Universal Declaration entitles everyone to the rights in it without distinction of any kind, such as race, colour, sex, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status, and article 7 provides that all are equal before the law and entitled without any discrimination to equal protection. That is the same conclusion reached by a route that does not require the judge to decide what nature requires: it requires the State to keep a commitment it made.

munotes.in24

Natural Law and the Idea of a Natural Right

The point the example is for. Natural law supplied the intuition that a valid law can be unjust, and the modern framework supplies a way of acting on the intuition without asking each judge to reason from first principles.

What it does NOT mean

Natural law is not one theory. Aquinas, Grotius, Hobbes and Locke are doing different things with the same vocabulary, and Hobbes reaches absolutism with it.

A natural right is not the same as a human right. [From Natural Right to Human Right] sets out four differences.

Natural law does not mean what is natural is right. The argument is from reason about human ends, not from what occurs in nature.

And the modern instruments do not adopt natural law. They keep its structure, use dignity as the ground, and avoid the word.

Quick revision

  • The four propositions, which are the examinable core: there is a standard not made by the sovereign; it is knowable; it generates entitlements in persons, not merely duties in rulers; and those entitlements bind the sovereign. That is the structure of a modern human right.
  • Stoics: reason common to all, so the standard is universal. Roman law: ius gentium against ius civile. Aquinas: human law derives from natural law, and a departure is a corruption of law. Grotius: the content would hold even on the impious hypothesis that there is no God, which detaches the ground from religion. Hobbes: the same vocabulary, an absolutist conclusion. Locke: life, liberty and property held prior to government, government as trust, resistance on breach. Rousseau: the general will, and the problem of the individual against the people.
  • In the texts: American Declaration 1776, endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, government instituted to secure these rights; French Declaration article 2, the natural and imprescriptible rights of Man, being Liberty, Property, Safety and Resistance to Oppression; UDHR 1948, the structure without the word.
  • Why it fell: unprovable, a disguise for preference, politically dangerous, and law grows from a people rather than from reason. Why it returned: a positivist account has no vocabulary for a regime that enacted its atrocities lawfully, which is what the UDHR's barbarous acts recital is answering.
munotes.in25

Natural Law and the Idea of a Natural Right

Test yourself

1. State the structure of the natural rights claim and show that the modern instruments kept it. Four propositions. First, there is a standard of right conduct not made by the sovereign, without which there is no vocabulary in which to call an enactment unjust, since whatever the sovereign enacts would be right by definition. Second, that standard is knowable, by reason or conscience or revelation according to the writer, and therefore can be argued about rather than merely asserted. Third, it generates entitlements in persons and not merely duties in rulers, which is the step from natural law to natural rights and is a comparatively late one, because a system can require a ruler to act justly without giving a subject anything to claim. Fourth, those entitlements bind the sovereign, since a right the sovereign may cancel is not prior to the sovereign at all. The modern instruments keep every one of these while changing the vocabulary: the Universal Declaration says human beings are born free and equal in dignity and rights, calls the rights inalienable, and recognises rather than confers them, which is a claim prior to the State, not conferred by it, and binding on it.

2. Why is Grotius the pivotal figure for this paper? Because he detached the content of natural law from theology. His argument that the natural law would hold its content even on the impious hypothesis that there is no God made it possible to assert a standard above the sovereign without asserting a religion, and that is exactly the move the drafters of 1948 needed. An instrument that had to be acceptable to States of every faith and of none could not ground rights in God, and it could not ground them in existing law without circularity; what it could do was assert something about the human being. Dignity in the modern preambles occupies the place Grotius cleared. He also made the tradition usable between States rather than only within one, which matters for a subject whose instruments are international. Aquinas gives the strongest version of the claim and Locke the most usable political form, but Grotius is the one who made the twentieth-century drafting possible.

3. Why is Hobbes worth studying in a human rights paper when his conclusion is absolutist? Because he demonstrates that the vocabulary of natural rights does not by itself guarantee liberal conclusions, which is a caution a student needs. Hobbes begins where Locke begins, with individuals holding rights in a state of nature, and reaches the opposite destination: because a right to everything is worthless amid universal insecurity, rights are surrendered to a sovereign in exchange for protection, and the sovereign so created is not limited by them. That shows the work being done in Locke is not the word right but the specific claims that life, liberty and property are retained rather than surrendered, that government holds its power in trust, and that a breach of the trust justifies resistance. A candidate who understands this will not treat the appearance of rights language in a text as proof of what the text concludes, which is a habit worth having when reading modern instruments and constitutions too.

munotes.in26

Natural Law and the Idea of a Natural Right

4. Explain why natural law fell out of favour and why it returned. It fell for four reasons, each serious. Its propositions were said to be unprovable, since nobody could demonstrate the content of the natural law as one demonstrates a fact. It was said to be a disguise, allowing a writer to present their own preferences as the requirements of reason. It was said to be politically dangerous, because a doctrine that a law may be disregarded when it conflicts with an unwritten standard is a licence for disorder. And the historical school added that law grows out of the development of a particular people and cannot be deduced from reason at all, which anticipates the cultural relativist argument. It returned in the twentieth century because the alternative failed a test that was not hypothetical: a strictly positivist account has no vocabulary in which to say that a regime which enacted its atrocities, observed its own procedures and repealed nothing was acting unlawfully. The Universal Declaration's recital that disregard and contempt for human rights have resulted in barbarous acts which have outraged the conscience of mankind is that intuition written into an instrument by people who had watched the experiment run.

5. A valid law strips a minority of land, education and residence. How does each tradition answer, and what does the modern framework add? The positivist answers that the law was enacted by the competent legislature in the prescribed form, so it is law and the judge must apply it, the remedy being political rather than judicial; an answer that cannot state this position has not understood what natural law argues against. Aquinas answers in the strong form that an enactment departing from the natural law is a corruption of law rather than law, so there is nothing to apply, which is coherent but makes validity turn on a standard about which people reasonably disagree and gives judges a power that is hard to confine. Locke answers more narrowly that government exists to secure life, liberty and property and holds power in trust, so a government systematically destroying them for a class of its subjects has acted outside the trust, which speaks to legitimacy and resistance rather than to daily adjudication. The modern framework reaches the same conclusion without the metaphysics: article 2 of the Universal Declaration entitles everyone to its rights without distinction of any kind including race, and article 7 guarantees equality before the law and equal protection without discrimination, so the State is held to a commitment it made rather than to a standard the judge must derive from nature.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in27

Chapter Six

From Natural Right to Human Right

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

The drafters of 1948 kept everything the natural rights tradition had built and stopped using its name, because the name required an agreement nobody could get.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: a natural right is an entitlement grounded in a moral order independent of human institutions, knowable by reason and asserted against the State; a human right is an entitlement grounded in the inherent dignity of the human person, recognised in international instruments, held against the State and increasingly against others, and equipped with machinery. The change of vocabulary between the French Declaration of 1789, which speaks of the natural and imprescriptible rights of Man, and the Universal Declaration of 1948, which speaks of the inherent dignity and of the equal and inalienable rights of all members of the human family, is a change of foundation and of form, not of structure.

The four differences

A candidate should be able to give these as four, with an example of each.

Foundation

Natural right: grounded in nature, reason, or God, depending on the writer. The claim is that the right exists whether or not anybody says so.

Human right: grounded in dignity, which [Human Dignity as the Ground of Rights] shows was chosen precisely because it could be asserted without agreement on why it is true.

What this bought. Signatures. A ground in reason or in the Creator would have excluded somebody in 1948, and an instrument excluding the Soviet Union, or the Islamic States, or the secular republics, would not have been universal in the only sense available to it.

What it cost. Determinacy. A natural right can in principle be derived; dignity cannot, which is the first of the objections in [Human Dignity as the Ground of Rights].

Form

Natural right: asserted in philosophy, in pamphlets, and eventually in revolutionary declarations.

Human right: enumerated in an instrument, adopted by States, and in the case of the Covenants ratified so as to bind them.

What this bought. Everything that makes the subject a legal one. A list can be cited, applied, breached, litigated and reported on. The reporting and treaty-body machinery that follows from a list is thin, and [Naming, Shaming and the Politics of Enforcement] says how thin; thin machinery is still infinitely more than none.

What it cost. The list became the boundary in practice. A natural right nobody wrote down was still a right; a human right nobody enumerated has to fight its way in, which is the difficulty every third generation claim meets in [Third Generation: The Solidarity Rights].

Content

Natural right: short list, and almost always negative. Locke's is life, liberty and property; the French Declaration's article 2 is Liberty, Property, Safety and Resistance to Oppression.

munotes.in28

From Natural Right to Human Right

Human right: long list, and expressly positive as well as negative. The Universal Declaration reaches social security, work, rest and leisure, an adequate standard of living, education and cultural life in articles 22 to 27.

Why the change happened. The older list was drawn by people whose enemy was an interfering State; the newer list was drawn by people who had also seen what an absent State does. [Historical Development of the Second Generation] traces it.

Holder

Natural right: man, and the word was meant. The French Declaration is of the rights of Man and of the Citizen, and it coexisted with slavery in the colonies of the States that proclaimed it, with the exclusion of women, and with property qualifications for the vote.

Human right: everyone, and the instruments say so in terms. Article 2 of the Universal Declaration entitles everyone to its rights without distinction of any kind, such as race, colour, sex, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status.

This is the largest of the four differences and the one most often missed. The eighteenth-century declarations asserted universality and did not practise it. The 1948 instrument closed the gap textually by listing the grounds on which distinction may not be made, which is why article 2 is worth quoting whenever a question asks what 1948 added.

What did not change

The structure. Prior to the State, not conferred by it, binding on it. [Natural Law and the Idea of a Natural Right] sets out the four propositions and every one survives.

The word inalienable. The American Declaration has unalienable Rights, the French Declaration has imprescriptible rights, and the Universal Declaration's preamble has the equal and inalienable rights of all members of the human family. The term carried straight across, and [Are Human Rights Inalienable] examines whether it can bear the weight.

And the claim of self-evidence, in a weaker form. 1776 held the truths to be self-evident. 1948 asserts dignity as inherent and offers no argument for it. The drafters replaced a metaphysical assertion with a different assertion, which is a real change of register and not a move from assertion to proof.

The vocabulary question, which is examinable on its own

Why does it matter what the thing is called?

Because the name carries the objection with it. A right called natural invites the question "whose nature, and who says?", and the nineteenth century pressed that question until the tradition retreated. A right called human invites a different question, "which humans agreed?", and that is the question [The Bangkok Declaration] and [Colonialism and the Making of the Instruments] press in Module IV.

munotes.in29

From Natural Right to Human Right

Because the name settles who can argue. Under the natural rights vocabulary the argument is philosophical, and the participants are those who can reason about human ends. Under the human rights vocabulary the argument is legal and diplomatic, and the participants are States, treaty bodies, courts and the organisations that appear before them.

And because the name determines what counts as an answer. To a natural rights claim, the answer is a better argument. To a human rights claim, the answer is a text, a ratification, a reservation or a decision.

Worked example

A State argues in a treaty body that a claimed right to a clean environment is not a human right at all, because it appears in no instrument it has ratified, and that the claimant is really asserting a natural right dressed in modern clothes.

The State's argument has force, and an answer that ignores it is weak. The move from natural to human rights made enumeration the ordinary route to recognition, so a claim that is in no ratified instrument starts at a disadvantage that a natural rights claim would not have faced.

The claimant's first answer is that enumeration is not the only route. The Universal Declaration calls itself a common standard of achievement for all peoples and all nations, not a code, and article 30's saving clause shows the drafters were guarding against the instrument being read to cut rights down. The list records rights; it does not exhaust them.

The second answer is to find the claim inside an enumerated right. An environment that destroys health engages article 12 of the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, the right to the highest attainable standard of physical and mental health, and article 11's adequate standard of living. This is the stronger route, and it is what a tribunal will actually accept.

The third answer is the solidarity route. Article 1 of the Declaration on the Right to Development 1986 makes development an inalienable human right in which all human rights and fundamental freedoms can be fully realized, and the third generation places the environment beside it. [Third Generation: The Solidarity Rights] states the difficulties honestly, and the honest statement is part of a good answer.

And the lesson to draw. The change of vocabulary moved the burden. A natural right had to be argued for; a human right has to be found in a text, or shown to be entailed by one. That is a gain in usability and a loss in reach, and both halves belong in the answer.

munotes.in30

From Natural Right to Human Right

What it does NOT mean

The two terms are not synonyms, and treating them as such is the commonest error on this topic.

1948 did not refute natural law. It declined to rely on it, which is a different thing, and [Natural Law and the Idea of a Natural Right] shows the structure surviving intact.

The change did not make rights positive law everywhere. The Universal Declaration is a declaration; it was the Covenants of 1966 that created binding obligations, and only for parties.

And the older declarations were not hypocritical in a way the newer one escaped. They asserted universality without practising it; the 1948 text closed the textual gap and the practical gap is what Module IV is about.

Quick revision

  • Four differences: foundation (nature or reason, against inherent dignity); form (asserted in philosophy, against enumerated in an instrument); content (short and negative, against long and expressly positive as well as negative); holder (Man, against everyone).
  • What the change bought: signatures, and a legal subject with texts that can be cited, breached and reported on. What it cost: determinacy, and a list that becomes the practical boundary.
  • The holder difference is the biggest. UDHR article 2: everyone is entitled without distinction of any kind, such as race, colour, sex, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status. The eighteenth-century declarations asserted universality and coexisted with slavery, the exclusion of women and property qualifications.
  • What did not change: the structure (prior, not conferred, binding), and the word inalienable, which runs from the American unalienable, through the French imprescriptible, to the UDHR's equal and inalienable rights of all members of the human family.
  • Why the name matters: it carries the objection (whose nature, against which humans agreed); it settles who may argue (philosophers, against States and tribunals); and it determines what counts as an answer (a better argument, against a text).
  • The burden moved. A natural right had to be argued for; a human right has to be found in a text or shown to be entailed by one.

Test yourself

1. Give the four differences between a natural right and a human right. Foundation: a natural right is grounded in nature, reason or God, and exists whether or not anyone says so, whereas a human right is grounded in the inherent dignity of the human person, a term chosen because it could be asserted without agreement on why it is true. Form: a natural right is asserted in philosophy and in revolutionary declarations, whereas a human right is enumerated in an instrument adopted by States and, in the case of the Covenants, ratified so as to bind them. Content: the natural rights lists are short and almost entirely negative, Locke's being life, liberty and property and the French Declaration's article 2 naming Liberty, Property, Safety and Resistance to Oppression, whereas the human rights list is long and expressly positive as well as negative, the Universal Declaration reaching social security, work, rest, an adequate standard of living, education and cultural life in articles 22 to 27. Holder: the older declarations are of the rights of Man, and the word was meant, whereas the Universal Declaration entitles everyone to its rights without distinction of any kind.

munotes.in31

From Natural Right to Human Right

2. What did the change of vocabulary buy, and what did it cost? It bought signatures and a legal subject. A foundation in reason or in the Creator would have excluded some State in 1948, and an instrument excluding the Soviet Union, or the Islamic States, or the secular republics would not have been universal in the only sense then available; dignity could be asserted by all of them while each explained it differently. Enumeration then converted a moral tradition into something that can be cited, applied, breached, litigated and reported on, and however thin the machinery is, thin machinery is infinitely more than none. It cost determinacy and reach. A natural right could in principle be derived from premises, whereas dignity cannot, so the foundation is less arguable than the one it replaced. And enumeration made the list the practical boundary: a natural right nobody had written down was still a right, whereas a human right that appears in no instrument has to fight its way in, which is the difficulty every third generation claim now faces.

3. Why is the difference in the holder the largest of the four? Because the earlier declarations asserted universality without practising it, and the 1948 instrument closed the textual gap. The French Declaration is of the rights of Man and of the Citizen and was proclaimed by a State that maintained slavery in its colonies; the American Declaration held it self-evident that all men are created equal in a polity that did the same; both coexisted with the exclusion of women and with property qualifications for the vote. Article 2 of the Universal Declaration answers this directly by entitling everyone to the rights and freedoms in it without distinction of any kind, such as race, colour, sex, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status, and article 7 adds equality before the law and equal protection without discrimination. That is why article 2 is the provision to quote when an examiner asks what 1948 added: the other three differences are changes of technique, and this one is a change in who the subject is about.

munotes.in32

From Natural Right to Human Right

4. What survived the change unaltered? The structure, the word inalienable, and the character of the foundational claim as an assertion. The structure is the four propositions of the natural law tradition: there is a standard not made by the sovereign, it is knowable, it generates entitlements in persons rather than merely duties in rulers, and those entitlements bind the sovereign. Every one is present in 1948, where human beings are born free and equal in dignity and rights, the rights are recognised rather than conferred, and States undertake obligations about them. The word inalienable runs straight across, from the American Declaration's unalienable Rights through the French Declaration's imprescriptible rights to the Universal Declaration's equal and inalienable rights of all members of the human family. And the foundational claim remained an assertion: 1776 held its truths to be self-evident, and 1948 asserts dignity as inherent without offering an argument for it, so the drafters replaced one assertion with another rather than replacing assertion with proof.

5. A State says a claimed right to a clean environment is not a human right because it is in no instrument it has ratified. Answer it. Concede the force of the point first, because the move from natural to human rights did make enumeration the ordinary route to recognition, so a claim in no ratified instrument starts at a disadvantage a natural rights claim would not have faced. Then answer in three ways. Enumeration is not the only route: the Universal Declaration describes itself as a common standard of achievement for all peoples and all nations rather than as a code, and its article 30 saving clause shows the drafters guarding against the instrument being read to cut rights down, so the list records rights without exhausting them. Better, locate the claim inside an enumerated right: an environment that destroys health engages article 12 of the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, the right to the highest attainable standard of physical and mental health, and article 11's right to an adequate standard of living, and this is the route a tribunal will actually accept. Finally the solidarity route, since article 1 of the Declaration on the Right to Development 1986 makes development an inalienable human right in which all human rights and fundamental freedoms can be fully realized and the third generation places the environment beside it, though the difficulties with third generation claims should be stated honestly rather than glossed.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in33

Chapter Seven

The Positivist Objection

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

The objection is not that human rights are a bad idea; it is that calling something a right does not make it one, and that a right nobody is obliged to honour is a wish with a lawyer's vocabulary.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: legal positivism holds that law is a social fact, made by human beings through recognised procedures, and that whether a rule is law is a separate question from whether it is just. On that view a natural or moral right is not a legal right at all until some authority has made it one, and Bentham's attack on the French Declaration is the classic statement: natural rights are simple nonsense, and natural and imprescriptible rights are rhetorical nonsense, nonsense upon stilts. The modern human rights framework does not refute this objection so much as answer it by construction, by turning asserted rights into enumerated, ratified obligations.

The objection in its serious form

Four claims, and only the first is a slogan.

A right must have a source. Legal rights come from enactments, judgments and recognised custom. If a claimed right has no such source, saying loudly that it exists does not supply one.

A right must have a determinate content. A right must be capable of telling the duty-bearer what to do. "Everyone has a right to a decent life" identifies no act and no forbearance, so nobody can comply with it and nobody can breach it.

A right must have an identifiable duty-bearer. This is the sharpest of the four. If the answer to "who owes it?" is "everyone" or "the international community", then it is owed by nobody in particular, and a duty owed by nobody in particular is not a duty. [Rights as Legal Claims: What a Claim Needs] develops it.

And a right must have a remedy, or it is not a right but a hope. The maxim is old and it is the positivist's strongest card in this subject, because the international system's remedies are famously thin.

Read together, the objection is not hostile to human rights. It is a specification. It tells you what a claimed right must acquire before it is one, and every item on the list is something the modern framework has spent eighty years trying to supply.

Bentham, stated properly

Bentham attacked the French Declaration of 1789 in Anarchical Fallacies, and the sentence everyone quotes is only the end of an argument. His points were three.

Rights are the child of law. From real law come real rights; from imaginary law, imaginary rights. There is no right without a law creating it, so a right asserted against all law is a contradiction.

munotes.in34

The Positivist Objection

The Declaration's language is unusable. Article 4 of the French Declaration provides that liberty consists in being able to do anything that does not harm others, and Bentham's objection is that every law restricts liberty in that sense, so the article condemns all law or nothing.

And it is dangerous. A right described as imprescriptible and asserted against government is an invitation to resist, and Bentham was writing while the Terror was making the point for him.

What a good answer does with this. Concede the second and third points substantially, and answer the first. Article 4 of the French Declaration really is drafted so loosely that the closing words, These bounds may be determined only by Law, have to do all the work; that is why modern limitation clauses are so much more careful, as [Limitation: When a Right May Be Restricted] shows. And rights asserted against law really were used to justify a revolution. What Bentham missed is that a moral claim can be a reason for making a law, and that this is what natural rights language was mostly doing.

The twentieth-century form of the argument

The debate stopped being about revolutionary France and became about something worse.

The positivist position, refined. Hart's version separates two questions: whether a rule is law, and whether it ought to be obeyed. He argues that keeping them apart is the more honest position, because it lets you say that a rule is law and is too iniquitous to obey, whereas the natural lawyer must say it was never law at all and thereby loses the vocabulary of a wicked law.

The natural law reply. If an official can say "it was law and I applied it", the vocabulary itself has removed the ground on which the official might have refused. A system whose validity test excludes justice will produce officials who apply what they are given.

Notice that both sides are arguing about the same case and neither is being frivolous. That is why this chapter belongs in a paper on the concept of human rights, and it is also why the Universal Declaration's second recital reads as it does: disregard and contempt for human rights have resulted in barbarous acts which have outraged the conscience of mankind.

How the modern framework answers the objection

Not by winning the philosophical argument. By supplying, one at a time, the things the positivist said were missing.

The objectionWhat the framework supplied
No sourceEnumeration in instruments, and ratification. The two Covenants of 1966 are treaties, and a State party is bound by them as it is bound by any treaty
No contentArticles rather than slogans, and general comments that state what an article requires. The right is not "a decent life" but the specific entitlements of articles 6 to 15 of the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights
No duty-bearerThe State party, named in terms. Article 2(1) of each Covenant says which State owes what
No remedyReporting, and where accepted, complaints. This is the thinnest of the four answers, and an honest response says so
munotes.in35

The Positivist Objection

And in India the answer is complete rather than partial, which is worth saying because it is the strongest available reply. A right in the Universal Declaration is not enforceable as such; the same right read into article 21 is enforceable by a writ under article 32 against a named respondent with a remedy at the end of it. [Fundamental Rights: the Indian Form] sets out the route, and [Interdependence of Rights and Duties in a Democratic Society] shows how the international text reaches an Indian court through article 51(c).

What survives of the objection

A candidate should not pretend the objection was disposed of. Three parts of it survive, and naming them is what an examiner rewards.

Rights without remedies remain. Most of the international system still supervises by reporting. A right whose only consequence is a concluding observation is not, on the positivist's definition, doing the work of a legal right.

Content remains indeterminate at the edges. Progressive realisation under article 2(1) of the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights makes the obligation depend on the maximum of its available resources, which is precisely the kind of formula the positivist objected to, and a good deal of interpretive effort has gone into making it justiciable.

And the duty-bearer problem is unsolved for the third generation. A right to development or to a healthy environment held by a people against the international community has no defendant, which is the objection [Third Generation: The Solidarity Rights] has to meet.

Worked example

A litigant claims a right to be forgotten, arguing that it follows from dignity, and cites no instrument.

The positivist objection, applied. What is the source? Dignity is a value, not a law. What is the content? To be forgotten by whom, of what, for how long? Who is the duty-bearer? A search engine, a publisher, a State registry, or everyone who remembers? And what is the remedy? Without answers, the claim is not yet a right.

What converts it. Locate it inside an enumerated right: article 17 of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights protects against arbitrary or unlawful interference with privacy. State the content as an act: the delisting of a specified result on a specified query. Name the duty-bearer: the operator of the index. And identify the remedy: an order and a sanction for non-compliance.

munotes.in36

The Positivist Objection

The lesson the example teaches. The positivist objection is not answered by insisting harder. It is answered by doing the four things it demands, and a claim that cannot be brought to that form is, for the time being, a moral argument for a change in the law rather than a right. That is not a dismissal: a moral argument for a change in the law is how most of the rights in this book began.

What it does NOT mean

Positivism is not the view that unjust laws should be obeyed. It separates validity from merit; Hart's whole point is that the separation makes disobedience easier to justify, not harder.

Bentham was not defending tyranny. He was a reformer who thought rights language was an obstacle to reform because it substituted assertion for calculation of consequences.

And the framework did not refute the objection. It met it by construction, and where it has not, the objection still stands.

Quick revision

  • The objection has four limbs: no source, no determinate content, no identifiable duty-bearer, no remedy. Read together it is a specification, not a rejection.
  • Bentham, in Anarchical Fallacies, on the French Declaration: natural rights are simple nonsense; natural and imprescriptible rights are rhetorical nonsense, nonsense upon stilts. His three points: rights are the child of law; the Declaration's language is unusable, as with article 4's liberty consists in being able to do anything that does not harm others; and it is dangerous.
  • The twentieth-century form: Hart separates whether a rule is law from whether it ought to be obeyed, arguing the separation lets you call a rule law and too iniquitous to obey. The natural lawyer replies that a validity test excluding justice produces officials who apply what they are given.
  • How the framework answered: source by enumeration and ratification; content by articles and general comments; duty-bearer by naming the State party in article 2(1) of each Covenant; remedy by reporting and, where accepted, complaints. The fourth answer is the weakest.
  • What survives: rights without remedies; indeterminacy at the edges, especially to the maximum of its available resources; and no defendant for third generation claims.
  • In India the answer is complete: a right read into article 21 is enforceable by writ under article 32 against a named respondent.

Test yourself

1. State the positivist objection in its serious form. That law is a social fact made through recognised procedures, and that whether a rule is law is a separate question from whether it is just, so a moral claim is not a legal right until some authority has made it one. The objection then specifies what a claimed right must have. It must have a source, because legal rights come from enactments, judgments or recognised custom, and asserting a right loudly does not supply one. It must have determinate content, because a right must be capable of telling a duty-bearer what to do, and a formula like a right to a decent life identifies no act and no forbearance, so nobody can comply with it or breach it. It must have an identifiable duty-bearer, because if the answer to who owes it is everyone or the international community then it is owed by nobody in particular. And it must have a remedy, since a right whose breach produces nothing is a hope. Read together these are a specification of what a claim must acquire to become a right, which is why the objection is useful rather than merely hostile.

munotes.in37

The Positivist Objection

2. Give Bentham's argument properly, and say what a good answer concedes. Bentham attacked the French Declaration in Anarchical Fallacies with three points, of which the famous line is the conclusion. Rights are the child of law: from real law come real rights, from imaginary law imaginary rights, so a right asserted against all law is a contradiction, and natural rights are simple nonsense while natural and imprescriptible rights are rhetorical nonsense, nonsense upon stilts. The Declaration's language is unusable: article 4 provides that liberty consists in being able to do anything that does not harm others, and since every law restricts liberty in that sense the article condemns all law or none. And it is dangerous, because a right called imprescriptible and asserted against government is an invitation to resist. A good answer concedes the second and third points substantially, noting that article 4's closing words, that these bounds may be determined only by Law, are made to carry the whole provision, which is exactly why modern limitation clauses are drafted so much more carefully. What it answers is the first point: a moral claim can be a reason for making a law, and that is mostly what natural rights language was doing.

3. How does the modern framework answer each limb of the objection, and which answer is weakest? Source is answered by enumeration and ratification: the two Covenants of 1966 are treaties and a State party is bound by them as by any other treaty, so the right has exactly the pedigree the positivist demands. Content is answered by articles rather than slogans, and by the general comments that state what an article requires, so the entitlement is not a decent life but the specific provisions of articles 6 to 15 of the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights. The duty-bearer is answered by naming the State party in terms, article 2(1) of each Covenant specifying which State owes what. Remedy is the weakest answer by a wide margin: most of the system supervises by reporting, so the ordinary consequence of a breach is a concluding observation, and complaints procedures exist only where a State has separately accepted them. In India the answer is much stronger, because a right read into article 21 is enforceable by writ under article 32 against a named respondent with a remedy at the end, which is why the domestic route matters so much in this subject.

munotes.in38

The Positivist Objection

4. What survives of the objection today? Three things. Rights without remedies survive, because reporting is still the ordinary supervisory mechanism internationally, and on the positivist's own definition a right whose breach produces only an observation is not doing the work of a legal right. Indeterminacy survives at the edges, most obviously in article 2(1) of the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, which requires steps to the maximum of a State's available resources with a view to achieving progressively the full realisation of the rights; that is precisely the kind of formula the objection targets, and a great deal of interpretive work has gone into making it justiciable. And the duty-bearer problem is unsolved for the third generation, where a right to development or to a healthy environment held by a people against the international community has no defendant. Naming these is what distinguishes a candidate who has understood the objection from one who has learned the reply.

5. A litigant claims a right to be forgotten from dignity alone. Apply the objection and show what converts the claim. Applied, the objection asks four questions the claim cannot yet answer. The source is a value rather than a law. The content is undefined: to be forgotten by whom, of what, and for how long. The duty-bearer is unidentified, since it might be a search engine, a publisher, a State registry or everyone who remembers. And there is no remedy specified. What converts the claim is doing the four things the objection demands. Locate it inside an enumerated right, article 17 of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights protecting against arbitrary or unlawful interference with privacy. State the content as an act, the delisting of a specified result on a specified query. Name the duty-bearer, the operator of the index. And identify the remedy, an order with a sanction for non-compliance. The lesson is that the objection is not answered by insisting harder but by bringing the claim into that form, and that a claim which cannot yet be brought into it is a moral argument for changing the law, which is how most of the rights in this book began.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in39

Chapter Nine

Rights and Duties: the Correlativity Thesis

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

Every right implies a duty in somebody, and the interesting question is whether every duty implies a right in somebody.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the correlativity thesis holds that rights and duties are two descriptions of one relation, so that A has a right against B is the same fact as B owes a duty to A. The thesis is strong in one direction, since a right with no corresponding duty is not a right, and weak in the other, since many duties exist without any correlative right in a determinate person. The instruments recognise both halves: the Universal Declaration confers rights in articles 1 to 28 and then provides in article 29(1) that everyone has duties to the community in which alone the free and full development of his personality is possible.

The thesis, and the two directions

Right to duty: strong

If A has a right, somebody must be under a duty; otherwise the right requires nothing of anybody and is a wish. This follows directly from [Rights as Legal Claims: What a Claim Needs], where the duty-bearer is one of the four elements.

The instruments do this explicitly. Every substantive article of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights operates against the duty in article 2(1), by which each State Party undertakes to respect and to ensure the rights to all individuals within its territory and subject to its jurisdiction. The right and the duty are stated in different places and are one relation.

Duty to right: weak

Not every duty has a correlative right-holder.

A duty of imperfect obligation is owed to nobody in particular. A duty to be charitable, or to vote, or to preserve the environment for future generations, may be a real duty and yet no determinate person can demand its performance.

A duty owed to the public. The duty not to pollute a river is owed to everyone and to nobody, which is why environmental law developed public interest standing rather than relying on a right-holder to sue.

And a duty owed to a person who cannot claim. Duties to future generations are the clearest case, and [Third Generation: The Solidarity Rights] takes them.

So the thesis is asymmetric, and saying so is the mark of a good answer. Rights entail duties; duties do not entail rights.

Duties in the instruments themselves

A student should be able to name these, because most answers assume the instruments speak only of rights.

Article 29 of the Universal Declaration. Three paragraphs, and they carry more weight than their length suggests.

29(1): Everyone has duties to the community in which alone the free and full development of his personality is possible. Note the reason given: the community is not a rival to the individual but the condition of their development.

munotes.in46

Rights and Duties: the Correlativity Thesis

29(2): rights are subject only to such limitations as are determined by law solely for the purpose of securing due recognition and respect for the rights and freedoms of others and of meeting the just requirements of morality, public order and the general welfare in a democratic society.

29(3): rights may in no case be exercised contrary to the purposes and principles of the United Nations.

Article 1 of the Universal Declaration adds a duty of a different kind: human beings should act towards one another in a spirit of brotherhood. It is hortatory and it is there.

The preambles to both Covenants state it as an obligation of the individual: the individual, having duties to other individuals and to the community to which he belongs, is under a responsibility to strive for the promotion and observance of the rights recognized in the present Covenant.

Article 2(2) of the Declaration on the Right to Development 1986 goes furthest: all human beings have a responsibility for development, individually and collectively, taking account of their duties to the community, which alone can ensure the free and complete fulfilment of the human being.

And article 51A of the Constitution of India makes fundamental duties express in a constitution, which is comparatively rare and is the Indian contribution to this debate.

Why the duty side is contested

Three objections, and a strong answer states them before endorsing the duty language.

Duties can be used to hollow out rights. A State that says rights are conditional on the performance of duties has made rights conditional, which contradicts the definition in [What a Human Right Is]. This is why article 29(2) is drafted as a limitation clause with stated grounds rather than as a general condition of entitlement.

Duties may be enforced against the powerless. Duty language historically fell heaviest on those with least power, and a framework built to protect them can be turned into a list of their obligations.

And the duty-holder is often the wrong party. Telling an individual they have duties to the community is not much use where the violation is by the State.

The answer the instruments give is structural. Duties appear in a preamble or a general article, never as a precondition; the rights articles are unconditional; and the only route by which a right is narrowed is the limitation clause, which requires law, a stated ground and necessity. [Limitation: When a Right May Be Restricted] shows the machinery.

Worked example

A State enacts that the right to free movement will be available only to persons who have performed their community service obligation, relying on article 29(1) of the Universal Declaration and on the fundamental duties in its own constitution.

munotes.in47

Rights and Duties: the Correlativity Thesis

The correlativity thesis does not help the State, and explaining why is the answer. The thesis says a right implies a duty in the duty-bearer, and the duty-bearer here is the State: its duty is to respect freedom of movement. It does not say that the right-holder's own duties are a condition of the right, because that would make the relation conditional on the conduct of the person the relation protects.

Article 29 does not say what the State says it says. Paragraph (1) states that everyone has duties to the community and gives a reason, that the community is the condition of the free and full development of personality. It does not provide that rights are contingent on discharging them. Paragraph (2) is where limitation lives, and it permits limitations determined by law and solely for securing respect for the rights of others and meeting the just requirements of morality, public order and the general welfare in a democratic society. Failure to perform community service is not one of those grounds.

The constitutional duties fare no better. Fundamental duties in a constitution are ordinarily not enforceable as conditions on fundamental rights, and treating them so would convert a directive into a disqualification.

What the State could lawfully do. Impose the service obligation directly and enforce it by ordinary sanction, which is a duty enforced as a duty. What it may not do is enforce a duty by withdrawing an unrelated right, because that is punishment by forfeiture of a right the person holds by virtue of being a person.

And the concession an answer should make. The State's instinct is not absurd. A framework that speaks only of entitlements can produce a public culture in which nobody owes anything, and article 29(1), the Covenant preambles and article 2(2) of the Right to Development Declaration all exist because the drafters felt that. The objection is to the mechanism, not to the sentiment.

What it does NOT mean

Correlativity does not mean rights are earned. The duty implied by a right falls on the duty-bearer, not on the holder.

It does not mean every duty creates a right. Duties of imperfect obligation, duties to the public and duties to future generations have no determinate claimant.

Article 29(1) is not a limitation clause. Paragraph (2) is.

And the presence of duties in the instruments is not evidence that rights are conditional. They appear in preambles and general articles, never as a precondition to a substantive right.

munotes.in48

Rights and Duties: the Correlativity Thesis

Quick revision

  • The thesis: A has a right against B and B owes a duty to A are one relation described twice. Strong from right to duty; weak from duty to right.
  • Three duties with no correlative right: duties of imperfect obligation; duties owed to the public; duties owed to those who cannot claim, such as future generations.
  • UDHR article 29(1): Everyone has duties to the community in which alone the free and full development of his personality is possible. 29(2): limitations determined by law and solely for securing due recognition and respect for the rights and freedoms of others and of meeting the just requirements of morality, public order and the general welfare in a democratic society. 29(3): never contrary to the purposes and principles of the United Nations.
  • UDHR article 1: act towards one another in a spirit of brotherhood. Both Covenant preambles: the individual, having duties to other individuals and to the community, is under a responsibility to strive for the promotion and observance of the rights. Right to Development article 2(2): a responsibility for development, individually and collectively.
  • Article 51A of the Constitution makes fundamental duties express, which is comparatively rare.
  • Three objections to duty language: it can hollow out rights; it falls heaviest on the powerless; and the duty-holder is often the wrong party where the violator is the State. The structural answer: duties never appear as a precondition, and the only route to narrowing a right is the limitation clause.

Test yourself

1. State the correlativity thesis and explain why it is asymmetric. The thesis is that rights and duties are two descriptions of a single relation, so that saying A has a right against B states the same fact as saying B owes a duty to A. It is strong in the direction from right to duty: if A has a right and nobody is under any duty, then the right requires nothing of anyone and is a wish rather than a right, which is why the duty-bearer is one of the four elements a claim needs. It is weak in the other direction, because many duties exist with no determinate person able to demand performance. Duties of imperfect obligation, such as a duty to be charitable, are owed to nobody in particular. Duties owed to the public, such as the duty not to pollute a river, are owed to everyone and to no one, which is why environmental law had to develop public interest standing instead of relying on a right-holder. And duties to future generations are owed to persons who cannot claim at all. So rights entail duties and duties do not entail rights, and stating the asymmetry is what distinguishes a good answer.

munotes.in49

Rights and Duties: the Correlativity Thesis

2. What do the instruments say about duties, and where do they say it? Article 29(1) of the Universal Declaration provides that everyone has duties to the community in which alone the free and full development of his personality is possible, giving as its reason that the community is the condition of individual development rather than a rival to it. Article 29(2) is the limitation clause, permitting only such limitations as are determined by law solely for the purpose of securing due recognition and respect for the rights and freedoms of others and of meeting the just requirements of morality, public order and the general welfare in a democratic society, and article 29(3) forbids exercise contrary to the purposes and principles of the United Nations. Article 1 adds that human beings should act towards one another in a spirit of brotherhood. The preambles to both Covenants state that the individual, having duties to other individuals and to the community to which he belongs, is under a responsibility to strive for the promotion and observance of the rights recognised. Article 2(2) of the Declaration on the Right to Development goes furthest, giving all human beings a responsibility for development, individually and collectively. And article 51A of the Constitution of India makes fundamental duties express, which few constitutions do.

3. Why is duty language contested, and what structural answer do the instruments give? Three objections. Duties can be used to hollow out rights, because a State that makes entitlement conditional on performance of duties has made rights conditional and thereby contradicted the definition of a human right. Duties have historically fallen heaviest on those with least power, so a framework built to protect them can be turned into a catalogue of their obligations. And the duty-holder is often the wrong party, since telling an individual they owe duties to the community does nothing where the violator is the State. The structural answer is in where the duties are placed. They appear in preambles and in general articles and never as a precondition to a substantive right; every rights article is drafted unconditionally; and the only route by which a right may be narrowed is the limitation clause, which requires a law, one of the stated grounds, and necessity in a democratic society. So the instruments acknowledge duties without letting them operate as conditions.

4. A State makes free movement available only to those who have performed community service. Advise. The correlativity thesis does not assist the State, because the duty it implies falls on the duty-bearer and not on the right-holder: the duty answering freedom of movement is the State's duty to respect it, and nothing in the thesis makes the holder's own duties a condition of the right. Article 29 does not say what the State claims. Paragraph (1) states that everyone has duties to the community and explains why, but it does not provide that rights are contingent on discharging them; paragraph (2) is where limitation lives and it permits only limitations determined by law and solely for securing respect for the rights of others and meeting the just requirements of morality, public order and the general welfare in a democratic society, none of which covers failure to perform service. Constitutional fundamental duties do not help either, since treating a directive as a disqualification converts it into something it was not enacted to be. What the State may lawfully do is impose the service obligation directly and enforce it by ordinary sanction, which is a duty enforced as a duty; what it may not do is enforce one duty by withdrawing an unrelated right. The concession worth making is that the State's instinct is not absurd, since article 29(1), the Covenant preambles and article 2(2) of the Right to Development Declaration all exist because the drafters were alive to the same worry; the objection is to the mechanism rather than to the sentiment.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in50

Chapter Ten

The Hohfeldian Analysis

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

The word "right" does four different jobs, and most disputes about rights are disputes about which job the word is doing.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: Hohfeld's analysis distinguishes four jural relations which the single word right is used for: a claim-right, correlative to a duty; a privilege or liberty, correlative to a no-right; a power, correlative to a liability; and an immunity, correlative to a disability. The first two operate at the level of primary conduct, what a person may do or must do; the second two operate at the level of legal change, who may alter the position and who is protected from alteration.

The four relations

Claim-right and duty

A has a claim-right against B means B owes a duty to A. This is the relation [Rights and Duties: the Correlativity Thesis] is about, and it is what people usually mean by a right in the strict sense.

Example: the right in article 7 of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights that no one shall be subjected to torture is a claim-right, and the correlative duty on the State is a forbearance.

Privilege and no-right

A has a privilege to do X against B means A owes B no duty not to do X, and correlatively B has no right that A should not do X.

This is the distinction that does the most work in this paper. A privilege is an absence of a duty, not the presence of a claim. If freedom of expression means only that I owe nobody a duty to stay silent, then it is a privilege, and it is consistent with a State that does nothing to protect me from being silenced by others. If it means I may demand that the State not silence me and that it protect me from those who would, it is a claim-right.

Why it matters for the instruments. Article 19 of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights is drafted as a claim-right, not merely a privilege: everyone shall have the right to freedom of expression, and article 2(1) obliges the State to respect and to ensure it. The word ensure is what converts a liberty into a claim.

Power and liability

A has a power over B means A can, by an act, alter B's legal position; correlatively B is under a liability, meaning liable to have their position changed, which is not the same as being under a duty.

Examples in this paper: a State's power to make a reservation to a treaty, which alters what it owes; the power to derogate under article 4 of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights in a public emergency; and the power of a legislature to enact a limitation under article 29(2) of the Universal Declaration.

munotes.in51

The Hohfeldian Analysis

Immunity and disability

A has an immunity against B means B lacks the power to alter A's position; correlatively B is under a disability.

This is what makes a human right different from an ordinary legal right, and it is the most useful thing in the chapter. An ordinary legal right can be repealed by the body that made it; a constitutional or treaty right is protected against that body, which is a disability in the legislature and an immunity in the holder. The non-derogable rights in article 4(2) of the Covenant are immunities in the strongest form the framework can produce: even in a public emergency threatening the life of the nation, the State has no power to touch them.

The table to memorise

RelationCorrelativeOpposite
Claim-rightDutyNo-right
Privilege (liberty)No-rightDuty
PowerLiabilityDisability
ImmunityDisabilityLiability

How to read it. The correlative is the same relation seen from the other side, so it is always true at the same moment. The opposite is what the person does not have, so the two cannot both be true of the same person in the same respect.

Using it on the instruments

Three worked applications, and they are the ones an examiner is most likely to reach for.

"Everyone has the right to work", UDHR article 23(1). Is this a claim-right against the State to be given a job? Almost certainly not, and Hohfeld shows why the question is badly put. The article contains several relations at once: a privilege to work, which nobody may make unlawful; a claim-right to free choice of employment, correlative to a duty in the State not to direct labour; a claim-right to just and favourable conditions of work, correlative to duties of regulation; and a claim-right to protection against unemployment, whose content is set by article 6 of the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights read with progressive realisation. Separating them dissolves an argument that is otherwise interminable.

Freedom of expression. As a privilege it means only that the speaker owes no duty of silence. As a claim-right it means the State owes a duty not to interfere and, under ensure, a duty to protect the speaker from private interference. The whole difference between a formal and an effective freedom is the difference between these two relations.

Non-derogable rights. Article 4(2) of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights provides that no derogation may be made from articles 6, 7, 8(1) and (2), 11, 15, 16 and 18. In Hohfeld's terms the individual has an immunity and the State a disability: not a duty it might breach, but an absence of power to alter the position at all. [Derogation and the Non-Derogable Core] takes the list.

munotes.in52

The Hohfeldian Analysis

Worked example

A statute provides that a journalist may publish freely; that no person may compel a journalist to disclose a source; that the Government may by notification require any publisher to register; and that the guarantee in the first clause may not be amended except by a two-thirds majority.

Take the four clauses in order, and each is a different relation.

The first clause creates a privilege. The journalist owes nobody a duty not to publish. Note what it does not do: it imposes no duty on anyone else, so a private party who prevents publication breaches nothing under this clause.

The second creates a claim-right. The journalist may demand that others not compel disclosure, and the correlative duty falls on everyone. This is the clause that would be cited against a private employer as much as against the State.

The third creates a power in the Government and a liability in publishers. The publishers are not under a duty until the notification issues; they are liable to be placed under one. That distinction matters for the timing of any challenge: before notification there is nothing to disobey.

The fourth creates an immunity and a disability. The ordinary legislature cannot alter the first clause, so the journalist's position is protected against the body that would otherwise have power over it. This is the clause that makes the guarantee more than a statute.

The lesson the example teaches. A single provision usually creates several relations, and most confusion in rights argument comes from asserting one and being answered on another. A candidate who can say "that is a privilege, and what you need is a claim-right" has said something precise where most answers say something loud.

What it does NOT mean

Hohfeld is not a theory of which rights we ought to have. It is an analysis of the relations, and it is neutral between a liberal and an authoritarian legal order.

A privilege is not a weak right. It is a different relation, and many important freedoms are privileges plus protective claim-rights.

A liability is not a duty. It is exposure to having one's position changed.

And the analysis does not replace the instruments. It is a tool for reading them, and an answer that gives the table without applying it to an article has done half the work.

Quick revision

  • Four relations, four correlatives: claim-right / duty; privilege / no-right; power / liability; immunity / disability.
  • Four opposites: claim-right and no-right; privilege and duty; power and disability; immunity and liability.
  • Two levels: claim-right and privilege govern primary conduct; power and immunity govern legal change.
  • The privilege point: a privilege is the absence of a duty, not the presence of a claim, so it is consistent with a State that does nothing to protect you. Article 2(1) of the ICCPR converts liberties into claims with the word ensure.
  • The immunity point: an ordinary legal right can be repealed by its maker; a constitutional or treaty right places a disability on that maker. Article 4(2) of the ICCPR is the strongest form: no derogation from articles 6, 7, 8(1) and (2), 11, 15, 16 and 18 even in a public emergency.
  • The method: on any provision, ask which of the four relations it creates, and expect a single provision to create several.
munotes.in53

The Hohfeldian Analysis

Test yourself

1. Set out the four relations with their correlatives and opposites. A claim-right in A is correlative to a duty in B and its opposite is a no-right; it is what people usually mean by a right in the strict sense, and the right in article 7 of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights that no one shall be subjected to torture is an example, the correlative duty being a forbearance by the State. A privilege or liberty in A means A owes B no duty not to act, its correlative is a no-right in B and its opposite is a duty. A power in A means A can alter B's legal position by an act, its correlative is a liability in B, meaning exposure to change rather than obligation, and its opposite is a disability; examples in this paper are the power to make a reservation to a treaty, the power to derogate under article 4 of the Covenant, and the power of a legislature to enact a limitation under article 29(2) of the Universal Declaration. An immunity in A means B lacks power to alter A's position, its correlative is a disability in B and its opposite is a liability. Claim-right and privilege operate on primary conduct; power and immunity operate on legal change.

2. Why is the privilege distinction the one that does most work in this paper? Because it separates a formal freedom from an effective one. A privilege is the absence of a duty: to say that I have a privilege to speak is to say only that I owe nobody a duty to stay silent, and that is entirely consistent with a State that stands by while others silence me, since no duty falls on anyone else at all. A claim-right is different in kind, because it puts somebody under a duty, and the duty may be a forbearance by the State or a positive duty to protect me from private interference. The instruments are drafted to create claim-rights rather than mere privileges, and the operative word is in article 2(1) of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, by which each State Party undertakes to respect and to ensure the rights. Respect answers the forbearance; ensure is what converts the liberty into a claim and generates the protective duty. A candidate who can say that a claimant needs a claim-right where they have been offered a privilege has identified the real dispute.

munotes.in54

The Hohfeldian Analysis

3. What does the analysis show about the difference between a human right and an ordinary legal right? That the difference lies in the immunity. An ordinary legal right exists at the pleasure of the body that created it: the legislature that enacted it has power to repeal it, so the holder is under a liability, exposed to having the position changed at any time. A constitutional or treaty right places a disability on that body and gives the holder an immunity, so the right is protected against the very authority that would otherwise dispose of it. That is what entrenchment does in Hohfeldian terms, and it explains why rights are put in constitutions and treaties rather than left to ordinary legislation. The strongest form the framework produces is article 4(2) of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, which permits no derogation from articles 6, 7, 8(1) and (2), 11, 15, 16 and 18 even in a public emergency threatening the life of the nation: as against those rights the State has not a duty it might breach but no power at all.

4. Take apart the sentence "everyone has the right to work". Badly put as a single question, and Hohfeld shows why. Article 23(1) of the Universal Declaration contains several distinct relations. There is a privilege to work, meaning the person owes nobody a duty to refrain, which is what makes a prohibition on a class working objectionable. There is a claim-right to free choice of employment, correlative to a duty in the State not to direct labour, which is the provision that speaks to forced labour and to caste-based occupational restriction. There is a claim-right to just and favourable conditions of work, correlative to duties of regulation owed by the State and enforced against employers. And there is a claim-right to protection against unemployment, whose content is set by article 6 of the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights read with the progressive realisation formula in article 2(1). What there is not is a claim-right against the State to be given a particular job. Separating the relations dissolves an argument that is otherwise interminable, because the person asserting the right and the person denying it are usually talking about different relations.

munotes.in55

The Hohfeldian Analysis

5. A statute lets journalists publish freely, forbids compelled disclosure of sources, empowers the Government to require registration, and entrenches the first clause. Analyse each clause. The first creates a privilege: the journalist owes nobody a duty not to publish, but no duty is imposed on anyone else, so a private party who prevents publication breaches nothing under that clause. The second creates a claim-right: the journalist may demand that others refrain from compelling disclosure, and the correlative duty falls on everyone, which is why this clause could be invoked against a private employer as readily as against the State. The third creates a power in the Government and a liability in publishers, and the distinction matters practically, because until the notification issues the publishers are not under a duty at all but merely exposed to being placed under one, so there is nothing yet to disobey and any challenge must be framed accordingly. The fourth creates an immunity in the journalist and a disability in the ordinary legislature, which is what makes the first clause more than a statute. The general lesson is that a single provision usually creates several relations at once, and most confusion in rights argument comes from asserting one relation and being answered on another.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in56

Chapter Eleven

Interdependence of Rights and Duties in a Democratic Society

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

In a democracy the people are both the holders of the rights and the source of the power that threatens them, so every right they hold is also a duty they owe.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: rights and duties are interdependent in a democratic society in four distinct ways: logically, because a right in one person is a duty in another and in a democracy those are frequently the same people; institutionally, because the machinery that secures rights is funded and staffed by the community that claims them; practically, because the exercise of a right by one person is bounded by the same right in others, which is what article 29(2) of the Universal Declaration provides for; and politically, because a democracy is the only form of government in which the duty-bearer can be replaced by the right-holder, which makes participation both a right and a duty.

The four interdependences

Logical: the holder is often the duty-bearer

In an autocracy the relation is simple. The subject holds rights; the ruler owes duties; the two are different people.

In a democracy they are the same people, twice over. The citizen who claims freedom of expression is a member of the electorate that chooses the government which owes the correlative duty. And the citizen who claims a right against private interference is a member of the public on whom the correlative duty falls: my right to reputation is your duty not to defame me.

That is the whole of the interdependence in one sentence, and it is why the question is set about a democratic society rather than about society generally. A person in a democracy occupies both ends of the jural relation at once, which is impossible under any other arrangement.

Institutional: rights are expensive and somebody pays

Every right in this book costs money to secure. A fair trial requires courts, judges, legal aid and prisons. A right to vote requires registers, machines, staff and security. Even a pure forbearance requires a police force disciplined enough to forbear, and disciplining it is expensive.

The community that holds the rights is the community that pays for them, which is why article 13 of the French Declaration of 1789 placed a duty of taxation in a rights instrument: For the maintenance of the public force, and for administrative expenses, a general tax is indispensable; it must be equally distributed among all citizens, in proportion to their ability to pay. A rights document containing a tax clause is not a category error; it is the drafters recognising that rights are institutions and institutions are funded.

munotes.in57

Interdependence of Rights and Duties in a Democratic Society

Practical: your right is bounded by mine

Two people exercising the same right can collide, and the resolution is a duty in each.

Article 29(2) of the Universal Declaration states it: rights are subject only to such limitations as are determined by law solely for the purpose of securing due recognition and respect for the rights and freedoms of others and of meeting the just requirements of morality, public order and the general welfare in a democratic society.

Notice the last five words. The Declaration does not say "in any society". The general welfare that justifies a limitation is the general welfare in a democratic society, which imports a standard: a limitation is measured against what a society that respects rights would need, not against what a government finds convenient.

Article 4 of the French Declaration made the same point earlier and more sharply: Liberty consists in being able to do anything that does not harm others: thus, the exercise of the natural rights of every man has no bounds other than those that ensure to the other members of society the enjoyment of these same rights. The boundary of my liberty is your liberty, and it is the only boundary the article recognises.

Political: the duty-bearer can be replaced

This is the interdependence that belongs to democracy alone.

In every system the State owes the duties. In a democracy, and only there, the right-holders can remove the officers who fail to perform them. That converts participation from a privilege into something closer to a duty, because a right-holder who does not participate leaves the duty-bearer unaccountable and thereby weakens every other right they hold.

Article 21 of the Universal Declaration gives everyone the right to take part in the government of their country, and provides that the will of the people shall be the basis of the authority of government. Read that as a statement about duties as well: if the will of the people is the basis of authority, then a people that does not form or express a will has left authority without a basis.

Where the duties are written

Internationally. Article 29(1) of the Universal Declaration, the preambles to both Covenants, and article 2(2) of the Declaration on the Right to Development 1986, all set out in [Rights and Duties: the Correlativity Thesis].

In India. Part IVA of the Constitution makes fundamental duties express. And article 51, among the Directive Principles, adds the duty that matters most for a paper on international human rights: the State shall endeavour to promote international peace and security, to maintain just and honourable relations between nations, to foster respect for international law and treaty obligations in the dealings of organised peoples with one another, and to encourage settlement of international disputes by arbitration.

munotes.in58

Interdependence of Rights and Duties in a Democratic Society

Article 51(c) is the hinge between this paper's two halves. The instruments in Module II are not Indian law by their own force; they reach Indian law because the Constitution directs the State to foster respect for international law and treaty obligations, and because the courts read them into the fundamental rights where no inconsistent domestic law occupies the field. So a duty in Part IV is what gives the international rights their Indian purchase.

What an answer to MU's question should contain

The question was "Discuss the interdependence of rights and duties in a democratic society. Also explain as to how modern societal values have reshaped the understanding of rights and duties." Two halves, and most answers give one.

For the first half, the four interdependences above, each with an instrument: logical with the correlativity thesis; institutional with article 13 of the French Declaration; practical with article 29(2) of the Universal Declaration and article 4 of the French Declaration; political with article 21.

Then the qualification that earns the marks. Interdependence does not make rights conditional. Article 29(1) states duties and article 29(2) states limitations, and the two are in different paragraphs for a reason: a duty may be enforced as a duty, and it may not be enforced by withdrawing a right. [Rights and Duties: the Correlativity Thesis] works the example.

And the second half is the next chapter.

Worked example

A municipality proposes that the right to use public parks be restricted to residents who have paid their property tax, arguing that rights and duties are interdependent, that the parks are funded by taxes, and that a democracy may fairly ask its members to contribute before they claim.

The institutional point is sound and does not carry the conclusion. It is true that rights are funded by the community, and article 13 of the French Declaration says so. But the conclusion drawn is that an individual's enjoyment may be conditioned on that individual's contribution, and the article does not say that: it requires the tax to be equally distributed among all citizens, in proportion to their ability to pay, which is a duty owed to the public and enforced as a tax, not a price of admission to rights.

The practical point cuts the other way. Article 29(2) permits limitations solely for securing respect for the rights of others and meeting the just requirements of morality, public order and the general welfare in a democratic society. Non-payment of tax by one resident does not interfere with any other resident's use of a park, so the limitation is not securing anybody's rights; it is enforcing an unrelated obligation.

munotes.in59

Interdependence of Rights and Duties in a Democratic Society

The political point is the strongest objection. In a democracy the people are the source of the authority that owes the duties, and a rule that conditions access to a public good on prior payment falls hardest on those least able to pay, who are also those least able to change the rule. A measure that weakens the position of the group least able to correct it is the paradigm of what constitutional protection is for.

What the municipality may lawfully do. Collect the tax, with interest and penalties, by the machinery provided for collecting taxes. That is a duty enforced as a duty.

And the concession to make. The municipality's instinct that a democracy may ask something of its members is not wrong, and article 29(1), the Covenant preambles and the fundamental duties in Part IVA all reflect it. What is wrong is the mechanism.

What it does NOT mean

Interdependence does not mean rights are earned. The duty implied by a right falls on the duty-bearer.

It does not mean duties may be enforced by withdrawing rights. Article 29(1) and 29(2) are separate paragraphs.

It does not mean the majority may set the boundary where it likes. Article 29(2)'s general welfare is qualified by in a democratic society.

And article 51 is not enforceable. It is a Directive Principle, and its work is interpretive.

Quick revision

  • Four interdependences: logical (in a democracy the right-holder is frequently the duty-bearer, both as elector and as a member of the public on whom private duties fall); institutional (rights cost money and the community that holds them pays); practical (my right is bounded by yours); political (only in a democracy can the right-holders replace the duty-bearer).
  • French Declaration article 13: For the maintenance of the public force, and for administrative expenses, a general tax is indispensable; it must be equally distributed among all citizens, in proportion to their ability to pay. A tax clause in a rights instrument, because rights are institutions.
  • French Declaration article 4: liberty has no bounds other than those that ensure to the other members of society the enjoyment of these same rights.
  • UDHR article 29(2): limitations determined by law and solely for securing due recognition and respect for the rights and freedoms of others and meeting the just requirements of morality, public order and the general welfare in a democratic society. The last five words import a standard.
  • UDHR article 21: everyone has the right to take part in government, and the will of the people shall be the basis of the authority of government.
  • Constitution article 51: the State shall endeavour to promote international peace and security, maintain just and honourable relations between nations, foster respect for international law and treaty obligations, and encourage settlement of international disputes by arbitration. 51(c) is how Module II's instruments reach Indian law.
  • The qualification that earns marks: interdependence does not make rights conditional. A duty is enforced as a duty, never by withdrawing a right.
munotes.in60

Interdependence of Rights and Duties in a Democratic Society

Test yourself

1. Give the four ways rights and duties are interdependent in a democratic society. Logically, because a right in one person is a duty in another and in a democracy those are frequently the same people: the citizen who claims freedom of expression belongs to the electorate that chooses the government owing the correlative duty, and the citizen who claims a right against private interference belongs to the public on whom the correlative duty falls, so my right to reputation is your duty not to defame me. Institutionally, because every right costs money to secure, from courts and legal aid to electoral registers and a police force disciplined enough to forbear, and the community holding the rights is the community that funds them, which is why article 13 of the French Declaration put a taxation duty inside a rights instrument. Practically, because two people exercising the same right can collide and the resolution is a duty in each, which article 29(2) of the Universal Declaration and article 4 of the French Declaration both provide for. And politically, because a democracy is the only arrangement in which the right-holders can remove the officers who fail to perform the duties, which makes participation both a right and something close to a duty.

2. Why does article 29(2) say "in a democratic society", and what does it add? Because it imports a standard rather than leaving the general welfare to be judged by whoever is in power. The paragraph permits limitations determined by law and solely for the purpose of securing due recognition and respect for the rights and freedoms of others and of meeting the just requirements of morality, public order and the general welfare in a democratic society. Without the final phrase the general welfare would be whatever a government said it was, and any restriction could be presented as serving it. With it, the limitation is measured against what a society that respects rights would actually require, so a restriction that a functioning democracy would not need is not saved by being called welfare. It also connects the limitation clause to the political interdependence, since the society against which the standard is measured is one in which the right-holders can replace the duty-bearer.

3. What is the significance of article 51 of the Constitution for this paper? It is the hinge between the two halves of the subject. Article 51 is a Directive Principle by which the State shall endeavour to promote international peace and security, to maintain just and honourable relations between nations, to foster respect for international law and treaty obligations in the dealings of organised peoples with one another, and to encourage settlement of international disputes by arbitration. Clause (c) is the operative one here. The instruments studied in Module II, the Universal Declaration, the two Covenants, the Right to Development Declaration, are not Indian law by their own force, because India is dualist and a treaty requires implementing legislation. What gives them purchase is the constitutional direction to foster respect for international law and treaty obligations, together with the courts' practice of reading international conventions and norms into the fundamental rights where no inconsistent domestic law occupies the field. So a duty in Part IV is what allows international rights to operate in Indian courts, which is itself an illustration of the interdependence the question asks about.

munotes.in61

Interdependence of Rights and Duties in a Democratic Society

4. A municipality restricts park access to residents who have paid property tax, invoking the interdependence of rights and duties. Advise. The institutional premise is sound and the conclusion does not follow. It is true that rights are funded by the community and article 13 of the French Declaration says as much, but that article requires the tax to be equally distributed among all citizens in proportion to their ability to pay, which makes contribution a duty owed to the public and enforced as a tax, not a price of admission to a right. The practical interdependence cuts against the municipality, because article 29(2) permits limitations solely for securing respect for the rights and freedoms of others and meeting the just requirements of morality, public order and the general welfare in a democratic society, and one resident's non-payment interferes with no other resident's use of the park, so the restriction secures nobody's rights and merely enforces an unrelated obligation. The political interdependence is the strongest objection: a rule conditioning access to a public good on prior payment falls hardest on those least able to pay, who are also those least able to change the rule, and protecting the group least able to correct a measure is precisely what constitutional guarantees are for. What the municipality may lawfully do is collect the tax with interest and penalties through the machinery for collecting taxes, which is a duty enforced as a duty.

5. What is the qualification that must accompany any answer on interdependence? That interdependence does not make rights conditional, and that a duty may never be enforced by withdrawing a right. The instruments are drafted to make this structural rather than merely advisable. Article 29(1) of the Universal Declaration states that everyone has duties to the community in which alone the free and full development of his personality is possible, and article 29(2) states the limitations to which rights are subject; they are separate paragraphs because they do different work, and nothing in the first makes the enjoyment of a right contingent on discharging the duties described in it. The same pattern holds elsewhere: duties appear in preambles and general articles, never as preconditions, and the only route by which a right may be narrowed is a limitation clause requiring a law, a stated ground and necessity. So the correct account is that rights and duties are interdependent in the four ways described, and that the interdependence operates at the level of what makes a system of rights work rather than at the level of who is entitled to claim.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in62

Chapter Twelve

How Modern Societal Values Have Reshaped Rights and Duties

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

The content of rights and duties has changed six times over in eighty years, and each change can be traced to a text rather than to a mood.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: modern societal values have reshaped the understanding of rights and duties in six identifiable ways: the holder has widened from the propertied male citizen to everyone; the duty-bearer has widened from the State alone to private actors as well; the content has widened from forbearance to provision; equality has moved from formal to substantive; the group has been admitted alongside the individual; and the time horizon has extended to those not yet born. Each shift is recorded in an instrument, which is what makes this a legal answer rather than a sociological one.

The six shifts

The holder: from the propertied male citizen to everyone

Then. The French Declaration of 1789 is of the rights of Man and of the Citizen, and it coexisted with slavery in the colonies, the exclusion of women and property qualifications for the vote. [From Natural Right to Human Right] records the gap between what those instruments asserted and what they practised.

Now. Article 2 of the Universal Declaration: everyone is entitled to the rights without distinction of any kind, such as race, colour, sex, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status.

And the change kept going after 1948, which is the part worth noting. The Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination 1965 and the Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women 1979 exist because a general guarantee of non-discrimination had not delivered, so the community wrote specific instruments for specific exclusions.

The duty-bearer: from the State alone to private power as well

Then. The duty-bearer was the State, for the reason given in [Who Bears the Duty: the State]: it held the force and made the law.

Now. Two developments. The obligation to protect, in the tripartite scheme, requires the State to prevent private actors from interfering, so private conduct is reached indirectly. And instruments increasingly address private actors directly, of which the clearest example in this paper is the treatment of business and human rights taken in [Corporations and the Non-State Actor].

Why the value changed. Because the concentration of power changed. A framework built when the State was the only body capable of systematic harm needed rebuilding when companies acquired comparable reach.

The content: from forbearance to provision

Then. The eighteenth-century lists were almost entirely negative: liberty, property, safety, resistance to oppression.

Now. Articles 22 to 27 of the Universal Declaration require social security, work, rest and leisure, an adequate standard of living, education and participation in cultural life, and the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights makes them obligations.

munotes.in63

How Modern Societal Values Have Reshaped Rights and Duties

The corresponding duty changed too, which is the point the question is really about. A duty of forbearance costs nothing and can be performed by inaction; a duty of provision requires taxation, administration and priorities, and it is judged by article 2(1)'s standard of steps to the maximum of its available resources.

Equality: from formal to substantive

Then. Equality meant the same rule for everyone. Article 6 of the French Declaration: the law must be the same for all, whether it protects or punishes.

Now. Equality is understood to require treating differently situated people differently, and the instruments say so. Article 4(1) of the Women's Convention provides that temporary special measures aimed at accelerating de facto equality shall not be considered discrimination, and article 1(4) of the Racial Discrimination Convention makes the same provision for special measures securing the adequate advancement of groups requiring protection.

This is the single clearest instance of a value reshaping a right, because the same word, equality, now requires something the eighteenth century would have called its opposite.

The group: from the individual alone to the collective as well

Then. The rights-holder was an individual, and a claim by a group was a claim by its members severally.

Now. Common article 1 of both Covenants gives all peoples the right of self-determination; article 27 of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights protects persons belonging to minorities in community with other members of their group; and article 1 of the Declaration on the Right to Development gives the right to every human person and all peoples.

And the difficulty came with it: a group holder raises the question who speaks for the group, which [Third Generation: The Solidarity Rights] takes.

Time: from the living to the unborn

Then. Duties ran between contemporaries.

Now. Sustainable development, the environment and the common heritage of mankind all assert duties owed to people who do not yet exist. This is the hardest of the six for the framework, because a person who does not exist has no standing, no representative and no remedy, so the duty exists without a correlative right-holder in the ordinary sense, which is the asymmetry [Rights and Duties: the Correlativity Thesis] identifies.

What has NOT changed, which a strong answer says

The source. Dignity, asserted in 1948 and repeated in 1966 and 1986, is where the rights still come from.

The structure. Prior to the State, not conferred by it, binding on it. [Natural Law and the Idea of a Natural Right] shows how old that is.

munotes.in64

How Modern Societal Values Have Reshaped Rights and Duties

And the unconditionality. For all the modern emphasis on duties, no instrument makes the enjoyment of a right conditional on the holder's performance of a duty. That constancy is what stops the six shifts from being a story of rights dissolving into obligations.

Worked example

A State argues in a treaty body that its constitution, drafted in 1950, guarantees equality before the law and freedom of contract, that it has never discriminated in terms, and that it is therefore in full compliance; and that claims about caste, gender and environmental damage are matters of policy rather than of rights.

The formal equality answer fails on the substantive shift. Equality before the law in the sense of article 6 of the French Declaration is satisfied by a rule that applies to everyone, and that is no longer what the instruments require. Article 1(4) of the Racial Discrimination Convention and article 4(1) of the Women's Convention both provide that special measures for the advancement of disadvantaged groups are not discrimination, which presupposes that identical treatment can itself perpetuate inequality.

The freedom of contract answer fails on the duty-bearer shift. A State that leaves private discrimination to the market has not discharged the obligation to protect, and the whole point of the tripartite scheme is that respecting a right is only one of three duties.

The policy answer fails on the content shift. Articles 22 to 27 of the Universal Declaration and the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights make provision a matter of obligation, subject to progressive realisation, not a matter of political discretion.

The environmental claim engages the time shift and is the weakest for the claimant. A duty owed to future generations has no claimant with standing, so the honest answer identifies the right through a living person's health under article 12 of the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights rather than resting on the interests of the unborn.

And what the State can properly say. That the pace of provision is governed by available resources, that article 2(1) requires steps rather than results, and that a 1950 constitution is not evidence of bad faith. A good answer concedes this and points out that progressive realisation is a standard, not an exemption.

What it does NOT mean

The shifts are not a drift of opinion. Each is recorded in a text, and an answer that asserts changing values without naming instruments has given a sociology answer to a law question.

Substantive equality does not abolish formal equality. It supplements it, and both conventions call the measures special and temporary.

The widening of the duty-bearer does not make private parties bound by treaties. It works through the State's duty to protect and through instruments addressed to private actors.

munotes.in65

How Modern Societal Values Have Reshaped Rights and Duties

And none of the six shifts has made rights conditional on duties.

Quick revision

  • Six shifts, each with its instrument. Holder: from Man and of the Citizen to UDHR article 2's without distinction of any kind, with CERD 1965 and CEDAW 1979 written because the general guarantee had not delivered. Duty-bearer: from the State alone to private power, through the duty to protect and instruments addressed to business. Content: from forbearance to provision, UDHR articles 22 to 27 and the ICESCR, with duties judged by to the maximum of its available resources. Equality: from the law must be the same for all to temporary special measures aimed at accelerating de facto equality not being discrimination, CEDAW article 4(1) and CERD article 1(4). Group: common article 1 of both Covenants, ICCPR article 27, and the Right to Development's every human person and all peoples. Time: duties to the unborn, with no correlative right-holder.
  • The equality shift is the clearest: the same word now requires what the eighteenth century would have called its opposite.
  • What has not changed: the source (dignity), the structure (prior, not conferred, binding), and the unconditionality of rights.
  • Name a text for every shift. Asserting that values have changed, without instruments, is a sociology answer to a law question.

Test yourself

1. Give the six shifts with the instrument that records each. Holder, duty-bearer and content. The holder widened, from the French Declaration's rights of Man and of the Citizen, proclaimed alongside colonial slavery and the exclusion of women, to article 2 of the Universal Declaration entitling everyone without distinction of any kind such as race, colour, sex, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status; and the widening continued after 1948 with the Racial Discrimination Convention of 1965 and the Women's Convention of 1979, written because a general guarantee had not delivered. The duty-bearer widened from the State alone to private power, through the obligation to protect within the tripartite scheme and through instruments addressed to business. The content widened from forbearance to provision, in articles 22 to 27 of the Universal Declaration and the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, with performance judged by the standard of steps to the maximum of available resources.

Equality, the group and time. Equality moved from formal to substantive, from the French Declaration's requirement that the law be the same for all to article 4(1) of the Women's Convention and article 1(4) of the Racial Discrimination Convention providing that special measures for advancement are not discrimination. The group was admitted beside the individual, in common article 1 of both Covenants, article 27 of the Civil and Political Covenant, and the Right to Development's grant to every human person and all peoples. And the time horizon extended to the unborn, which is the shift the framework handles least well.

munotes.in66

How Modern Societal Values Have Reshaped Rights and Duties

2. Why is the equality shift the clearest example of a value reshaping a right? Because the same word now requires what the tradition that coined it would have regarded as its violation. Article 6 of the French Declaration provides that the law must be the same for all, whether it protects or punishes, and on that understanding any measure distinguishing between groups is a departure from equality. The modern instruments reverse the presumption for disadvantaged groups: article 4(1) of the Women's Convention provides that temporary special measures aimed at accelerating de facto equality shall not be considered discrimination, and article 1(4) of the Racial Discrimination Convention makes corresponding provision for special measures securing the adequate advancement of groups requiring protection. The premise of both is that identical treatment of differently situated people perpetuates the inequality it appears to ignore. Nothing in the text of the word changed; what changed is a judgment about what equality is for, and the instruments record the change rather than leaving it to argument.

3. Which of the six shifts is hardest for the framework, and why? The extension of the time horizon to those not yet born. Every other shift can be accommodated within the four elements a claim needs: the widening of the holder, the duty-bearer and the content all leave a determinate claimant, a determinate defendant and a statable duty. A duty owed to future generations has no correlative right-holder in the ordinary sense, because a person who does not exist has no standing, no representative and no remedy, so the relation is a duty without a claimant, which is exactly the asymmetry that makes duties and rights non-equivalent. That is why an advocate is generally better advised to locate the claim in a living person's interests, through the right to health under article 12 of the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights or the right to an adequate standard of living under article 11, rather than resting the case on the interests of the unborn, and why the third generation of rights has more difficulty than the first two.

4. What has not changed, and why does saying so strengthen an answer? Three things. The source has not changed: rights still derive from the inherent dignity of the human person, asserted in the Universal Declaration in 1948, repeated in both Covenants in 1966 and again in the Right to Development Declaration in 1986. The structure has not changed: a human right is still prior to the State, not conferred by it, and binding on it, which is the architecture the natural law tradition built and the modern instruments kept when they dropped its vocabulary. And the unconditionality has not changed: for all the modern emphasis on duties in article 29(1), in the Covenant preambles and in article 2(2) of the Right to Development Declaration, no instrument makes the enjoyment of a right conditional on the holder having performed a duty. Saying this strengthens an answer because it prevents the six shifts from reading as a story of rights dissolving into obligations, and it shows the candidate can distinguish what has moved from what has held.

munotes.in67

How Modern Societal Values Have Reshaped Rights and Duties

5. A State claims compliance because its 1950 constitution guarantees equality before the law and freedom of contract. Answer it across the shifts. Formal equality is not enough after the equality shift: a rule applying to everyone satisfies article 6 of the French Declaration, and the instruments now presuppose that identical treatment can entrench disadvantage, which is why article 1(4) of the Racial Discrimination Convention and article 4(1) of the Women's Convention exclude special measures from the definition of discrimination. Freedom of contract does not answer the duty-bearer shift, because leaving private discrimination to the market fails the obligation to protect, and respecting a right is only one of the three duties a right generates. Calling provision a matter of policy does not answer the content shift, because articles 22 to 27 of the Universal Declaration and the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights make provision obligatory subject to progressive realisation rather than discretionary. The environmental claim is the weakest for the claimant and engages the time shift, so it should be pleaded through a living person's health under article 12 rather than through the interests of the unborn. What the State may properly say is that article 2(1) requires steps to the maximum of available resources rather than immediate results, and a good answer concedes this while pointing out that progressive realisation is a standard against which conduct is measured and not an exemption from measurement.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in68

Chapter Thirteen

Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: India

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

The Indian tradition has a great deal to say about how power ought to be exercised and very little about what a subject may demand, and the difference is the whole of the argument.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the classical Indian tradition contains a developed conception of dharma as a standard binding on the ruler, of rajadharma as the specific duty of kings, and of restraint, welfare and non-violence as obligations of government; but it locates these as duties of the ruler rather than as claims of the subject, and it coexisted with a hierarchical social order that denied to large groups what it granted to others. It supplies the first proposition of the natural law structure, that there is a standard above the ruler, and not the third, that the standard generates entitlements in persons.

What the tradition does contain

Dharma as a standard above the king

The central idea is that the king is not the source of the standard but is subject to it. Dharma is the order of right conduct, and the king rules to uphold it rather than to make it. Punishment, danda, is itself governed by dharma, so a ruler who punishes outside it acts wrongly.

This is exactly the first proposition of [Natural Law and the Idea of a Natural Right]: there is a standard the sovereign did not make and by which the sovereign may be judged. It is the proposition without which no rights talk is possible at all, and the Indian tradition has it in a fully developed form.

Rajadharma: the duties of a king

The literature is specific about what a ruler owes. Protection of subjects is the first duty and is treated as the justification for taxation, so the relation is exchange rather than tribute. The king is required to protect the weak, the aged, the ill, widows and orphans; to secure property; to hear grievances; and to rule for the welfare of subjects rather than for his own enjoyment.

Note the form these take. They are stated as what the king must do, not as what a subject may demand. That is a difference of legal architecture and not merely of phrasing, and it is the honest core of this chapter.

Ashoka's edicts

The rock and pillar edicts of the third century BCE are the most concrete evidence, because they are a ruler's own published statements of obligation rather than a treatise's advice. They proclaim concern for the welfare of all subjects, provision of medical treatment for people and animals, planting of trees and digging of wells along roads, humane treatment of prisoners including provision for those sentenced to death, restraint in punishment, and toleration among sects with the injunction that one should not honour one's own sect by disparaging another.

munotes.in69

Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: India

Toleration is the strongest of these for a modern comparison, because it is closest to a modern right: it is an obligation of forbearance, addressed generally, and directed at protecting a group from the majority. It is still a proclamation by a ruler rather than a claim by a subject, and it can be withdrawn by the ruler who made it.

Non-violence and the reforming traditions

Ahimsa in the Buddhist and Jain traditions supplies a general obligation of non-injury that extends beyond the human. The Buddhist sangha admitted members without regard to birth, which was a repudiation in practice of the hierarchy around it. And the later bhakti movements made devotional standing independent of caste and of gender, which is a claim of equal worth even where it is not a claim of legal right.

What the tradition does not contain, and why the omission is the point

No entitlement in the subject. The literature gives the king duties and gives the subject no correlative claim. On the analysis in [Rights and Duties: the Correlativity Thesis], these are duties of imperfect obligation: real duties with no determinate person able to demand performance.

No remedy against the ruler. There is no forum in which a subject sues the king for a breach of rajadharma. [Rights as Legal Claims: What a Claim Needs] identifies the remedy as one of the four elements, and its absence here is not a technicality.

And no equality of holder. This is the decisive point and it cannot be softened. The dharmasastra tradition prescribes different duties, different capacities and different punishments by varna, so the same act attracted different consequences according to the birth of the actor; untouchability excluded whole communities from ordinary social and religious life; and women's legal capacity was systematically restricted. A framework in which entitlement varies by birth is the opposite of a framework in which rights attach by virtue of humanity alone, which is the definition in [What a Human Right Is].

So the honest conclusion is a mixed one, and an examiner rewards it: the tradition supplies the idea of a standard above the ruler and a rich vocabulary of governmental obligation, and it does not supply the individual entitlement, the equality of holder, or the remedy that make a human right a human right.

How to use this in an answer without overclaiming

Three moves, in this order.

State what is there, specifically. Dharma as a standard above the king, rajadharma as the duties of rule, Ashoka's edicts as a ruler's own record, ahimsa and the reforming traditions. Specifics are what distinguish an answer from a sentiment.

munotes.in70

Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: India

State what is not there, in the framework's own vocabulary. No claim-right, no equality of holder, no remedy. Using the analytical vocabulary from [The Hohfeldian Analysis] and [Rights as Legal Claims: What a Claim Needs] converts a vague comparison into a legal one.

And say what the comparison is for. It matters for Module IV. If human rights are a purely European invention, the universality claim is weaker and the Third World objection in [Colonialism and the Making of the Instruments] is stronger. If every major tradition contains the underlying intuition of human worth and of a standard above power, then what 1948 did was to give a shared intuition a determinate legal form, and universality is a claim about the form rather than about the ownership of the idea.

That is the strongest available position, and it is available only to a candidate who has been honest about what the tradition lacks. A student who claims the Vedas contain the Universal Declaration has made the universality argument weaker, not stronger, because the overstatement is easy to expose.

Worked example

An examiner asks: "The concept of human rights was known to ancient India." Discuss.

Begin by dividing the proposition, because it conflates two claims: that ancient India knew the idea of a standard above the ruler, and that it knew the concept of a human right. The first is true and the second is not.

Establish the first with evidence. Dharma binds the king, who upholds it rather than creates it; danda is itself governed by it; rajadharma states protection of subjects as the first duty and treats taxation as its counterpart; and Ashoka's edicts record a ruler publicly binding himself to welfare, medical provision, restraint in punishment and toleration among sects.

Deny the second with the framework's own tests. A human right requires a holder who may claim, a duty-bearer, determinate content and a remedy. The tradition supplies content and a duty-bearer and supplies neither a claimant nor a remedy, and it fails the definition at the first element because entitlement varied by varna and by gender, so the claim did not attach by virtue of humanity alone.

Refuse the two easy errors. Do not say the tradition had nothing, which ignores the edicts and the reforming movements. Do not say it had human rights, which requires ignoring caste and the absence of any claim against the ruler.

And close on what the comparison establishes. That the intuition of human worth and of a standard above power is not the property of one civilisation, which is the proposition Module IV needs, while the legal form in which that intuition became enforceable is a twentieth-century achievement, which is what the instruments added.

munotes.in71

Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: India

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the tradition was uniquely unequal. Athens had slaves and the French Declaration coexisted with colonial slavery; the comparison is not to a European tradition that had solved the problem.

It does not mean the material is irrelevant. It supplies the first proposition of the natural law structure, which is the indispensable one.

It does not mean Ashoka's edicts are a bill of rights. They are a ruler's proclamation of his own obligations, revocable by the ruler.

And it does not settle the universality debate. It supports the claim that the underlying intuition is widely shared, which is a different and more defensible claim.

Quick revision

  • What is there: dharma as a standard the king upholds rather than makes, with danda itself governed by it; rajadharma, protection of subjects as the first duty with taxation as its counterpart, protection of the weak, the aged, the ill, widows and orphans, and rule for the welfare of subjects; Ashoka's edicts, recording welfare of all subjects, medical treatment for people and animals, trees and wells along roads, humane treatment of prisoners, restraint in punishment, and toleration with the injunction not to honour one's own sect by disparaging another; and ahimsa, the sangha's admission without regard to birth, and the later bhakti movements' equal devotional standing.
  • What is not there: no claim-right in the subject, the duties being of imperfect obligation; no remedy against the ruler; and no equality of holder, since duties, capacities and punishments varied by varna, untouchability excluded whole communities, and women's legal capacity was restricted.
  • The structural statement: the tradition supplies the first proposition of the natural law structure, that there is a standard above the sovereign, and not the third, that the standard generates entitlements in persons.
  • Why it matters: for Module IV. If the intuition of human worth and of a standard above power is shared across traditions, universality is a claim about the legal form given in 1948 rather than about ownership of the idea.
  • Overclaiming weakens the universality argument, because the overstatement is easy to expose.

Test yourself

1. What does the classical Indian tradition supply, and what does it not? It supplies a fully developed conception of a standard above the ruler. Dharma is the order of right conduct which the king upholds rather than creates, punishment itself is governed by it, and rajadharma states the duties of rule specifically: protection of subjects as the first duty, with taxation treated as its counterpart so that the relation is exchange rather than tribute; protection of the weak, the aged, the ill, widows and orphans; the securing of property; the hearing of grievances; and rule for the welfare of subjects rather than the ruler's enjoyment. Ashoka's edicts record a ruler publicly binding himself to much of this. What it does not supply is any of the three things that make a duty into a right. There is no claim-right in the subject, so these are duties of imperfect obligation which no determinate person may demand be performed. There is no remedy, since no forum exists in which a subject sues the king for a breach of rajadharma. And there is no equality of holder, because duties, capacities and punishments varied by varna, untouchability excluded whole communities, and women's legal capacity was restricted.

munotes.in72

Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: India

2. Why is Ashoka's material the strongest evidence, and what are its limits? Because it is a ruler's own published record rather than a treatise's advice, so it evidences practice and self-obligation rather than aspiration. The edicts proclaim concern for the welfare of all subjects, the provision of medical treatment for people and animals, the planting of trees and digging of wells along roads, humane treatment of prisoners including provision for those sentenced to death, restraint in punishment, and toleration among sects with the injunction that one should not honour one's own sect by disparaging another. The toleration material is closest to a modern right, because it is an obligation of forbearance stated generally and aimed at protecting groups from the majority, which is structurally what a modern minority guarantee does. Its limits are two. It is a proclamation by a ruler, so it is revocable by a ruler, and nothing in it gives a subject standing to complain. And it binds by the king's own act, which means the standard operates on the ruler's conscience rather than as a claim held against him.

3. Why does overclaiming for the tradition weaken the universality argument? Because the universality claim in Module IV does not need the strong version and is damaged by it. The proposition that helps is that the underlying intuition, that human beings have worth and that power is subject to a standard it did not make, is found across traditions rather than being the property of one civilisation; on that footing what the instruments of 1948 achieved was to give a widely shared intuition a determinate legal form, and universality becomes a claim about the form rather than about who owns the idea. The proposition that hurts is that ancient texts already contained human rights in the modern sense, because it can be refuted in one sentence by pointing to varna, to untouchability and to the restricted legal capacity of women, and a claim that collapses under the first objection discredits the argument it was offered to support. An examiner who sees a candidate concede the difficulty and still reach the useful conclusion will mark that higher than one who asserts more and can defend less.

munotes.in73

Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: India

4. Answer the proposition that the concept of human rights was known to ancient India. Divide it first, because it conflates two claims. The first is that ancient India knew the idea of a standard above the ruler, and that is true: dharma binds the king, who upholds rather than creates it, danda is governed by it, rajadharma sets out protection of subjects as the first duty with taxation as its counterpart, and Ashoka's edicts record a ruler binding himself publicly to welfare, medical provision, restraint in punishment and toleration among sects. The second is that it knew the concept of a human right, and that is not true. Applying the framework's own tests, a right requires a holder who may claim, a duty-bearer, determinate content and a remedy; the tradition supplies content and a duty-bearer, supplies no claimant and no remedy, and fails at the first element because entitlement varied by varna and by gender rather than attaching by virtue of humanity alone. Two easy errors must be refused: that the tradition had nothing, which ignores the edicts and the reforming movements, and that it had human rights, which requires ignoring caste. The comparison establishes that the intuition is not one civilisation's property while the enforceable legal form is a twentieth-century achievement.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in74

Chapter Fourteen

Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: Greece, Rome and the Religions

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

Greece supplied the idea of a law above the city, Rome supplied a law common to peoples, and the religions supplied equal worth before God, and none of the three supplied a claim a person could make against a ruler.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the classical and religious traditions outside India contain three contributions the modern framework depends on: from Greece, the idea of an unwritten law binding on the city and the Stoic claim that reason is common to all human beings; from Rome, the ius gentium, a law common to peoples as distinct from the law of one city; and from the religious traditions, the assertion of equal worth grounded in a source above human authority. All three supply the first and second propositions of the natural law structure, that there is a standard not made by the sovereign and that it is knowable, and none supplies the third, an entitlement in the person.

Greece

The unwritten law. The most-cited moment in Greek literature for this subject is Antigone's refusal to leave her brother unburied in obedience to Creon's edict, on the ground that the unwritten and unfailing laws of the gods are not of today or yesterday and that no mortal's decree may override them. Whatever else it is, it is a clear statement that an enactment of the ruler may be measured against a higher standard and found wanting.

The Sophists' challenge. The distinction between physis, nature, and nomos, convention, put the question sharply: is justice merely what a city has agreed, or is there something behind it? The whole natural law tradition is an answer to that question, and it is worth noting that the question was posed by the sceptics rather than by the believers.

The Stoics supplied the universality. Reason is common to all human beings, so the standard is one and the same for everybody, and the wise person is a citizen of the world rather than of a city. That is the first appearance of the idea that a rule can bind beyond the polity that made it, and it is the ancestor of every universality claim in this paper.

And the limits are severe. Athenian democracy excluded women, resident foreigners and slaves, and Aristotle defended slavery as natural for some human beings. The tradition that produced the idea of a universal standard applied its own political rights to a minority of the adults living among it.

Rome

The ius gentium. Roman jurists distinguished the ius civile, the law of Roman citizens, from the ius gentium, the law observed among all peoples, and this is the practical form the Stoic idea took: a body of rules not confined to one community. It later merged in juristic thought with the ius naturale, the law of nature, which is how the classical vocabulary reached the medieval and modern writers taken in [Natural Law and the Idea of a Natural Right].

munotes.in75

Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: Greece, Rome and the Religions

The extension of citizenship. The gradual widening of Roman citizenship, culminating in its general grant to free inhabitants of the empire, is sometimes cited as an early universality. Treat it carefully: it universalised a status and its privileges, which is the opposite of a right held by virtue of humanity, and the word to reach for is the one from [What a Human Right Is], where a right dependent on status is a privilege.

And Rome too was a slave society, in which the slave was in law a thing. Any account that presents Roman law as an ancestor of human rights has to hold that fact in view.

The religious traditions

Each of the major traditions asserts human worth from a source above human authority, and the assertions are the material an examiner expects to see named.

The Judaeo-Christian tradition grounds worth in the creation of the human being in the image of God, which is an assertion of equal worth independent of status, and supplies a strong obligation of care for the stranger, the widow and the orphan.

Islam asserts the honouring of the children of Adam, the unity of humankind from a single origin, and detailed obligations of charity and of just dealing; the farewell sermon's statements about the equality of Arab and non-Arab are commonly cited in this context.

Buddhism and Jainism supply non-injury as a general obligation extending beyond the human, and the Buddhist sangha's admission of members without regard to birth, as [Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: India] records.

Confucian thought supplies the obligation of the ruler to govern for the people's welfare and the loss of the mandate to rule where he does not, which is a standard above the ruler expressed as a political principle.

What all four have in common is worth stating in one sentence, because it is the examinable point: they ground human worth in something above human authority, and they express the consequence as an obligation on those with power rather than as a claim in those without it.

The common shape, and the common limit

Set the traditions side by side and the same pattern appears in each.

SuppliedNot supplied
A standard above the ruler (dharma, the unwritten law, divine command, the mandate)A claim-right in the individual
The standard is knowable (by reason, revelation or conscience)Equality of holder: every one of these societies graded persons by birth, sex or status
Obligations of rule: protection, welfare, restraint, tolerationA remedy against the ruler
Universality of the standard (Stoic reason, ius gentium, a single creator)Universality of application: the rules did not reach slaves
munotes.in76

Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: Greece, Rome and the Religions

And the fact that has to be stated rather than avoided: Greece, Rome, and the societies of every one of these religious traditions held slaves, and several of the traditions were used to justify it. A comparative claim that skips this is not a comparison; it is advocacy.

What the comparison establishes for Module IV

Against the charge that human rights are a Western imposition, the traditions establish that the underlying intuitions, that human beings have worth and that power answers to a standard it did not make, are not the property of one civilisation. That is a real answer to the objection in [Colonialism and the Making of the Instruments], and it is the answer the Vienna Declaration's universality claim ultimately rests on.

Against an overstated defence of universality, the traditions establish equally that none of them produced individual entitlements, equality of holder or remedies, so the modern framework is a genuine innovation and not a rediscovery. [From Natural Right to Human Right] shows what the innovation consisted of.

The position that survives both objections: the intuition is shared, the legal form is modern, and universality is a claim about the form. A candidate who states it that way has an argument that neither side of Module IV can knock over easily.

Worked example

A State argues before a treaty body that human rights are a European construct exported by former colonial powers, and that its own tradition, which is not European, has always protected human welfare in its own way and should be permitted to continue doing so without external supervision.

Concede the historical premise in part. The instruments of 1948 and 1966 were drafted in a period when much of the world was still under colonial rule, and [Who Was in the Room in 1948] sets out the membership honestly. That concession costs nothing and buys credibility for what follows.

Deny the conceptual premise with the traditions. The intuition that human beings have worth and that rulers answer to a standard they did not make appears in Greek, Roman, Indian, Islamic, Judaeo-Christian, Buddhist and Confucian thought alike, so the objection cannot be that the underlying idea is foreign.

Then locate the actual innovation, and note who it protects. What 1948 added was the individual entitlement, the equality of holder and the machinery. Every one of the traditions the State invokes graded persons by birth or sex and none gave a subject a claim against a ruler, so the State is invoking traditions that would not have protected most of its own population in order to resist an instrument that does.

munotes.in77

Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: Greece, Rome and the Religions

And answer the supervision point on its own terms. Vienna paragraph 5 requires that national and regional particularities be borne in mind and then makes the duty unconditional regardless of political, economic and cultural systems; and the Bangkok Declaration itself, at paragraph 7, stresses the universality, objectivity and non-selectivity of all human rights. The State's own regional declaration does not support the position it is advancing.

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean these traditions contained human rights. They contained the intuition and not the entitlement.

It does not mean the traditions are interchangeable. They ground worth differently, and the differences matter for [Cultural Relativism].

It does not mean the modern framework is culturally neutral. Its form, an individual entitlement enforced against a State, is a particular legal form, and the honest claim is that the form is the innovation.

And it does not settle Module IV. It removes one objection, that the idea is foreign, and leaves the objections about drafting, selectivity and enforcement standing.

Quick revision

  • Greece: the unwritten law above the ruler's decree; the physis and nomos question posed by the Sophists; the Stoic claim that reason is common to all, so the standard binds beyond the city. Athens excluded women, resident foreigners and slaves, and Aristotle defended natural slavery.
  • Rome: the ius gentium, law observed among all peoples, distinguished from the ius civile, later merged with the ius naturale, which is how the vocabulary reached the modern writers. The extension of citizenship universalised a status, not a right by virtue of humanity. Rome was a slave society.
  • The religions: creation in the image of God and care for the stranger, the widow and the orphan; the honouring of the children of Adam and the unity of humankind; ahimsa and admission to the sangha without regard to birth; and the Confucian mandate lost by a ruler who does not govern for the people's welfare. All four express the consequence as an obligation on power, not a claim in the powerless.
  • The common shape: all supply a standard above the ruler, the knowability of that standard, obligations of rule, and universality of the standard. None supplies a claim-right, equality of holder, a remedy, or universality of application.
  • Every one of these societies held slaves. An answer that omits this is advocacy rather than comparison.
  • The position that survives both objections: the intuition is shared, the legal form is modern, and universality is a claim about the form.
munotes.in78

Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: Greece, Rome and the Religions

Test yourself

1. What did Greece and Rome each contribute? Greece contributed two things. The idea of an unwritten law binding on the city, which Antigone states when she refuses to leave her brother unburied on the ground that the unwritten and unfailing laws of the gods are not of today or yesterday and that no mortal's decree may override them; and the Stoic claim that reason is common to all human beings, so the standard is one for everybody and the wise person is a citizen of the world rather than of a city, which is the first appearance of the idea that a rule can bind beyond the polity that made it. The Sophists' distinction between physis and nomos is worth adding, because it posed the question the whole tradition then answered. Rome contributed the practical vocabulary, distinguishing the ius civile of Roman citizens from the ius gentium observed among all peoples, which later merged in juristic thought with the ius naturale and is the route by which the classical material reached the medieval and modern writers. Both contributions are about the standard rather than about any person's claim, and both societies held slaves.

2. Why must the extension of Roman citizenship be treated carefully? Because it universalised a status rather than recognising a right. The gradual widening of citizenship, culminating in its general grant to free inhabitants of the empire, is often cited as an early universality, and in one sense it was: the same body of privileges came to be enjoyed by a far wider population. But a human right, on the definition this paper works with, belongs to a person by virtue of their humanity and not by virtue of any status, and an entitlement that depends on holding citizenship is precisely what that definition excludes. Two further points complete the answer. The grant was to free inhabitants, so it left the slave population exactly where it was, and in Roman law the slave was a thing rather than a person. And a status conferred by an emperor can be withdrawn by an emperor, which fails the requirement that the entitlement be prior to and binding on the authority.

3. What do the religious traditions have in common for this purpose? That each grounds human worth in a source above human authority, and each expresses the consequence as an obligation on those with power rather than as a claim in those without it. The Judaeo-Christian tradition grounds worth in the creation of the human being in the image of God and imposes strong obligations of care for the stranger, the widow and the orphan. Islam asserts the honouring of the children of Adam and the unity of humankind from a single origin, with detailed obligations of charity and just dealing. Buddhism and Jainism supply non-injury as a general obligation extending beyond the human, and the Buddhist order admitted members without regard to birth. Confucian thought makes the ruler's authority conditional on governing for the people's welfare, the mandate being lost where he does not. The shared structure is the important part: worth is asserted, an obligation follows, and no forum is created in which the person of worth may enforce anything.

munotes.in79

Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: Greece, Rome and the Religions

4. What does the comparison establish for Module IV, and what does it not? It establishes that the underlying intuitions are not the property of one civilisation, which is a real answer to the charge that human rights are a Western construct imposed on others: the idea that human beings have worth, and that power answers to a standard it did not make, is present in Greek, Roman, Indian, Islamic, Judaeo-Christian, Buddhist and Confucian thought alike. It does not establish that any of those traditions contained human rights, because none produced an individual entitlement, none achieved equality of holder, and none supplied a remedy against the ruler; all of them graded persons by birth, sex or status, and every one of the societies concerned held slaves. So the modern framework is an innovation rather than a rediscovery. The position that survives both objections, and the one worth arguing, is that the intuition is shared, the legal form is modern, and universality is a claim about the form rather than about ownership of the idea.

5. A State says human rights are a European export and its own tradition should be left to protect welfare its own way. Answer it. Concede part of the historical premise first, because it is true and conceding it buys credibility: the instruments of 1948 and 1966 were drafted while much of the world was still under colonial rule. Then deny the conceptual premise, because the intuition the instruments rest on appears across Greek, Roman, Indian, Islamic, Judaeo-Christian, Buddhist and Confucian thought, so the objection cannot be that the underlying idea is foreign. Then locate the actual innovation and notice whom it protects: what 1948 added was the individual entitlement, the equality of holder and the machinery, and since every tradition the State invokes graded persons by birth or sex and gave no subject a claim against a ruler, the State is invoking traditions that would not have protected most of its own population in order to resist an instrument that does. Finally answer the supervision point from the State's own regional text: Vienna paragraph 5 requires national and regional particularities to be borne in mind and then makes the duty unconditional regardless of political, economic and cultural systems, and the Bangkok Declaration itself stresses at paragraph 7 the universality, objectivity and non-selectivity of all human rights.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in80

Chapter Sixteen

Fundamental Rights: the Indian Form

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

Articles 14, 19 and 21 state the guarantees, article 32 supplies the forum, and the Universal Declaration of 1948 was adopted between the drafting and the commencement of the Constitution, so the resemblance is no coincidence.

Why these four

[Legal, Moral, Constitutional and Human Rights] ended with the difference between a legal right and a constitutional one: the first leaves its holder under a liability, the second gives an immunity and puts the legislature under a disability. Part III of the Constitution is where India did that. These four articles are set for study because between them they supply the whole structure of a human rights claim in Indian law: an equality guarantee, a set of named freedoms, a guarantee of life and personal liberty, and a remedy.

Chronology worth keeping. The Constituent Assembly sat from December 1946. The Universal Declaration was adopted on 10 December 1948. The Constitution was adopted on 26 November 1949 and commenced on 26 January 1950. Part III was drafted alongside the Declaration, not copied from it, and the overlap between them is the strongest evidence in this book that [The Claim of Universality] describes something people actually converged on.

Article 14: equality before the law

The text. The State shall not deny to any person equality before the law or the equal protection of the laws within the territory of India.

Two guarantees, not one.

Equality before the law is the older, negative idea: no person is above the law, and no person is beneath its protection. It is Dicey's formula, and it forbids privilege.

Equal protection of the laws is the positive, American idea: those similarly situated must be treated alike. It permits classification and forbids arbitrariness. The settled Indian test is that a classification must rest on an intelligible differentia and that differentia must have a rational nexus with the object the law seeks to achieve.

Note the words any person. Article 14 is not confined to citizens. That is what makes it a human right in the strict sense of [What a Human Right Is]: held by virtue of being a person, not by virtue of a passport. Article 19, by contrast, is confined to citizens, and the difference is deliberate.

Article 19: the named freedoms

The text. All citizens shall have the right to freedom of speech and expression; to assemble peaceably and without arms; to form associations or unions or co-operative societies; to move freely throughout the territory of India; to reside and settle in any part of the territory of India; and to practise any profession, or to carry on any occupation, trade or business.

There were seven; there are six. Sub-clause (f), the right to acquire, hold and dispose of property, was omitted by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978. Property left Part III and became a constitutional right elsewhere in the Constitution. A candidate who lists seven freedoms under article 19 is describing the Constitution as it was, not as it is, and the omission is a useful illustration of [Legal, Moral, Constitutional and Human Rights]: even entrenchment is not absolute, because the amending power reached it.

munotes.in86

Fundamental Rights: the Indian Form

Each freedom carries its own restriction clause. Clause (2) allows reasonable restrictions on speech in the interests of the sovereignty and integrity of India, the security of the State, friendly relations with foreign States, public order, decency or morality, or in relation to contempt of court, defamation or incitement to an offence. Clauses (3) to (6) do the same work for the other freedoms on their own grounds.

This is the Indian form of the general limitation structure that [Limitation: When a Right May Be Restricted] sets out. The restriction must be by law, must serve one of the enumerated grounds and no other, and must be reasonable. Reasonableness is what the courts have built proportionality out of.

Article 21: life and personal liberty

The text, and it is one sentence. No person shall be deprived of his life or personal liberty except according to procedure established by law.

The most productive sentence in Indian constitutional law, and the reason is a piece of drafting history worth knowing. The Assembly considered the American phrase "due process of law" and chose the narrower "procedure established by law" instead. On its face that gives a court no power to ask whether the law is fair; it asks only whether a procedure existed.

What the courts made of it. The early reading was the literal one: any procedure enacted by a competent legislature sufficed. That reading was abandoned. The court held that the procedure must be right, just and fair, and not arbitrary, fanciful or oppressive, and that articles 14, 19 and 21 are not watertight compartments but must be read together, so that a law depriving a person of liberty must also satisfy equality and must not unreasonably restrict the article 19 freedoms.

What article 21 now carries. Because "life" was read as more than animal existence, article 21 has been held to include the right to live with human dignity, and to carry a right to livelihood, to a clean environment, to health, to shelter, to education for children of a certain age, to a speedy trial, to legal aid, to privacy, and to die with dignity in the narrow sense of refusing life-prolonging treatment.

A caution you should state and not hide. This expansion is judicial. It gives India a route by which the second generation of rights, discussed in [Second Generation: What Economic, Social and Cultural Rights Are], became enforceable without the constitutional text saying so, and its critics say the same reasoning that reads a right in could read one out. Both halves belong in an answer.

munotes.in87

Fundamental Rights: the Indian Form

Article 32: the remedy, and the right to the remedy

The text. The right to move the Supreme Court by appropriate proceedings for the enforcement of the rights conferred by this Part is guaranteed. The Supreme Court has power to issue directions, orders or writs, including writs in the nature of habeas corpus, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto and certiorari, whichever may be appropriate. Parliament may empower other courts to exercise the same powers. And the right guaranteed by the article shall not be suspended except as otherwise provided for by this Constitution.

The point that carries marks. Article 32 is not merely a procedural provision. It is itself a fundamental right, sitting in Part III alongside the rights it enforces. Ambedkar called it the article without which the Constitution would be a nullity, the very soul and heart of it. That is the structural answer to the positivist objection in [The Positivist Objection]: a right with a forum is a legal right, and article 32 is what supplies the forum.

The five writs, in one line each.

WritWhat it does
Habeas corpusProduce the detained person and justify the detention
MandamusCommand a public authority to do its legal duty
ProhibitionStop a lower court or tribunal exceeding its jurisdiction
CertiorariQuash an order already made without jurisdiction or against law
Quo warrantoAsk by what authority a person holds a public office

Article 226 alongside it. The High Courts have a writ jurisdiction of their own, and it is wider: it runs for the enforcement of fundamental rights and for any other purpose. But article 226 is not itself a fundamental right, and that is the difference between the two.

How the four work as a system

Take a person detained without a warrant and held incommunicado.

Article 21 is engaged: they have been deprived of personal liberty, and the question is whether it was according to a procedure that is right, just and fair.

Article 22 supplies the specific procedural protections on arrest, and article 14 asks whether the treatment was arbitrary or singled the person out.

Article 19 may be engaged if the detention is aimed at their speech or association.

And article 32 is what turns all of that into a hearing, by a petition for habeas corpus in which the State must produce the body and justify the detention.

munotes.in88

Fundamental Rights: the Indian Form

The system, in a sentence a student can write: the guarantees would be a statement of ideals without article 32, and article 32 would have nothing to enforce without the guarantees.

What it does NOT mean

Part III is not the whole of Indian human rights law. The Directive Principles in Part IV are not enforceable by any court and yet are fundamental in the governance of the country, and much of the second generation lives there. Article 51(c), which directs the State to foster respect for international law and treaty obligations, is the hinge by which international human rights instruments enter Indian reasoning.

Fundamental rights are not absolute. Every article 19 freedom carries a restriction clause, and article 21 permits deprivation by a valid procedure.

And they are not beyond amendment, as the omission of the property right proves, though the basic structure doctrine has held that the amending power cannot destroy the Constitution's essential features.

Quick revision

  • Article 14: equality before the law and the equal protection of the laws, for any person, not only citizens. Classification must rest on an intelligible differentia with a rational nexus to the object.
  • Article 19: six freedoms for citizens, each with its own reasonable-restriction clause on enumerated grounds. The seventh, property, was omitted by the Forty-fourth Amendment in 1978.
  • Article 21: no deprivation of life or personal liberty except according to procedure established by law. The Assembly rejected "due process"; the courts later required the procedure to be right, just and fair, and read articles 14, 19 and 21 together.
  • Article 32: the right to move the Supreme Court is guaranteed, with the five writs, and it is itself a fundamental right. Article 226 is wider in reach but is not a fundamental right.
  • Chronology: Assembly from 1946, Universal Declaration 10 December 1948, Constitution adopted 26 November 1949, commenced 26 January 1950. Drafted alongside, not copied.

Test yourself

1. What are the two guarantees in article 14, and how do they differ? Equality before the law is the negative and older idea, associated with Dicey: no person is above the law and none is beneath its protection, so the article forbids privilege. Equal protection of the laws is the positive idea taken from American practice: those similarly situated must be treated alike, which permits classification while forbidding arbitrariness. The working Indian test is that a classification must rest on an intelligible differentia, meaning a real and identifiable basis for separating one group from another, and that differentia must bear a rational nexus with the object the law seeks to achieve. The words that matter most for this paper are "any person": article 14 protects persons, not only citizens, which is what makes it a human right in the strict sense of belonging to a person by virtue of their humanity rather than their nationality. Article 19, by contrast, is confined to citizens, and the difference is deliberate.

munotes.in89

Fundamental Rights: the Indian Form

2. Why is article 21 the most productive sentence in Indian constitutional law? Because the Constituent Assembly deliberately chose "procedure established by law" over the American "due process of law", which on its face confines a court to asking whether a procedure existed rather than whether it was fair. The early reading was the literal one, and any procedure enacted by a competent legislature sufficed. That reading was abandoned: the court held that the procedure must be right, just and fair, and not arbitrary, fanciful or oppressive, and that articles 14, 19 and 21 are not watertight compartments but must be read together. Once "life" was read as more than animal existence, the article came to carry the right to live with human dignity, and with it livelihood, a clean environment, health, shelter, education for children of a certain age, speedy trial, legal aid, privacy and the narrow right to refuse life-prolonging treatment. The caution belongs in the same answer: this expansion is judicial rather than textual, it is the route by which second generation rights became enforceable in India without the text saying so, and its critics point out that reasoning which reads a right in could read one out.

3. Why is article 32 called a fundamental right rather than a procedural provision? Because it sits in Part III alongside the rights it enforces, so the right to approach the Supreme Court for enforcement is itself guaranteed and cannot be defeated by ordinary law; clause (4) adds that it shall not be suspended except as the Constitution itself provides. Ambedkar described it as the article without which the Constitution would be a nullity, its very soul and heart. Structurally it is the answer to the positivist objection that human rights without a forum are not rights at all, because article 32 supplies exactly the forum the objection says is missing, along with the five writs: habeas corpus to produce a detained person and justify the detention, mandamus to command a public authority to perform its legal duty, prohibition to stop a tribunal exceeding jurisdiction, certiorari to quash an order already made, and quo warranto to ask by what authority a person holds public office. Article 226 gives the High Courts a wider jurisdiction, running for the enforcement of fundamental rights and for any other purpose, but it is not itself a fundamental right, and that is the difference between them.

munotes.in90

Fundamental Rights: the Indian Form

4. Show the four articles working together on a single set of facts. Take a person arrested without a warrant and held incommunicado. Article 21 is engaged immediately, because the person has been deprived of personal liberty, and the question is not merely whether some procedure exists but whether it is right, just and fair. Article 22 supplies the specific protections on arrest, and article 14 asks whether the treatment was arbitrary or singled this person out without an intelligible differentia bearing a rational nexus to any legitimate object. Article 19 enters if the detention is aimed at what the person said or whom they associated with, and then the State must bring the restriction within an enumerated ground and show it is reasonable. Article 32 is what converts all of this into a hearing, by a petition for habeas corpus in which the State must produce the body and justify the detention. The guarantees would be a statement of ideals without article 32, and article 32 would have nothing to enforce without the guarantees.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in91

Chapter Seventeen

Who Bears the Duty: the State

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

The State is the paradigm duty-bearer because it is the body with the power to violate rights on a scale nothing else can and the only body that can be made to answer through law it is itself bound by.

Why the State, and not everyone

[Rights and Duties: the Correlativity Thesis] established that a right without an identified duty-bearer is an aspiration. This chapter answers who that bearer is in human rights law, and the answer is historically specific rather than logically necessary.

Three reasons the framework picked the State.

Capacity. Only a State commands police, prisons, armies, courts, taxes and registries. The wrongs the framework was built after, in [Drafting the Universal Declaration], were committed by a State using its own apparatus, and the drafters were legislating against that memory.

Monopoly. The State claims a monopoly on the legitimate use of force. A person facing that monopoly has nowhere else to go, and the ordinary remedies of private law are useless against the body that runs the courts.

Answerability. International law is made by States and binds States. The framework put the duty where the law could reach.

This is a choice, not a discovery. The framework could have been built around duties owed by everyone to everyone. It was not, and [Who Bears the Duty: the Non-State Actor] is about the price.

What the State's duty covers

Its own organs, at every level. The rule in general international law is that the conduct of any organ of a State is attributable to the State, whether the organ exercises legislative, executive or judicial functions, whatever its position in the organisation of the State, and whether it is an organ of the central government or of a territorial unit.

Including organs that act beyond their authority. A police officer who tortures in breach of standing orders still engages the State's responsibility if they were acting in an official capacity, because otherwise every State could disclaim every violation by pointing to the rule the violator broke.

And private persons in defined situations, either because they were empowered to exercise elements of governmental authority, or because they acted on the State's instructions or under its direction or control.

The Indian statement of the same idea. Part III binds "the State", and article 12 defines it to include the Government and Parliament of India, the Government and Legislature of each State, and all local or other authorities within the territory of India or under the control of the Government of India. The litigation about what counts as an "other authority" is the Indian version of the attribution question, and the tests the courts developed look at financial, functional and administrative control rather than at legal form.

munotes.in92

Who Bears the Duty: the State

Territory, and the harder question of control

The ordinary rule. A State owes the duty to everyone within its territory and subject to its jurisdiction. The Covenant on Civil and Political Rights puts it in article 2(1) in exactly those terms, and the words carry the whole of the extraterritoriality debate.

The hard cases, which examiners like because the answer is not obvious.

Occupation. A State in effective control of foreign territory exercises jurisdiction there, and the human rights obligations travel with the control.

Custody. A State holding a person in a facility abroad exercises authority over that person, and the duty follows the person.

Embassies and vessels. Jurisdiction is exercised in places under a State's flag or control.

But not everywhere the State acts. A State that sells weapons, or that pollutes across a border, is not thereby exercising jurisdiction over everyone affected, and the framework has no settled answer to harms of that shape. [Third Generation: The Solidarity Rights] and the third generation chapters take that gap.

Consequences of the design choice, in both directions

What it gained

A named respondent. A petition under article 32 names a State respondent, and the State must appear and answer. That is what makes an Indian fundamental rights claim a claim and not a complaint.

A single standard. Because the duty-bearer is the same everywhere, one instrument can be written for all of them, and comparison between States becomes possible.

And an entry point for machinery. Reporting, periodic review and treaty bodies all work because there is a State to report, be reviewed and answer.

What it cost

Violations by non-State actors fall outside the direct reach of the framework, and are captured, if at all, through the State's failure to protect. That indirect route is the subject of [Respect, Protect, Fulfil].

A collapsed State has no duty-bearer, which is a defect exactly where protection is most needed.

And the strongest actors in a globalised economy are not States, which is the argument [Corporations and the Non-State Actor] and [Globalization and Human Rights: the Argument Both Ways] take up.

Worked example

A private security company guards a State-owned mine under a contract with the State. Its guards beat protesters at the gate. The protesters claim a violation.

First ask whether the conduct is attributable. If the company was empowered by law to exercise elements of governmental authority, or acted on the State's instructions or under its direction or control, the beating is the State's own act and the analysis stops there.

If it is not attributable, the claim shifts to the duty to protect. The question is no longer whether the State beat anyone but whether it did what a State must: regulate private security, licence and train, investigate the assault, prosecute where the evidence supports it, and provide a remedy.

munotes.in93

Who Bears the Duty: the State

And the answer is fact-specific. A State that knew of a pattern of violence at that mine and did nothing has failed. A State that investigated promptly and prosecuted has not, even though the beating happened.

The examinable point: the same facts produce two completely different legal questions depending on attribution, and a candidate who does not separate them will answer neither.

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean private wrongs do not matter. It means they enter the framework through a different door.

It does not mean the State is liable for everything that happens in its territory. The duty to protect is a duty of due diligence, measured by what the State knew or ought to have known and what it could reasonably have done, not a guarantee of results.

And it does not mean human rights are only about government. [Culture, Religion and Rights Inside a Society] deals with the violations that happen inside families and communities, where the State's role is real but indirect.

Quick revision

  • Three reasons the State is the paradigm duty-bearer: capacity to violate on a scale nothing else matches, monopoly on legitimate force leaving the victim nowhere else to go, and answerability to a body of law made by and binding on States.
  • Attribution: the conduct of any State organ is the State's act, legislative, executive or judicial, central or local, and even where the organ exceeded its authority if it acted in an official capacity. Private persons count when empowered to exercise governmental authority or acting on instructions, direction or control.
  • India's version is article 12's definition of "the State", including local and other authorities, tested by financial, functional and administrative control rather than legal form.
  • Reach: everyone within the territory and subject to the jurisdiction (ICCPR article 2(1)), extending to occupation, custody abroad, and flag jurisdiction.
  • The design choice cut both ways: it gave a named respondent, a single standard and workable machinery, and it left non-State violations reachable only indirectly, collapsed States with no duty-bearer, and the strongest global actors outside the frame.

Test yourself

1. Why did the framework put the duty on the State rather than on everyone? For three reasons that are historical rather than logical. Capacity: only a State commands police, prisons, armies, courts, taxes and registries, and the wrongs the post-war framework was legislating against were committed by a State using precisely that apparatus. Monopoly: the State claims a monopoly on the legitimate use of force, so a person facing it has nowhere else to go, and the ordinary remedies of private law are worthless against the body that runs the courts. Answerability: international law is made by States and binds States, so putting the duty on the State placed it where the law could actually reach. The important qualification is that this was a design choice and not a discovery. A framework of duties owed by everyone to everyone was possible and was not built, and the gaps that follow, particularly the reach of the framework to armed groups and corporations, are the price of the choice.

munotes.in94

Who Bears the Duty: the State

2. Whose acts count as the State's acts? The conduct of any organ of the State is attributable to it, whether the organ exercises legislative, executive or judicial functions, whatever its position in the State's organisation, and whether it belongs to the central government or to a territorial unit. Crucially the rule extends to organs that exceed their authority or contravene instructions, provided they acted in an official capacity, because any other rule would let every State disclaim every violation by pointing to the standing order the violator broke. Private persons are also caught in two defined situations: where they were empowered by law to exercise elements of governmental authority, and where they acted on the State's instructions or under its direction or control. India states the same idea through article 12's definition of "the State", which includes the Government and Parliament of India, the Government and Legislature of each State, and all local or other authorities within the territory or under the control of the Government of India, with the courts testing "other authority" by financial, functional and administrative control rather than by legal form.

3. A private security firm guarding a State mine beats protesters. Analyse it. Begin with attribution, because the same facts generate two different legal questions. If the firm was empowered by law to exercise elements of governmental authority, or acted on the State's instructions or under its direction or control, the beating is the State's own act and the claim is a direct one. If attribution fails, the claim moves to the duty to protect, and the question stops being whether the State beat anyone and becomes whether the State did what a State must: regulate and licence private security, train it, investigate the assault, prosecute where the evidence supports it, and provide a remedy. That duty is one of due diligence, measured by what the State knew or ought to have known and what it could reasonably have done, so the answer is fact-specific. A State aware of a pattern of violence at that mine which did nothing has failed; a State that investigated promptly and prosecuted has not, even though the beating still happened. A candidate who does not separate the two questions will answer neither.

munotes.in95

Who Bears the Duty: the State

4. What did the State-centred design cost the framework? Three things. Violations by non-State actors fall outside its direct reach and are captured, if at all, through the State's failure to protect, which is an indirect route with a due diligence standard rather than a guarantee. A collapsed State leaves no duty-bearer at all, so the framework is weakest exactly where protection is most needed. And in a globalised economy several of the strongest actors are not States: a corporation with revenues larger than a small State's budget owes no direct obligation under the core instruments, which is why the corporate responsibility debate exists. The gains were real and should be stated alongside the costs: a named respondent who must appear and answer, a single standard that lets one instrument be written for every duty-bearer and lets States be compared, and machinery for reporting and review that works only because there is a State to report and be reviewed.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in96

Chapter Eighteen

Who Bears the Duty: the Non-State Actor

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

Non-State actors are not parties to human rights treaties and owe no direct treaty duty, so the framework reaches them through the State's duty to protect, through criminal law, through humanitarian law and through soft-law standards, and each of the four routes has a visible edge.

The problem stated honestly

[Who Bears the Duty: the State] set out why the framework chose the State. This chapter is the bill for that choice.

The instruments say so themselves. Article 2(1) of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights binds each State Party. It does not bind a militia, a mining company or a father. A treaty binds those who become party to it, and none of these three can.

And the gap is not academic. In an internal armed conflict most killing is done by parties that are not the State. In an economy where a firm's turnover exceeds a small State's budget, the actor able to displace a community is not a government. And in the great majority of societies the violence a woman is most likely to suffer occurs inside a home. A framework that addressed only governments would miss most of what it is for.

Route one: through the State's duty to protect

The primary route, and the one an exam answer must lead with. A State's obligation is not only to refrain from violating rights but to protect people against violations by others. When a private actor kills, the State has not killed, but it may have breached its own duty by failing to prevent, investigate, punish and remedy.

The standard is due diligence, not a guarantee. The questions are what the State knew or ought to have known, what it could reasonably have done, and what it in fact did.

Where it works. Domestic violence is the clearest illustration: police who refuse to record a complaint, prosecutors who will not act, and courts that treat it as a private matter can each be a State failure even though the State struck nobody.

Where it stops. It stops when the State is absent, unwilling or itself the ally of the violator. A collapsed State is not a delinquent duty-bearer; it is no duty-bearer at all, and the victim of a militia in a territory no government controls falls through this route entirely.

Route two: through the criminal law, domestic and international

The individual, not the entity. International criminal law binds natural persons directly. Genocide, crimes against humanity and war crimes are committed by people, and people are tried for them regardless of whether they held office.

This is the one place the framework goes straight past the State. A commander of an armed group can be convicted, and neither the group's lack of legal personality nor the absence of a treaty binding it makes any difference.

munotes.in97

Who Bears the Duty: the Non-State Actor

Its edge. It is criminal, so it needs a high standard of proof, a suspect in custody and a court with jurisdiction, and it reaches only the gravest conduct. Most rights violations are not international crimes, and most perpetrators are never tried.

Route three: through international humanitarian law

The one body of law that binds armed groups by name. Common Article 3 of the Geneva Conventions of 1949 applies in armed conflict not of an international character and binds each Party to the conflict, which includes non-State parties. Additional Protocol II develops the protections in conflicts of a certain intensity.

What it forbids as a minimum: violence to life and person, in particular murder, mutilation, cruel treatment and torture; the taking of hostages; outrages upon personal dignity, in particular humiliating and degrading treatment; and sentences and executions without a regularly constituted court affording all the judicial guarantees recognised as indispensable.

Its edge, and it is a sharp one. It applies only in armed conflict. Below that threshold the armed group is a criminal gang and this route is closed. And it protects a floor rather than the full range of rights: it says nothing about elections, education or expression.

Route four: through soft law and self-regulation

What exists. The Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, endorsed by the Human Rights Council in 2011, set out three pillars: the State duty to protect, the corporate responsibility to respect, and access to remedy. Alongside them sit the Global Compact, industry codes and reporting standards. India's own company law route runs through the corporate social responsibility obligation in section 135 of the Companies Act 2013, which is a spending duty rather than a rights duty and should not be confused with one.

The corporate responsibility to respect is described as a responsibility rather than an obligation, expected to be discharged through a policy commitment, human rights due diligence and remediation processes.

Its edge is its nature. Soft law is not binding, has no forum and no sanction beyond reputation. That is the honest assessment, and the answer to it is that the negotiation of a binding business and human rights treaty has been under way since 2014 without agreement, which tells you how hard States find the question. [Corporations and the Non-State Actor] takes the full argument.

The three actors, side by side

ActorDirect treaty dutyThe route that reaches itWhere the route stops
Armed groupNoneHumanitarian law binds it by name; criminal law binds its membersNeeds an armed conflict; needs a court
CompanyNoneState duty to protect; soft law; domestic regulationNo forum; home State jurisdiction is limited
Family or individualNoneState duty to protect; domestic criminal and civil lawFails where the State will not act
munotes.in98

Who Bears the Duty: the Non-State Actor

Worked example

A company operating a factory in State A is owned by a parent in State B. The factory collapses and kills workers. State A's inspectorate had been bribed to certify the building.

Against State A, the claim is a failure of the duty to protect: it licensed, it inspected, its officers were corrupted, and it did not do what a State must to prevent a foreseeable harm.

Against the company in State A, the claim is ordinary domestic law: criminal negligence, labour law, tort.

Against the parent in State B, the difficulty appears. The parent owes no treaty duty. A claim depends on whether State B's courts take jurisdiction and whether the corporate veil can be looked through on a duty of care owed by the parent for the way the subsidiary's operations were controlled.

And under soft law, the parent had a responsibility to conduct human rights due diligence across its operations, which it manifestly did not, with no forum in which that failure is by itself actionable.

The examinable structure: one set of facts, four routes, four different answers, and the honest conclusion that the workers' best claim is against the State that took the bribe.

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean non-State actors may violate rights freely. It means the legal handle is indirect.

It does not mean the responsibility to respect is worthless. Due diligence expectations have changed corporate behaviour and have fed into binding domestic legislation in several States.

And it does not mean the gap is permanent. The framework has closed comparable gaps before; whether it closes this one is a question of political will, not of legal impossibility.

Quick revision

  • The problem: treaties bind parties, and an armed group, a company and a family cannot become parties. Article 2(1) of the Civil and Political Covenant binds each State Party and nobody else.
  • Route 1, the State's duty to protect, on a due diligence standard: prevent, investigate, punish, remedy. Stops where the State is absent, unwilling or complicit.
  • Route 2, criminal law: binds individuals directly for genocide, crimes against humanity and war crimes. Needs custody, a court and the gravest conduct.
  • Route 3, humanitarian law: Common Article 3 binds each Party to a non-international armed conflict, including non-State parties, and forbids murder, mutilation, cruel treatment, torture, hostage-taking, outrages upon personal dignity and sentencing without a regularly constituted court. Needs an armed conflict; protects only a floor.
  • Route 4, soft law: the 2011 Guiding Principles with three pillars, protect, respect, remedy. Not binding, no forum. A binding treaty has been negotiated since 2014 without agreement.
munotes.in99

Who Bears the Duty: the Non-State Actor

Test yourself

1. Why do non-State actors owe no direct human rights duty, and why does it matter? Because human rights treaties are treaties: they bind those who become party to them, and an armed group, a company or a family cannot accede. Article 2(1) of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights binds each State Party, and it does not purport to bind anyone else. The gap matters because it sits exactly where much of the harm is. In an internal armed conflict most killing is done by parties that are not the State; in a globalised economy the actor able to displace a community is often a firm whose turnover exceeds a small State's budget; and in most societies the violence a woman is most likely to suffer happens inside a home. A framework that reached only governments would miss the majority of what it exists to prevent, which is why four indirect routes were developed and why each of them has to be assessed on its own limits.

2. Set out the four routes and where each stops. The first is the State's duty to protect, which converts a private violation into a State failure to prevent, investigate, punish and remedy, on a due diligence standard measured by what the State knew or ought to have known and could reasonably have done. It stops where the State is absent, unwilling or allied to the violator, and a collapsed State leaves no duty-bearer at all. The second is criminal law: international criminal law binds natural persons directly for genocide, crimes against humanity and war crimes, and a commander of an armed group can be convicted regardless of the group's legal personality. It stops at the need for custody, a court with jurisdiction, proof to a criminal standard, and conduct grave enough to qualify. The third is international humanitarian law, the one body that binds armed groups by name: Common Article 3 of the 1949 Geneva Conventions applies in non-international armed conflict and binds each Party to it, forbidding murder, mutilation, cruel treatment, torture, hostage-taking, outrages upon personal dignity and sentencing without a regularly constituted court. It stops below the threshold of armed conflict and protects only a floor. The fourth is soft law, principally the 2011 Guiding Principles with their three pillars of protect, respect and remedy, whose limit is that it is not binding and has no forum.

3. A factory collapses in State A; the parent company sits in State B. Work through the routes. Against State A the claim is a failure of the duty to protect: it licensed the building, its inspectorate was bribed to certify it, and it did not do what a State must to prevent a foreseeable harm, so the corruption of its officers is the centre of the case. Against the operating company the claim is ordinary domestic law, criminal negligence, labour law and tort, which requires no international framework at all. Against the parent in State B the difficulty appears, because the parent owes no treaty duty, and any claim depends on whether State B's courts will take jurisdiction and whether a duty of care can be established on the way the parent controlled the subsidiary's operations. Under the Guiding Principles the parent had a responsibility to conduct human rights due diligence across its operations, which on these facts it did not, but there is no forum in which that failure is by itself actionable. The honest conclusion is that the workers' strongest claim lies against the State that took the bribe, which is a fair summary of the framework's shape.

munotes.in100

Who Bears the Duty: the Non-State Actor

4. Is the responsibility to respect worth anything, given that it is not binding? It is worth something and it is not worth what an obligation would be worth, and an answer should say both. It is not binding, has no forum, and its only sanction is reputational, which is a real weakness when the actors most likely to violate are those least exposed to reputational cost. But due diligence expectations have changed corporate practice, have been written into binding domestic legislation in several States, and have given claimants and investors a standard against which to measure conduct. The negotiation of a binding business and human rights treaty has run since 2014 without agreement, which is evidence both that the gap is recognised and that States find closing it difficult. India's own route runs through the corporate social responsibility obligation in section 135 of the Companies Act 2013, which is a spending duty rather than a rights duty, and a candidate should not present it as the latter.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in101

Chapter Nineteen

Respect, Protect, Fulfil

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

The State must not itself violate the right, must stop others from violating it, and must take positive steps to make it real, and every right in every generation generates all three duties.

Where the tripartite typology came from

The three-part analysis was developed in the study of the right to food and was taken into the general practice of the treaty bodies, which now use it as the standard way of stating what a right requires.

What it replaced. The older account divided rights into negative rights, which required the State only to abstain, and positive rights, which required it to spend. Civil and political rights were put in the first box, economic and social rights in the second, and the conclusion drawn was that the first were real rights and the second were policy goals.

The typology dissolves the division by showing that the same right sits in all three boxes at once.

The three duties

Respect

What it requires. The State must not itself interfere with the enjoyment of the right. This is the abstention duty, and it costs nothing.

Examples across generations. Do not torture. Do not censor. Do not evict people from their homes. Do not close a school because of the language it teaches in. Do not deny a person medical treatment already available to others.

Protect

What it requires. The State must prevent third parties from interfering with the right, and where prevention fails, must investigate, punish and remedy. This is where [Who Bears the Duty: the Non-State Actor] enters the framework.

Examples. Regulate private security so it does not beat protesters. Legislate against domestic violence and enforce the legislation. Stop an employer from paying below a lawful wage. Prevent a company from contaminating a village's water. Protect a journalist from a mob.

Its standard is due diligence, measured by what the State knew or ought to have known and what it could reasonably do.

Fulfil

What it requires. The State must take positive measures, legislative, administrative, budgetary, judicial and promotional, towards the full realisation of the right. It is often broken into three:

Facilitate, by creating the conditions in which people can realise the right themselves.

Promote, by teaching people what the right is, which is the whole ground of [Human Rights Education].

Provide, by directly supplying the right to those who cannot obtain it for themselves.

Examples. Build the courts and legal aid without which a fair trial is unavailable to a poor accused. Run the school. Stock the clinic. Register births so that a child has an identity. Conduct an election.

munotes.in102

Respect, Protect, Fulfil

The point of the framework: applied to one right from each generation

A civil right: the right to life

Respect. Do not kill. No extrajudicial execution, no death in custody, no unlawful use of lethal force by police.

Protect. Investigate killings by private persons, prosecute murder, disarm and control those who threaten others, protect a person under credible threat.

Fulfil. Reduce infant mortality. Run emergency services. Take positive measures against life-threatening conditions the State knows about.

This right, the paradigm of the "negative" first generation, plainly generates a duty that costs money. A State with no ambulances and no maternal care has a right to life problem, not merely a health policy problem.

A social right: the right to education

Respect. Do not close a minority-language school, do not expel a child because of caste, do not bar girls.

Protect. Stop employers using child labour that keeps children out of school, and stop private schools discriminating.

Fulfil. Build the schools, train and pay the teachers, and make primary education free and compulsory.

And this right, the paradigm of the "positive" second generation, plainly generates duties that cost nothing. The duty not to expel a child on grounds of caste requires no budget at all.

So the negative and positive labels do not track the generations, and a candidate who says the first generation is free while the second is expensive has said something demonstrably false in both directions. [Second Generation: What Economic, Social and Cultural Rights Are] takes the argument in full.

A solidarity right: the right to a healthy environment

Respect. Do not let the State's own operations poison a river.

Protect. Regulate the industries that would, and enforce the regulation.

Fulfil. Monitor air quality, publish the data, plan for the harm already done.

Why this analysis wins marks

It converts a vague right into a checklist, and a checklist is answerable. Ask of any right on any facts: did the State violate it, did it fail to stop somebody else, or did it fail to do the positive thing it should have done?

It locates the failure precisely. "The State violated the right to health" is a weak sentence. "The State complied with respect and protect but failed to fulfil, because it neither stocked the clinic nor licensed anyone else to" is an answer.

And it explains the machinery. Reporting under the Covenants asks States what measures they have adopted, which is a question about fulfil, and complaints procedures usually concern respect and protect.

Worked example

A river is contaminated. Downstream villagers fall ill. A State-owned refinery and two private factories discharge into the river. The State has an environmental statute it does not enforce, and the nearest clinic has no medicine.

Respect is breached by the State-owned refinery's discharge, because that is the State's own act.

munotes.in103

Respect, Protect, Fulfil

Protect is breached in respect of the two private factories, because the State has a statute, knew of the discharges, and did not enforce it: a due diligence failure on facts where the knowledge is admitted.

Fulfil is breached by the empty clinic and by the absence of monitoring that would have revealed the contamination earlier.

And the remedy follows the analysis. Respect is remedied by stopping the State's own discharge, which is immediate. Protect is remedied by enforcement, prosecution and compensation from the polluters. Fulfil is remedied by supply and monitoring, which takes budget and time, and is where progressive realisation is argued about.

What it does NOT mean

The three are not stages. A State does not discharge respect first and reach fulfil later. All three run at once.

Fulfil is not unlimited. It is bounded by resources and by progressive realisation, though the treaty body's position is that certain minimum core obligations are immediate whatever the resources.

And respect is not always cost-free in political terms. Not torturing costs no money and costs a security service its shortcut, which is why the duty needs enforcement rather than exhortation.

Quick revision

  • Three duties from every right: respect (do not violate), protect (stop others, on a due diligence standard), fulfil (positive measures, broken into facilitate, promote, provide).
  • Origin: developed in the study of the right to food and adopted as the treaty bodies' standard analysis.
  • What it destroys: the negative-versus-positive division. The right to life generates costly fulfil duties (ambulances, maternal care) and the right to education generates cost-free respect duties (do not expel a child on grounds of caste).
  • Why it earns marks: it turns a right into a checklist, locates the failure precisely, and explains why reporting asks about measures adopted.
  • The three run simultaneously, not in sequence, and minimum core obligations are immediate even though fulfil is otherwise progressive.

Test yourself

1. State the three duties and what each requires. Respect requires the State not to interfere with the enjoyment of the right through its own conduct: not to torture, not to censor, not to evict, not to deny treatment already available to others. It is the abstention duty and it costs nothing in money. Protect requires the State to prevent third parties from interfering, and where prevention fails, to investigate, punish and remedy; this is the door through which non-State violations enter the framework, and its standard is due diligence, measured by what the State knew or ought to have known and what it could reasonably have done. Fulfil requires positive measures, legislative, administrative, budgetary, judicial and promotional, towards full realisation, and is usually broken into facilitate, meaning creating the conditions in which people can realise the right themselves, promote, meaning teaching people what the right is, and provide, meaning directly supplying the right to those who cannot obtain it. The typology was developed in work on the right to food and is now the treaty bodies' standard way of stating what any right requires.

munotes.in104

Respect, Protect, Fulfil

2. How does the typology destroy the negative-positive division? By showing that a single right occupies all three categories at once, so the categories cannot sort rights into two kinds. Take the right to life, the paradigm of the supposedly negative first generation. Respect forbids extrajudicial killing and unlawful lethal force. Protect requires investigation and prosecution of private killings and the protection of a person under credible threat. Fulfil requires reducing infant mortality, running emergency services and acting against known life-threatening conditions, all of which cost money. Now take the right to education, the paradigm of the supposedly positive second generation. Fulfil requires building schools and paying teachers, which is expensive. But respect forbids closing a minority-language school or expelling a child on grounds of caste, and that duty costs nothing whatever. The labels therefore do not track the generations in either direction, and a candidate who says the first generation is free and the second expensive has stated something demonstrably false about both.

3. Analyse a contaminated river using the three duties. Suppose a State-owned refinery and two private factories discharge into a river, downstream villagers fall ill, the State has an unenforced environmental statute, and the nearest clinic has no medicine. Respect is breached by the refinery's discharge, because that is the State's own act through its own organ. Protect is breached in relation to the two private factories, because the State had a statute, knew of the discharges and did not enforce it, which is a due diligence failure on facts where the knowledge is admitted. Fulfil is breached by the empty clinic and by the absence of monitoring that would have revealed the contamination earlier. The remedies then follow the analysis rather than being asserted: respect is remedied immediately by stopping the State's own discharge; protect is remedied by enforcement, prosecution and compensation recovered from the polluters; and fulfil is remedied by supply and monitoring, which takes budget and time and is where progressive realisation is argued about. Stating the failure precisely is what distinguishes an answer from an assertion that the State violated the right to health.

4. Are the three duties sequential, and is fulfil unlimited? They are not sequential. A State does not discharge respect first and reach fulfil years later; all three run simultaneously from the moment the right binds, and a State that is scrupulous about not torturing while running no courts has failed even though it has satisfied respect. Fulfil is not unlimited: it is bounded by available resources and by progressive realisation, which is the express standard in article 2(1) of the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights. The important qualification is that the treaty body's position is that every right carries minimum core obligations that are immediate whatever the resource position, so a State cannot answer a claim of starvation or of complete absence of primary education by pleading poverty alone. And respect, though free in money, is not free in political terms: not torturing costs a security service its shortcut, which is why the duty requires enforcement and not exhortation.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in105

Chapter Twenty

Limitation: When a Right May Be Restricted

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

A restriction is lawful only if it is prescribed by law, pursues a legitimate aim from the enumerated list, is necessary in a democratic society, and is proportionate to that aim, and the burden of showing all four lies on the State.

Why rights are limitable at all

Because rights collide. Your expression can destroy my reputation; your assembly can block my street; your worship can require my child's attendance. A framework of absolute rights held by everyone at once is not a framework, it is a contradiction.

And the instruments say so. Article 29(1) of the Universal Declaration opens with the proposition that everyone has duties to the community in which alone the free and full development of his personality is possible, and article 29(2) then provides that in the exercise of his rights and freedoms everyone shall be subject only to such limitations as are determined by law solely for the purpose of securing due recognition and respect for the rights and freedoms of others and of meeting the just requirements of morality, public order and the general welfare in a democratic society.

Read the words "only" and "solely". The clause is a restriction on the power to restrict, not a general licence. That is the point candidates most often get backwards.

The four-part test

1. Prescribed by law

What it requires. There must be a legal basis, and the law must be accessible and sufficiently precise for a person to foresee the consequences of their conduct and regulate it.

What it excludes. An executive instruction with no statutory footing. An unwritten practice. A statute so vague that nobody can tell what it forbids, which is why vagueness is a rights problem and not merely a drafting one.

2. Legitimate aim

What it requires. The restriction must serve one of the aims the instrument itself lists, and no other.

The Covenant on Civil and Political Rights is specific and the lists differ from right to right. For expression, article 19(3) allows restrictions provided by law and necessary for respect of the rights or reputations of others or for the protection of national security or of public order, or of public health or morals. For assembly and association, articles 21 and 22 use a similar list. For movement, article 12(3) uses another. For thought, conscience and religion, article 18(3) permits limitation only of the manifestation of religion or belief, on grounds of public safety, order, health or morals or the fundamental rights and freedoms of others, and never of the freedom to hold a belief at all.

The lists are closed. A State that restricts expression to protect the dignity of an office, or to prevent embarrassment, has not found an aim on the list, and the analysis ends there without ever reaching necessity.

munotes.in106

Limitation: When a Right May Be Restricted

3. Necessary in a democratic society

What it requires. Not merely useful, convenient or reasonable, but responding to a pressing social need.

The phrase carries its own standard, because the words "in a democratic society" import pluralism, tolerance and broadmindedness, and a restriction that could only be justified in a society without those qualities fails.

4. Proportionate

The four sub-questions, which are the ones a good answer walks through.

Is the measure suitable, meaning capable of achieving the aim at all?

Is it necessary in the narrow sense, meaning is there no less restrictive measure that would achieve the aim as well?

Is it proportionate in the strict sense, meaning does the benefit to the aim outweigh the damage to the right?

And does it leave the essence of the right intact, or does it hollow it out while preserving the form?

The burden is on the State throughout. The claimant proves the interference; the State justifies it. Getting the burden the right way round is worth marks on its own.

The Indian version of the same test

Article 19 states it structurally. Each freedom in clause (1) is matched by a clause permitting reasonable restrictions in the interests of enumerated grounds: for speech, in clause (2), the sovereignty and integrity of India, the security of the State, friendly relations with foreign States, public order, decency or morality, contempt of court, defamation or incitement to an offence.

Three points a candidate should make.

The grounds are exhaustive. A restriction on speech that does not fall within clause (2) cannot be saved by showing it is otherwise sensible.

"Reasonable" is where proportionality lives. The Indian courts have built, out of that single word, a test of legitimate goal, suitable means, necessity and balancing that maps onto the international test almost exactly.

And article 21's "procedure established by law" was read the same way, as [Fundamental Rights: the Indian Form] sets out: the procedure must be right, just and fair.

Limitation compared with three neighbours

ConceptWhat it doesKey feature
LimitationRestricts a right in ordinary timesFour-part test; available always
DerogationSuspends obligations in emergencyNeeds a proclaimed emergency; a core is untouchable
ReservationExcludes or modifies a treaty term on ratificationMust not defeat the object and purpose
Absolute rightCannot be restricted at allTorture, slavery, and the freedom to hold a belief

Do not confuse limitation with derogation. Limitation is the normal operation of a right. Derogation is an emergency departure from the obligation itself, and [Derogation and the Non-Derogable Core] takes it.

munotes.in107

Limitation: When a Right May Be Restricted

The economic and social side

Article 4 of the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights allows a State to subject the rights it provides only to such limitations as are determined by law only in so far as this may be compatible with the nature of these rights and solely for the purpose of promoting the general welfare in a democratic society.

Note what is different. There is no list of aims; there is a single aim, the general welfare. And the limitation must be compatible with the nature of the right, which is a substantive check the civil and political clauses state differently.

Worked example

A city bans all public demonstrations within one kilometre of the legislature, by an order of the police commissioner, citing the risk of disorder. A trade union challenges it.

Prescribed by law? An order of a commissioner may or may not be. The question is whether a statute authorises it, whether it is published, and whether it is precise. If the enabling provision permits "such orders as the commissioner thinks fit", the vagueness point is live.

Legitimate aim? Public order is on the list for assembly, so the aim survives.

Necessary in a democratic society? Here the ban is in difficulty. Demonstrating near a legislature is close to the core of what assembly is for, and a blanket geographic ban treats the peaceful and the violent identically.

Proportionate? Almost certainly not. Less restrictive measures are obvious and standard: notice requirements, time limits, a policed route, conditions on numbers. A blanket ban fails the necessity limb because those alternatives exist, and it fails the essence question because it removes the possibility of protesting where protest is most meaningful.

Conclusion. The restriction fails on limbs one, three and four, and the union succeeds. Notice that identifying the legitimate aim was the easy part and decided nothing.

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean every right is limitable. Torture, slavery and the freedom to hold an opinion are not, and neither is the freedom to hold a belief as distinct from manifesting it.

It does not mean a State's own view of necessity governs. The State asserts; the court assesses.

And it does not mean proportionality is a licence for a court to substitute its policy. [Universality, Sovereignty and the Margin of Appreciation] takes the deference question, which is exactly where the argument about judicial overreach lives.

Quick revision

  • Four limbs: prescribed by law (accessible, precise, foreseeable), legitimate aim from a closed list, necessary in a democratic society (a pressing social need, not mere convenience), and proportionate (suitable, least restrictive, benefit outweighing damage, essence intact).
  • The burden is on the State. The claimant proves the interference only.
  • UDHR article 29(2) limits by law solely for the rights of others and the just requirements of morality, public order and the general welfare in a democratic society. The words only and solely make it a restriction on the power to restrict.
  • ICCPR article 19(3) for expression: provided by law and necessary for the rights or reputations of others, national security, public order, public health or morals. Article 18(3) limits only the manifestation of religion, never the belief.
  • ICESCR article 4 differs: no list of aims, only the general welfare, and the limitation must be compatible with the nature of the right.
  • India: article 19's clauses (2) to (6) allow reasonable restrictions on exhaustive grounds, and "reasonable" is where the courts built proportionality.
munotes.in108

Limitation: When a Right May Be Restricted

Test yourself

1. Set out the four-part test and say where the burden lies. First, the restriction must be prescribed by law, meaning there is a legal basis that is accessible and precise enough for a person to foresee the consequences of their conduct, which excludes an executive instruction with no statutory footing, an unwritten practice, and a statute so vague that nobody can tell what it forbids. Second, it must pursue a legitimate aim drawn from the list the instrument itself provides, and the lists are closed, so a State restricting expression to protect the dignity of an office has not found an aim and the analysis stops. Third, it must be necessary in a democratic society, which means responding to a pressing social need rather than being merely useful or convenient, and the phrase imports pluralism, tolerance and broadmindedness, so a measure defensible only in a society lacking those fails. Fourth, it must be proportionate, which unpacks into whether the measure is suitable to achieve the aim, whether a less restrictive measure would do as well, whether the benefit outweighs the damage to the right, and whether the essence of the right survives. Throughout, the claimant proves only the interference and the State bears the burden of justifying it on every limb.

2. Why is article 29(2) of the Universal Declaration a restriction on the power to restrict? Because of two words. It provides that in the exercise of rights and freedoms everyone shall be subject only to such limitations as are determined by law solely for the purpose of securing due recognition and respect for the rights and freedoms of others and of meeting the just requirements of morality, public order and the general welfare in a democratic society. The word "only" confines the permissible limitations to those determined by law, and the word "solely" confines the permissible purposes to those listed. Read carelessly the clause looks like a general licence to restrict, and candidates frequently cite it that way; read as written it is the source of the requirement that a restriction be legal and purpose-limited, which is the first two limbs of the modern test. Article 29(1)'s statement that everyone has duties to the community in which alone the free and full development of his personality is possible supplies the justification for having any limitation clause at all, and article 29(3) adds that rights may in no case be exercised contrary to the purposes and principles of the United Nations.

munotes.in109

Limitation: When a Right May Be Restricted

3. A police commissioner bans all demonstrations within a kilometre of the legislature. Apply the test. On prescribed by law, the question is whether a statute authorises such an order, whether it is published, and whether it is precise; if the enabling provision permits such orders as the commissioner thinks fit, the vagueness objection is live and may dispose of the case. On legitimate aim, public order appears in the assembly clause, so this limb is satisfied, and identifying it decides nothing. On necessity in a democratic society, the ban is in serious difficulty, because demonstrating near a legislature is close to the core of what freedom of assembly is for, and a blanket geographic ban treats the peaceful and the violent identically rather than responding to a pressing social need. On proportionality it almost certainly fails, since obvious and standard less restrictive measures exist, including notice requirements, time limits, a policed route and conditions on numbers, and the ban removes the possibility of protesting where protest carries most meaning, which goes to the essence of the right. The restriction therefore fails on the first, third and fourth limbs, and the union succeeds.

4. How does the limitation clause in the Economic, Social and Cultural Rights Covenant differ? Article 4 permits a State to subject the rights it provides only to such limitations as are determined by law, only in so far as this may be compatible with the nature of these rights, and solely for the purpose of promoting the general welfare in a democratic society. Three differences follow. There is no enumerated list of aims of the kind the Civil and Political Covenant attaches separately to expression, assembly, association, movement and the manifestation of religion; there is a single permissible purpose, the general welfare. There is an express compatibility requirement, that the limitation must not be inconsistent with the nature of the right itself, which does the work the essence limb does elsewhere and does it textually. And the clause is general to the Covenant rather than right-specific, which reflects the different drafting technique of the two Covenants and is a useful detail when the question asks why there are two.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in110

Chapter Twenty-One

Derogation and the Non-Derogable Core

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

In a proclaimed public emergency threatening the life of the nation a State may derogate from its Covenant obligations only to the extent strictly required, without discriminating on listed grounds and without breaching its other international obligations, and seven articles are placed beyond derogation entirely.

The text, taken in three parts

Paragraph 1: when, and how far

In time of public emergency which threatens the life of the nation and the existence of which is officially proclaimed, States Parties may take measures derogating from their obligations under the present Covenant to the extent strictly required by the exigencies of the situation, provided that such measures are not inconsistent with their other obligations under international law and do not involve discrimination solely on the ground of race, colour, sex, language, religion or social origin.

Five conditions are packed into that sentence.

A public emergency, which is more than serious disorder or a difficult political situation.

Threatening the life of the nation, which sets the threshold high: the emergency must imperil the organised life of the community, not merely a policy or a government.

Officially proclaimed, which makes the emergency public, dateable and reviewable, and denies a State the option of governing by silent emergency.

Strictly required by the exigencies, which is proportionality in the strongest form the framework uses.

Consistent with other international obligations and non-discriminatory on race, colour, sex, language, religion or social origin.

Paragraph 2: the seven that cannot be touched

No derogation from articles 6, 7, 8 (paragraphs 1 and 2), 11, 15, 16 and 18 may be made under this provision.

ArticleWhat it protects
6The inherent right to life
7Freedom from torture and from cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment, and from medical or scientific experimentation without free consent
8(1) and 8(2)Freedom from slavery and the slave trade, and from servitude
11No imprisonment merely for inability to fulfil a contractual obligation
15No retroactive criminal law and no heavier penalty than was applicable at the time
16The right to recognition everywhere as a person before the law
18Freedom of thought, conscience and religion

Read the list twice, because its composition is the argument. Four entries are what everyone expects: life, torture, slavery, conscience. Three are not: debt imprisonment, retroactivity and legal personhood. Their presence tells you the drafters were protecting not only against cruelty but against a State that abolishes a person in law, punishes yesterday's lawful act, or jails the poor for being poor.

Note the precision on article 8. Paragraphs 1 and 2, slavery and servitude, are non-derogable. Paragraph 3, forced or compulsory labour, is not, and the paragraph itself already excludes military service, ordinary civic obligations and work required in an emergency.

munotes.in111

Derogation and the Non-Derogable Core

Paragraph 3: telling everybody

A State availing itself of derogation shall immediately inform the other States Parties, through the intermediary of the Secretary-General, of the provisions from which it has derogated and the reasons, and shall make a further communication on the date it terminates the derogation.

Why that matters. Notification is what converts an emergency from a domestic fact into an internationally reviewable one. A State that derogates without notifying has broken article 4 by that omission alone, whatever the merits of the measures.

Derogation is not limitation

LimitationDerogation
WhenOrdinary timesProclaimed public emergency
What it touchesThe exercise of a rightThe State's obligation itself
SourceClauses inside each articleA single clause for the whole treaty
TestNecessary in a democratic society and proportionateStrictly required by the exigencies
FloorAbsolute rights, and the essence of othersThe seven non-derogable articles

The examinable sentence: limitation is how a right operates normally, derogation is a temporary departure from the obligation, and a State that reaches for derogation when a limitation clause would have sufficed has taken a heavier and more scrutinised route for no reason.

What survives even under derogation

The non-derogable seven, by the express words of paragraph 2.

The proportionality of every derogating measure, because "strictly required" is itself a legal standard and not a formula of deference.

Non-discrimination on the listed grounds, so an emergency cannot be used to target one community.

And the procedural guarantees essential to protecting the non-derogable rights. This is the point most often missed. Article 9's protection against arbitrary detention is not in the list, yet a right to life that cannot be enforced by any court is not the right in article 6. The treaty body's position is accordingly that the remedies necessary to protect non-derogable rights, including habeas corpus, survive an emergency, because otherwise paragraph 2 would guarantee a right and permit the abolition of every means of asserting it.

The Indian position

A different architecture, with the same problem. Article 352 of the Constitution provides for a Proclamation of Emergency. Article 358 suspends the article 19 freedoms during an emergency proclaimed on the ground of war or external aggression, and article 359 empowers the President to suspend the right to move any court for enforcement of specified Part III rights.

The decisive amendment. After the experience of the Emergency of 1975 to 1977, the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978 provided that articles 20 and 21 may not be suspended under article 359. Article 20 protects against retroactive criminal law, double jeopardy and compelled self-incrimination; article 21 protects life and personal liberty.

munotes.in112

Derogation and the Non-Derogable Core

Why that is the right comparison to draw. India arrived, by constitutional amendment and after a domestic catastrophe, at the same conclusion the Covenant had reached in 1966 by drafting: an emergency power that reaches life and retroactivity is not an emergency power but a licence. A candidate who puts articles 20 and 21 next to Covenant articles 6, 7 and 15 has made the comparative point the examiner is looking for.

Worked example

A State faces a sustained bombing campaign. It proclaims an emergency, notifies the Secretary-General, and enacts three measures: detention without trial for up to ninety days, subject to review by a judge every fortnight; a curfew in three districts; and an order permitting interrogators to use stress positions on suspects.

The emergency itself. A sustained bombing campaign can threaten the life of the nation, and the proclamation and notification satisfy the formal conditions.

The curfew. Lawful if strictly required, geographically confined and time-limited. It restricts movement, and article 12 is derogable.

The detention. Article 9 is derogable, so the measure is not barred outright. But it must be strictly required, and the fortnightly judicial review is what makes it arguable. Ninety days with no review at all would be a different case, and habeas corpus must remain available because it is the remedy that protects the non-derogable core.

The stress positions. Unlawful, immediately and without inquiry into necessity. Article 7 is non-derogable by paragraph 2, the prohibition admits of no balancing, and the severity of the emergency is legally irrelevant to it.

The structure of the answer: formal conditions, then measure by measure, then the non-derogable stop. The third measure needs no proportionality analysis at all, and saying so is the mark of an answer that understands what paragraph 2 does.

What it does NOT mean

A proclamation does not suspend the Covenant. It permits specific, notified, proportionate departures from specific articles.

Derogation is not indefinite. It lasts as long as the exigency, and paragraph 3 requires notification of its termination.

And non-derogable does not mean unlimited in scope. Article 18 is non-derogable, but article 18(3) still permits limitation of the manifestation of religion in ordinary times. What cannot be touched even in an emergency is the freedom of thought, conscience and belief itself.

Quick revision

  • Article 4(1) conditions: a public emergency threatening the life of the nation, officially proclaimed, measures strictly required by the exigencies, consistent with other international obligations, and no discrimination solely on race, colour, sex, language, religion or social origin.
  • Article 4(2) non-derogable seven: 6 life, 7 torture, 8(1) and 8(2) slavery and servitude, 11 no imprisonment for contractual debt, 15 no retroactive crime or heavier penalty, 16 recognition as a person before the law, 18 thought, conscience and religion.
  • Article 4(3): immediate notification through the Secretary-General of the provisions derogated from and the reasons, and again on termination. Failure to notify breaches article 4 by itself.
  • Limitation is not derogation: limitation restricts the exercise of a right in ordinary times on a necessity and proportionality test; derogation departs from the obligation in a proclaimed emergency on a strictly required test.
  • India: articles 358 and 359 suspend rights in emergency, but the Forty-fourth Amendment 1978 put articles 20 and 21 beyond suspension, which is the domestic arrival at the Covenant's 1966 conclusion.
munotes.in113

Derogation and the Non-Derogable Core

Test yourself

1. State the conditions in article 4(1) and explain why each is there. There must be a public emergency, which is more than serious disorder or a difficult political situation. It must threaten the life of the nation, a deliberately high threshold requiring that the organised life of the community be imperilled rather than merely a policy or a government. Its existence must be officially proclaimed, which makes the emergency public, dateable and reviewable and denies a State the option of governing by silent emergency while claiming normality abroad. Measures may be taken only to the extent strictly required by the exigencies of the situation, which is proportionality in the strongest form the framework uses and is stricter than the ordinary necessity test in a limitation clause. And the measures must be consistent with the State's other obligations under international law and must not involve discrimination solely on the ground of race, colour, sex, language, religion or social origin, so an emergency cannot become a licence to target a community. Article 4(3) adds a procedural condition: immediate notification to the other States Parties through the Secretary-General of the provisions derogated from and the reasons, and a further communication when the derogation ends.

2. List the non-derogable articles and say what their composition reveals. Articles 6, 7, 8 paragraphs 1 and 2, 11, 15, 16 and 18: the inherent right to life; freedom from torture and from cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment and from medical or scientific experimentation without free consent; freedom from slavery, the slave trade and servitude; freedom from imprisonment merely for inability to fulfil a contractual obligation; freedom from retroactive criminal law and from a heavier penalty than was applicable at the time; the right to recognition everywhere as a person before the law; and freedom of thought, conscience and religion. Four of these are what anyone would predict. The other three are the interesting ones. Debt imprisonment, retroactivity and legal personhood are on the list because the drafters were protecting not only against cruelty but against a State that abolishes a person in law, punishes what was lawful when done, or jails people for poverty. Note also the precision on article 8: paragraphs 1 and 2 are non-derogable while paragraph 3, forced or compulsory labour, is not, and that paragraph already excludes military service, ordinary civic obligations and work required in an emergency.

munotes.in114

Derogation and the Non-Derogable Core

3. Does anything survive an emergency beyond the seven articles? Yes, and this is the point most often missed. The proportionality standard survives, because "strictly required by the exigencies" is a legal test to be assessed and not a formula of deference to the State's own view. Non-discrimination on the listed grounds survives by the express words of paragraph 1. And the procedural guarantees necessary to protect the non-derogable rights survive even though they are not themselves listed. Article 9's protection against arbitrary detention is derogable, yet a right to life that no court can enforce is not the right article 6 guarantees, so the treaty body's position is that remedies such as habeas corpus remain available in an emergency. The reasoning is structural rather than textual: paragraph 2 would be worthless if it guaranteed a right while permitting the abolition of every means of asserting it.

4. Compare article 4 with the Indian emergency provisions. The architecture differs and the conclusion converges. Article 352 provides for a Proclamation of Emergency; article 358 suspends the article 19 freedoms during an emergency proclaimed on the ground of war or external aggression; and article 359 empowers the President to suspend the right to move any court for the enforcement of specified Part III rights, which is a suspension of remedies rather than of rights. After the Emergency of 1975 to 1977 the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978 provided that articles 20 and 21 may not be suspended under article 359. Article 20 protects against retroactive criminal law, double jeopardy and compelled self-incrimination, and article 21 protects life and personal liberty, so India placed beyond emergency exactly the interests the Covenant had protected in 1966 through articles 6, 7 and 15. The comparative point worth making is that India reached the position by constitutional amendment after a domestic catastrophe, whereas the Covenant reached it by drafting, and both arrived at the same principle: an emergency power that reaches life and retroactivity is not an emergency power but a licence.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in115

Chapter Twenty-Two

Are Human Rights Inalienable

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

Inalienability means the right cannot be transferred, forfeited or surrendered, so consent can waive the exercise of a right on a particular occasion but cannot extinguish the right or license conduct the framework treats as absolute.

Where the word comes from

The American Declaration of Independence 1776 held it self-evident that all men are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights, and the drafting history shows the word doing real work: an unalienable right is one the holder cannot dispose of, which is what distinguishes it from property.

The Universal Declaration's preamble speaks of recognition of the inherent dignity and of the equal and inalienable rights of all members of the human family as the foundation of freedom, justice and peace in the world.

The word is doing two jobs at once, and separating them is the whole chapter. It means the right cannot be taken by the State, which is uncontroversial, and it means the right cannot be given away by the holder, which is not.

Four things inalienability could mean

Non-transferable. I cannot assign my right to life to you. Nobody disputes this, and it is the sharpest contrast with property: property is defined by its transferability, and a right that could be transferred would be property.

Non-forfeitable. The right is not lost by wrongdoing. A convicted murderer retains the right not to be tortured and the right to recognition as a person before the law. This is why prisoners have rights at all, and it follows directly from the ground of dignity in [Human Dignity as the Ground of Rights].

Non-surrenderable. The holder cannot give it up even willingly. This is the contested sense.

Non-derogable. A different idea altogether, belonging to [Derogation and the Non-Derogable Core], and confusing the two is a common and costly error: derogation is about what the State may suspend in an emergency, inalienability is about what the holder may give away at any time.

Where consent does operate

Because most rights protect an interest that the holder can choose not to assert on a given occasion.

Privacy. A person may publish their own medical history. Article 17 protects against arbitrary or unlawful interference, and an interference the person invited is neither.

Liberty. A person may agree to be confined, for medical isolation or in a monastery, and the detention is not arbitrary.

Property and expression. A person may sell their work and contract not to speak about a former employer's trade secrets.

Fair trial rights. An accused may plead guilty, waive counsel, waive a jury where one exists, or agree to a summary procedure.

But the framework does not treat consent as self-proving. For a waiver to count it must be free, informed, specific and revocable in principle, and given by a person with capacity. A consent extracted by threat, obtained by concealment, or given in general terms in advance for everything is no consent at all.

munotes.in116

Are Human Rights Inalienable

Where consent does not operate

Torture. Article 7 of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights is absolute, and it names the point expressly: no one shall be subjected without his free consent to medical or scientific experimentation. The drafters wrote consent into the experimentation limb and left it out of the torture limb, which tells you the omission was deliberate.

Slavery and servitude. A person cannot validly sell themselves into slavery. This is the clearest case in the whole subject, and it is the one that shows inalienability doing work no other doctrine does: the contract is not voidable for duress or unconscionability, it is void because the object is outside what consent can reach.

Bonded labour, which is the Indian form of the same point and is prohibited under article 23 of the Constitution and by statute, and where the consent of the labourer is not merely suspect but legally irrelevant.

And the surrender of the right itself, as against the exercise. A person may decline to vote in every election of their life and has not surrendered the franchise; they may not sign it away.

The line, stated in one sentence a student can reuse: consent can govern an exercise of a right on an occasion, and cannot govern the existence of the right or reach conduct the framework places beyond bargaining.

The hard cases, which is where the marks are

Consent to serious harm. A person consents to a dangerous operation, an extreme sport, or a fight. Legal systems draw a line, usually between harm within recognised social practice and harm outside it, and the line is drawn by law rather than by the consent.

Dwarf-throwing and dignity. A person willing to be used as a projectile for pay was held, in a famous administrative law episode, not to be able to consent to it, because the human person's dignity is not at the disposal of the person. The reasoning is controversial precisely because it overrides the individual in the name of a value the individual holds.

Assisted dying. The debate is whether the right to life includes a right to decide when it ends, or whether life is the paradigm inalienable right and consent cannot reach it. Note that both sides invoke dignity, which is the difficulty [Human Dignity as the Ground of Rights] identified.

Selling an organ or a kidney. Prohibited in most systems, and defended on two different grounds: that the consent of the very poor is not free, and that the body is not a market commodity. Only the first is really about consent.

munotes.in117

Are Human Rights Inalienable

And data, which is the modern version. A user clicks "agree" to a privacy policy nobody reads. The consent is nominally free and formally informed and is neither in substance, which is why data protection law has moved towards purpose limitation and necessity rather than relying on consent alone.

Worked example

A worker signs a contract with three clauses: they will not join a union; they consent to searches of their person on leaving the premises; and they waive any claim for injury caused by unsafe equipment.

The union clause is void. Freedom of association is a right whose exercise the employer is bargaining to extinguish permanently, not a waiver of an occasion, and the imbalance of power makes the consent unfree in any event.

The search clause is arguable. Bodily searches engage privacy and dignity, and a specific, limited consent to a defined and non-intrusive search may be effective. A general consent to any search at any time by anyone is not, because it is not specific.

The injury waiver is void, and the reason is worth naming precisely: it does not merely waive an occasion, it removes the employer's duty prospectively for all occasions, and it is the kind of clause that consent cannot reach because the resulting harm is not the worker's to authorise in advance.

The analysis in each case runs the same way: is this a waiver of an exercise or a surrender of a right, was the consent free, informed and specific, and does the subject-matter lie inside or outside what consent can reach?

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean rights cannot be lost in practice. They are lost constantly, by violation. Inalienability is a normative claim about validity, not a factual claim about the world.

It does not mean the State's restrictions are inalienability problems. Those are limitation questions, governed by [Limitation: When a Right May Be Restricted].

And it does not mean consent is worthless. Consent is what distinguishes surgery from assault and journalism from intrusion. The claim is only that consent has a boundary.

Quick revision

  • Four senses: non-transferable (cannot be assigned, the contrast with property), non-forfeitable (not lost by wrongdoing, which is why prisoners have rights), non-surrenderable (the contested sense), and non-derogable, which is a different idea about what the State may suspend in an emergency.
  • Sources: the American Declaration's unalienable rights in 1776, and the Universal Declaration's preamble on the equal and inalienable rights of all members of the human family.
  • Consent works on privacy, liberty, property, expression and fair trial rights, if it is free, informed, specific and revocable, and given with capacity.
  • Consent fails on torture, slavery, servitude and bonded labour. ICCPR article 7 writes consent into the experimentation limb and leaves it out of the torture limb, and the omission is deliberate.
  • The line: consent governs an exercise on an occasion; it cannot govern the existence of the right or reach conduct placed beyond bargaining.
munotes.in118

Are Human Rights Inalienable

Test yourself

1. Distinguish the four senses of inalienability. Non-transferable means the right cannot be assigned to anyone else, which is the sharpest contrast with property, since property is defined by its transferability and a transferable right would be property rather than a human right. Non-forfeitable means the right is not lost by the holder's wrongdoing, which is why a convicted murderer retains the right not to be tortured and the right to recognition as a person before the law, and why prisoners have rights at all; it follows directly from grounding rights in dignity rather than in merit. Non-surrenderable means the holder cannot give the right up even willingly, and this is the contested sense that the chapter is really about. Non-derogable is a different idea entirely and belongs to article 4 of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights: it concerns what the State may suspend in a proclaimed emergency, not what the holder may give away, and confusing the two is a common and expensive error in an answer.

2. When does consent work, and what makes it valid? Consent works wherever the right protects an interest the holder may choose not to assert on a particular occasion. A person may publish their own medical history, and article 17's protection against arbitrary or unlawful interference is not engaged by an interference they invited. A person may agree to confinement for medical isolation or in a religious community, and the detention is not arbitrary. A person may sell their work or contract not to disclose a former employer's trade secrets. An accused may plead guilty, waive counsel or agree to a summary procedure. But the framework does not treat consent as self-proving: to count, a waiver must be free, informed, specific and revocable in principle, and given by a person with capacity. Consent extracted by threat, obtained by concealment, or given in advance and in general terms for everything is no consent at all, which is why data protection law has moved towards purpose limitation and necessity rather than relying on a click on an unread policy.

3. Why can nobody consent to slavery or torture? Because these lie outside what consent can reach, which is inalienability doing work no other doctrine does. A contract of self-enslavement is not voidable for duress or unconscionability, to be set aside on proof that the particular consent was defective; it is void because its object is beyond bargaining, and it would remain void if the consent were demonstrably free. Bonded labour is the Indian form of the same proposition, prohibited by article 23 of the Constitution and by statute, and there the labourer's consent is not merely suspect but legally irrelevant. Torture is the same, and the Covenant proves the point textually: article 7 forbids torture and cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment absolutely, and then adds that no one shall be subjected without his free consent to medical or scientific experimentation. The drafters wrote consent into the experimentation limb and deliberately left it out of the torture limb, so the difference between the two is on the face of the article.

munotes.in119

Are Human Rights Inalienable

4. A worker's contract bars union membership, permits searches and waives injury claims. Analyse it. The union clause is void. It is not a waiver of an exercise on an occasion but a bargain to extinguish freedom of association permanently, and the imbalance of power between employer and worker makes the consent unfree in substance whatever it says on the page. The search clause is arguable and turns on specificity. Bodily searches engage privacy and dignity, and a specific, limited consent to a defined and non-intrusive search on leaving the premises may be effective, while a general consent to any search at any time by anyone is not, because it fails the requirement that a waiver be specific. The injury waiver is void, and it is worth naming the reason precisely: it does not waive an occasion but removes the employer's duty prospectively for all occasions, and the harm it authorises in advance is not the worker's to authorise. The same three questions run through all three clauses: is this a waiver of an exercise or a surrender of the right, was the consent free, informed and specific, and does the subject-matter lie inside or outside what consent can reach.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in120

Chapter Twenty-Three

The Vocabulary: Right, Liberty, Freedom, Entitlement

Syllabus topic 1, "Human Rights : Concept"

In one line

A right correlates with a duty in somebody else, a liberty is only the absence of a duty in yourself, freedom is the ordinary-language word for the condition both produce, and an entitlement is what you may demand and get.

The four core words

Right

A claim held by a person against an identified other, correlating with a duty. This is the strict sense established in [Rights and Duties: the Correlativity Thesis], and it is the sense in which the instruments use the word.

The test. Name the duty-bearer and state the duty. If you cannot, you are describing something else and should say so.

Liberty

The absence of a duty not to act. In [The Hohfeldian Analysis], a liberty is what you have when you are under no obligation to refrain, and its correlative is a no-right in everybody else.

The classic illustration. Two people race for the same unowned object. Each is at liberty to pick it up, and neither is under a duty to let the other. Neither has a right that the other stand aside. That is a liberty, and it is a much weaker thing than a right.

The confusion that costs marks. A liberty on its own gives no protection against interference. What makes freedom of expression worth having is not the bare liberty to speak but the right that the State not silence you, which is a claim with a duty attached. A candidate who treats the two as synonyms cannot explain why a right needs a duty-bearer.

Freedom

The ordinary-language word for the condition of not being constrained, used in the instruments in two ways.

Freedom from, which describes the absence of an interference: freedom from torture, from slavery, from arbitrary arrest.

Freedom to, which describes a capacity to act: freedom to travel, to worship, to associate.

The instruments use "freedom" and "right" interchangeably in their headings, which is why you cannot read a legal distinction off the choice of word. The Universal Declaration's article 18 speaks of the right to freedom of thought, conscience and religion, using both words for one thing.

Entitlement

What a person may demand and receive, emphasising the claim and the delivery rather than the abstract standing.

Its natural home is the second generation. A pension, a ration, a school place and a hospital bed are entitlements: identified, quantified, deliverable and claimable by a named person from a named authority.

Why the word matters for this paper. It answers the vagueness charge against economic and social rights. Once a right to food becomes an entitlement to a specified quantity of grain from a specified shop on production of a specified card, it is as justiciable as any contract, which is the point [Second Generation: What Economic, Social and Cultural Rights Are] develops.

munotes.in121

The Vocabulary: Right, Liberty, Freedom, Entitlement

The four compared

WordWhat it assertsCorrelative in another personStrength
RightA claimA dutyStrongest
LibertyAbsence of a duty in meA no-rightWeak alone
FreedomA conditionVariesOrdinary language
EntitlementA deliverable claimA duty to deliverStrong and concrete

Eight more the instruments use precisely

Inherent. Belonging to the thing itself and not conferred. The Covenant on Civil and Political Rights says every human being has the inherent right to life, and the preambles derive rights from the inherent dignity of the human person. It is the textual anchor of everything in [What a Human Right Is].

Inalienable. Not transferable, forfeitable or surrenderable, as [Are Human Rights Inalienable] sets out.

Universal. Held by all, everywhere, which is the claim [The Claim of Universality] examines.

Indivisible. No category of rights may be dropped in favour of another, which is the Vienna proposition in [Vienna 1993: Universal, Indivisible, Interdependent and Interrelated].

Interdependent. Each right's realisation depends on others.

Non-derogable. Not suspendable even in a proclaimed emergency, which is the article 4(2) list.

Justiciable. Capable of being decided by a court. A right may exist and not be justiciable, which is what Part IV of the Constitution demonstrates.

Progressive realisation. The standard in article 2(1) of the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, requiring steps to the maximum of available resources with a view to achieving progressively the full realisation of the rights.

Two pairs students routinely swap.

Inalienable and non-derogable. The first is about what the holder can give away; the second about what the State can suspend in an emergency.

Indivisible and inalienable. The first is about the relationship between categories of rights; the second about the relationship between a right and its holder. The words look alike and mean nothing like each other.

Using the vocabulary in an answer

A worked sentence. "The applicant has a right to freedom of expression: a claim against the State, correlating with the State's duty not to interfere, grounded in the inherent dignity of the person, inalienable so that the contract purporting to waive it is void, but not absolute, since article 19(3) permits limitation, and not non-derogable, since article 19 is not in the article 4(2) list."

Every technical word in that sentence is carrying weight, and a marker can see the candidate knows what each one does. That is what this chapter is for.

Worked example

A statute provides that "every citizen is at liberty to publish, subject to such conditions as the Government may specify". A newspaper is refused permission and sues.

munotes.in122

The Vocabulary: Right, Liberty, Freedom, Entitlement

Read the word "liberty" literally and the newspaper is in trouble. A bare liberty means only that the citizen is under no duty to refrain. It gives no claim against anyone, so on its face the statute grants nothing the Government must respect.

But that is not how the provision will be read, and the reason is the vocabulary of the framework rather than of the statute. Expression is protected as a right, so the State is under a duty not to interfere, and the statute cannot reduce a right to a liberty by choosing a weaker word.

The operative attack is on the conditions clause, which is a limitation question: is the power prescribed by law with sufficient precision, does it serve an enumerated aim, is it necessary and proportionate? A power to specify any conditions at all fails the first limb for vagueness.

And the answer's opening move is the vocabulary. Saying that the statute uses "liberty" where the framework confers a right, and that the difference is the presence of a duty-bearer, is what makes the rest of the argument available.

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the instruments are terminologically consistent. They are not, and article 18's "right to freedom of thought" proves it.

It does not mean a word's ordinary meaning is wrong. It means an answer should state which sense it is using when the distinction matters.

And it does not mean precision is pedantry. The difference between a right and a liberty is the difference between a claim somebody must answer and a bare permission nobody need respect, which is the difference between winning and losing.

Quick revision

  • Right: a claim against an identified other, correlating with a duty. Name the duty-bearer or you are describing something else.
  • Liberty: the absence of a duty in yourself, correlating with a no-right in others. Weak alone: it gives no protection against interference.
  • Freedom: the ordinary-language condition, used as freedom from and freedom to, and used interchangeably with "right" in the instruments.
  • Entitlement: a deliverable claim, identified and quantified. It is the answer to the vagueness charge against second generation rights.
  • Eight technical words: inherent, inalienable, universal, indivisible, interdependent, non-derogable, justiciable, progressive realisation.
  • Two pairs never to swap: inalienable (what the holder may give away) against non-derogable (what the State may suspend); and indivisible (between categories of rights) against inalienable (between a right and its holder).

Test yourself

1. Distinguish a right from a liberty, and say why the difference matters. A right is a claim held against an identified other and correlating with a duty in that other, so the test is whether you can name the duty-bearer and state the duty. A liberty is only the absence of a duty in yourself not to act, and its correlative is a no-right in everybody else, meaning nobody has a claim that you refrain. The classic illustration is two people racing for the same unowned object: each is at liberty to pick it up, neither is under a duty to stand aside, and neither has a right that the other do so. The difference matters because a bare liberty offers no protection against interference. What makes freedom of expression valuable is not the liberty to speak, which a State can leave untouched while silencing you by other means, but the right that the State not interfere, which is a claim with a duty attached and a forum to assert it in. A candidate who treats the two as synonyms cannot explain why a right requires a duty-bearer at all.

munotes.in123

The Vocabulary: Right, Liberty, Freedom, Entitlement

2. What does "entitlement" add, and why does it matter for this paper? It emphasises the deliverable content of a claim rather than its abstract standing: what a person may demand and actually receive. Its natural home is the second generation, where a pension, a ration, a school place or a hospital bed is identified, quantified, deliverable and claimable by a named person from a named authority. That matters because the standing objection to economic and social rights is that they are too vague to be rights at all, and the objection dissolves at exactly the point where a right becomes an entitlement. A right to food stated in the abstract is hard to adjudicate; an entitlement to a specified quantity of grain from a specified shop on production of a specified card is as justiciable as any contract, and a court can order delivery. The word therefore marks the transition from a standard addressed to a legislature into a claim enforceable in a forum.

3. Which technical words do students most often swap, and what does each actually mean? Two pairs. Inalienable and non-derogable look similar and belong to different halves of the subject: inalienable concerns what the holder may transfer, forfeit or surrender, so it is about the relationship between a right and the person who holds it, while non-derogable concerns what the State may suspend during a proclaimed public emergency, which is the article 4(2) list of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights. A right can be alienable in the loose sense that its exercise may be waived on an occasion while remaining non-derogable, and the two questions never meet. The second pair is indivisible and inalienable: indivisible is a claim about the relationship between categories of rights, namely that civil and political rights cannot be traded off against economic, social and cultural ones, which is the Vienna proposition of 1993, while inalienable is again about the holder. The words look alike and mean nothing like each other, and using one for the other tells a marker the vocabulary has not been learned.

munotes.in124

The Vocabulary: Right, Liberty, Freedom, Entitlement

4. A statute says citizens are "at liberty to publish, subject to such conditions as the Government may specify". Analyse it. Read literally, the word "liberty" gives the newspaper nothing: a bare liberty means only that the citizen is under no duty to refrain, correlating with a no-right in others, so nobody is obliged to respect it and the statute on its face confers no claim against the Government. That reading will not stand, because expression is protected as a right in the framework and in Part III, so the State is under a duty not to interfere, and a legislature cannot reduce a right to a liberty by choosing a weaker word. The operative attack then shifts to the conditions clause, which raises a limitation question rather than a vocabulary one: is the power prescribed by law with sufficient precision for a publisher to foresee what is permitted, does it serve an enumerated legitimate aim, is it necessary in a democratic society, and is it proportionate? A power to specify any conditions at all fails the first limb for vagueness without the court needing to reach the others. The vocabulary is the opening move rather than the whole answer: naming the gap between "liberty" and "right" is what makes the limitation analysis available.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in125

Module II

munotes.in

Chapter Twenty-Four

The Generations Framework: Karel Vasak

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Karel Vasak proposed in 1977 that human rights be grouped into three generations, civil and political, economic social and cultural, and solidarity rights, mapped onto liberty, equality and fraternity, and the scheme organises the field usefully while being false if taken as chronology or hierarchy.

Where it came from

Karel Vasak, a Czech-French jurist who was then the director of the division of human rights and peace at UNESCO, set out the scheme in an article in the UNESCO Courier in November 1977, and developed it in a lecture at the International Institute of Human Rights in Strasbourg.

What he was doing. Not stating law. He was proposing a way of seeing the field's development, at a moment when the third of his categories, the rights of peoples to development, peace and a shared environment, was being pressed by newly independent States and needed a place in the vocabulary. [The Right to Development 1986: Articles 1 to 5] is where that campaign produced a text.

The word "generation" is a metaphor, and the metaphor is the source of every criticism the scheme attracts. It suggests that one set of rights preceded and produced another, and that later arrivals are less mature. Neither implication is true, and [The Criticism of the Generations Framework] takes them apart.

The three generations

First: civil and political rights

What they are. Life, liberty and security of the person; freedom from torture, slavery and arbitrary arrest; equality before the law and a fair trial; privacy; freedom of thought, conscience, religion, expression, assembly and association; the right to take part in government and to vote.

Where they are. Articles 1 to 21 of the Universal Declaration, and the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights.

Their historical moment. The English, American and French revolutions, which is why [Magna Carta 1215], [The English Bill of Rights 1689], [The American Declaration of Independence and the Bill of Rights] and [The French Declaration 1789: Articles 1 to 9] sit in this module.

Vasak's association: liberté.

Second: economic, social and cultural rights

What they are. Social security; the right to work and to just and favourable conditions of work; rest and leisure; an adequate standard of living including food, clothing, housing and medical care; education; and participation in the cultural life of the community.

Where they are. Articles 22 to 27 of the Universal Declaration, and the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights.

Their historical moment. Industrialisation, the labour movement, the abolition campaigns and the socialist tradition, which [The Nineteenth Century: Abolition and Labour] and [The League of Nations and the International Labour Organization] cover.

Vasak's association: égalité.

Third: solidarity rights

What they are. The rights to development, to peace, to a healthy environment, to share in the common heritage of mankind, to communication, and to humanitarian assistance. Self-determination is usually placed here too, though it appears as article 1 of both Covenants.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in126

The rest of this chapter

Module one is free. The rest of LL.M. Human Rights Law Semester 1 is part of the bundle.

You are reading a chapter from a later module. Everything in module one of every subject stays free, and so does every question paper and the syllabus.

See the semester for ₹798 Already bought it? Sign in

Or just the notes: ₹499

Free either way: question papers, the syllabus, and module one of every subject.

Chapter Twenty-Five

Liberté, Égalité, Fraternité as a Classification

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Liberty describes what the State must not do to you, equality describes what you may claim from it, and fraternity describes what people owe one another collectively, so the motto classifies rights by the relationship they create rather than by their subject-matter.

The mapping

TermGenerationRelationshipDuty-bearerInstrument
LibertéFirst, civil and politicalThe State must abstainThe State, aloneCivil and Political Covenant
ÉgalitéSecond, economic, social and culturalThe State must provideThe State, with resourcesEconomic, Social and Cultural Covenant
FraternitéThird, solidarityPeople act togetherThe international communityDeclarations, no single treaty

Read the third column and the classification becomes intelligible. The three generations are not three lists of topics. They are three answers to the question of what a right requires of other people, and that is a far more useful way to hold them.

Why the motto, and why it fits

Its source. The three words were the slogan of the French Revolution, and though only liberty and equality are worked out in the Declaration of 1789, the third term became part of the motto of the Republic. Vasak's choice therefore came with two centuries of political meaning already attached.

Liberté in the 1789 text. Article 4 states that liberty consists in being able to do anything that does not harm others, so that the exercise of the natural rights of every man has no bounds other than those that ensure to the other members of society the enjoyment of these same rights, and that these bounds may be determined only by Law.

That is the first generation's whole logic in one sentence, and it is also the ancestor of the limitation clause in [Limitation: When a Right May Be Restricted]: freedom is bounded by the equal freedom of others, and only law may draw the boundary.

Égalité in the 1789 text. Article 1 declares that men are born and remain free and equal in rights and that social distinctions may be based only on considerations of the common good, and article 6 requires that the Law be the same for all, whether it protects or punishes, with all citizens equally eligible to all high offices according to their ability and without other distinction than that of their virtues and talents.

But note what kind of equality that is. It is equality before the law, the abolition of privilege by birth. It is not the material equality the second generation is about, and the gap between the two is the history of the nineteenth century. [Historical Development of the Second Generation] takes it.

Fraternité. Absent from the 1789 Declaration as a right, and present in the motto. It is the weakest of the three legally and the most demanding morally, because it asserts an obligation of solidarity that no court has ever been able to enforce.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in131

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Twenty-Six

First Generation: What Civil and Political Rights Are

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Civil and political rights protect the person against the State and secure their participation in it, they are immediate rather than progressive and are enforceable by courts, and the claim that they are purely negative is false.

The two halves of the category

Civil rights protect the person as a person: life, liberty, security, freedom from torture and slavery, privacy, family life, recognition before the law, fair trial, freedom of thought, conscience and religion, expression, assembly and association.

Political rights protect the person as a member of the polity: to take part in public affairs, to vote and be elected in genuine periodic elections by universal and equal suffrage and by secret ballot, and to have access on general terms of equality to public service.

Why the two are put together. Both concern the relationship between the individual and public power. Civil rights limit what that power may do to a person; political rights determine who holds it. A State that respects the first and denies the second is a benign autocracy, and the framework treats that as a failure and not as a compromise.

Their four distinguishing features

Immediate obligation

The Covenant on Civil and Political Rights requires each State Party to respect and to ensure to all individuals within its territory and subject to its jurisdiction the rights recognised, without distinction of any kind, and to take the necessary steps to give effect to them. There is no phasing and no "to the maximum of available resources".

Compare the other Covenant's article 2(1), which requires steps to the maximum of its available resources, with a view to achieving progressively the full realisation of the rights. The textual difference between the two articles is the single most cited distinction between the generations, and it is real.

Justiciable in form

The content of a first generation right lends itself to adjudication: was this person detained, was the trial fair, was this speech punished. Courts have handled these questions for centuries in domestic law, which is why the first generation slid into constitutional bills of rights without difficulty.

An identified duty-bearer

The State, and usually a specific organ of it. There is a respondent to name and an act to challenge.

A remedy in the instrument itself

Article 2(3) requires an effective remedy determined by competent judicial, administrative or legislative authorities, and that those authorities enforce it. India's article 32 is the same idea made a fundamental right.

The negative-rights account, and what is right and wrong about it

What is right. Many first generation duties are duties of abstention, and abstention is immediate, universal and costless in money. A State can stop torturing tonight. That is a genuine and important asymmetry with the second generation.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in136

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Twenty-Seven

The Universal Declaration: Articles 1 to 11

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Articles 1 and 2 state the foundation and the equality principle, articles 3 to 5 protect the person's physical existence, articles 6 to 8 give them legal standing and a remedy, and articles 9 to 11 govern arrest, trial and punishment.

The structure of the eleven

ArticlesTheme
1 and 2The foundation: dignity, reason, non-discrimination
3, 4 and 5The physical person: life, slavery, torture
6, 7 and 8The legal person: personhood, equality, remedy
9, 10 and 11The accused person: arrest, hearing, presumption and retroactivity

Learn the group, then the article. An examiner asking you to elaborate the civil and political rights in the Declaration wants coverage, and coverage is easier from a four-part skeleton than from a list of eleven.

Articles 1 and 2: the foundation

Article 1

All human beings are born free and equal in dignity and rights. They are endowed with reason and conscience and should act towards one another in a spirit of brotherhood.

Four propositions in two sentences. That the status is by birth and not by grant; that it is equal; that it rests on dignity; and that human beings have reason and conscience, which is the drafters' compressed answer to the question of what grounds the claim, taken up in [Human Dignity as the Ground of Rights].

Note "should act towards one another". The one clause in the article that is not about the State. It is a duty owed by persons to persons, expressed as an aspiration, and it prefigures article 29's duties to the community.

Article 2

Everyone is entitled to all the rights and freedoms set forth in this Declaration, without distinction of any kind, such as race, colour, sex, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status. And no distinction shall be made on the basis of the political, jurisdictional or international status of the country or territory to which a person belongs, whether it be independent, trust, non-self-governing or under any other limitation of sovereignty.

The second sentence is the most consequential in the Declaration and is routinely omitted from answers. In 1948 much of the world's population lived under colonial rule, and this sentence says that a person in a non-self-governing territory holds the same rights as a person in a metropolitan capital. [Colonialism and the Making of the Instruments] shows what the colonial powers did about it.

And "other status" is an open list, which is how the enumeration has come to reach disability, age, sexual orientation and health status.

Articles 3 to 5: the physical person

Article 3. Everyone has the right to life, liberty and security of person. Three rights in seven words, and the shortest article in the Declaration is the one that everything else presupposes.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in141

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Twenty-Eight

The Universal Declaration: Articles 12 to 21

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Articles 12 to 17 protect a person's private and social existence, articles 18 to 20 protect the freedoms of the mind and of association, and article 21 is the political right that makes the government answerable to the governed.

The structure of the ten

ArticlesTheme
12, 13, 14, 15The person in space and status: privacy, movement, asylum, nationality
16 and 17The person's institutions: family and property
18, 19, 20The freedoms of mind and company: belief, expression, assembly
21The political right: participation, access to office, elections

Articles 12 to 15

Article 12. No one shall be subjected to arbitrary interference with his privacy, family, home or correspondence, nor to attacks upon his honour and reputation. And everyone has the right to the protection of the law against such interference or attacks.

Two limbs, and the second is the one that matters in a digital society. The first is a duty of non-interference by the State; the second is an express duty to protect, which is what makes article 12 the foundation of data protection law and the article a person invokes against a private surveillance industry.

Article 13. Freedom of movement and residence within the borders of each state, and the right to leave any country, including his own, and to return to his country.

Note the asymmetry. A right to leave any country, and a right to return only to one's own. There is no right to enter another State, and that gap is the whole of immigration law and half of the refugee problem.

Article 14. The right to seek and to enjoy in other countries asylum from persecution, which may not be invoked in the case of prosecutions genuinely arising from non-political crimes or from acts contrary to the purposes and principles of the United Nations.

Read the verbs. To seek and to enjoy, not to be granted. The Declaration stops short of obliging any State to give asylum, and the Refugee Convention of 1951 closes part of the gap through non-refoulement rather than by creating a right of admission.

Article 15. Everyone has the right to a nationality, and no one shall be arbitrarily deprived of his nationality nor denied the right to change his nationality.

The point. Nationality is the link through which most other rights are actually delivered, so a stateless person is not merely lacking one right but detached from the machinery of all of them. Article 15 does not say which nationality, and that silence is where statelessness survives.

Articles 16 and 17

Article 16, in three paragraphs.

16(1): Men and women of full age, without any limitation due to race, nationality or religion, have the right to marry and to found a family, with equal rights as to marriage, during marriage and at its dissolution.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in146

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Twenty-Nine

The Significance of First Generation Rights in Daily Life

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

First generation rights are invisible when they work and are the first things a person notices when they stop, because they govern nearly every ordinary transaction between a person and public power.

An ordinary day, with the articles named

You wake in a house nobody may search without a warrant. Article 12: no arbitrary interference with privacy, family, home or correspondence.

You take a train to another city without asking permission. Article 13: freedom of movement and residence within the borders of the State.

You pray, or you do not. Article 18: thought, conscience and religion, including the freedom to change a belief and to manifest it in teaching, practice, worship and observance, or to do none of those things.

You read the news and complain about the government in a message. Article 19: to seek, receive and impart information and ideas through any media and regardless of frontiers, and to hold opinions without interference.

You go to work in a job you chose, and you can leave it. Articles 4 and 23 together: no servitude, and free choice of employment.

You attend a meeting of your union or your residents' association. Article 20: peaceful assembly and association, and no compulsion to belong to any.

Your name appears on a voters' roll. Article 21: to take part in government, directly or through freely chosen representatives.

You are stopped by police and are told the reason, and can call a lawyer. Articles 9 and 11: no arbitrary detention, and all the guarantees necessary for a defence.

You sign a contract, open an account, register a birth. Article 6: recognition everywhere as a person before the law.

And if any of this fails, you can go to court. Article 8: an effective remedy by competent national tribunals, which in India is article 32.

Notice how few of these feel like rights while they are working. That invisibility is the correct answer to the question "what is their significance", and it is the point an examiner is looking for.

The same day without them

A search at dawn with no warrant and no record.

A permit required to travel, granted or refused by an official.

A registered religion on an identity card, and a penalty for changing it.

A message read before it arrives, and a visit because of what it said.

A job assigned rather than chosen, and no lawful way to leave it.

A meeting that requires permission, and an association that requires membership.

A ballot with one name on it.

A detention with no charge, no lawyer and no date.

No papers, and therefore no bank account, no school admission and no wage.

And a court that will not hear it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in151

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty

Second Generation: What Economic, Social and Cultural Rights Are

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Economic, social and cultural rights are subject to progressive realisation to the maximum of available resources, but that standard is a legal obligation with immediate components rather than a licence to postpone, and the objection that they are unjusticiable has been falsified by practice.

What is in the category

Work and its conditions: the right to work and to free choice of employment, to just and favourable conditions, to equal pay for equal work, to a remuneration ensuring an existence worthy of human dignity, to rest and leisure and periodic holidays with pay, to safe and healthy working conditions, and to form and join trade unions.

Security and subsistence: social security, an adequate standard of living including adequate food, clothing and housing, the continuous improvement of living conditions, freedom from hunger, and the highest attainable standard of physical and mental health.

Formation and culture: education, directed to the full development of the human personality; the right of parents to choose the kind of education given to their children; participation in cultural life; and the benefits of scientific progress and the protection of authorship.

Where they are. Articles 22 to 27 of the Universal Declaration, and articles 6 to 15 of the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights.

The obligation, and it is textual

Article 2(1) of the Covenant. Each State Party undertakes to take steps, individually and through international assistance and co-operation, especially economic and technical, to the maximum of its available resources, with a view to achieving progressively the full realization of the rights recognized in the present Covenant by all appropriate means, including particularly the adoption of legislative measures.

Article 2(2) guarantees exercise without discrimination of any kind on the same list of grounds as the other Covenant.

Four things in article 2(1) that are immediate and not progressive.

To take steps, which begins at once. A State that has taken no steps has breached the article regardless of its resources.

To the maximum of available resources, which is a ceiling on the excuse, not a licence. A State spending on prestige projects while children starve has not used its maximum.

All appropriate means, including particularly legislative measures, which makes legislating a named obligation.

And non-discrimination under article 2(2), which is immediate and absolute. Whatever a State provides, it must provide without discrimination, and this is where most successful litigation actually happens.

The charge, stated at its strongest

One: they are vague. "An adequate standard of living" has no determinate content, so no court can say whether it has been met.

Two: they are unaffordable. A State cannot be under a duty to do what it cannot afford, and duties that vary with the budget are not duties.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in155

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty-One

The Universal Declaration: Articles 22 to 27

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Article 22 opens the second generation and immediately qualifies it by resources, articles 23 and 24 cover work and rest, article 25 covers subsistence and social security, article 26 covers education, and article 27 covers cultural and scientific life.

Article 22: the opening, and the qualification

Everyone, as a member of society, has the right to social security and is entitled to realization, through national effort and international co-operation and in accordance with the organization and resources of each State, of the economic, social and cultural rights indispensable for his dignity and the free development of his personality.

Three things to notice, and each is examinable.

"As a member of society". The second generation is stated relationally from its first word. These are rights a person holds as part of a community, not against it.

"Through national effort and international co-operation". The duty is not the territorial State's alone. This clause is the ancestor of article 2(1) of the Covenant and of the whole argument about international assistance that [The Right to Development as the Third World Claim] takes up.

"In accordance with the organization and resources of each State". The qualification that has no counterpart in articles 1 to 21. It is the seed of progressive realisation, and a candidate who quotes it has proved they read the Declaration rather than a summary of it.

And notice the closing words: these rights are indispensable for his dignity and the free development of his personality. The Declaration does not present them as welfare. It presents them as conditions of the dignity article 1 rests everything on.

Articles 23 and 24: work and rest

Article 23, in four paragraphs.

23(1): the right to work, to free choice of employment, to just and favourable conditions of work and to protection against unemployment.

23(2): Everyone, without any discrimination, has the right to equal pay for equal work.

23(3): just and favourable remuneration ensuring for himself and his family an existence worthy of human dignity, supplemented if necessary by other means of social protection.

23(4): the right to form and to join trade unions for the protection of his interests.

Article 23(3) is the living wage, stated as a human right in 1948. It does not say a market wage or a minimum wage; it says a remuneration ensuring an existence worthy of human dignity, and it adds a State duty to supplement it where the wage does not reach.

Article 23(4) is the leak in the generations scheme. Trade union rights appear here in the second generation half of the Declaration, in article 8 of the Economic, Social and Cultural Covenant, and also in article 22 of the Civil and Political Covenant as freedom of association. One right, three homes, two generations, which is exactly the criticism [The Criticism of the Generations Framework] presses.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in160

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty-Two

The Universal Declaration: Articles 28 to 30

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Article 28 entitles everyone to an order in which the rights can be realised, article 29 states duties to the community and the only permissible grounds of limitation, and article 30 forbids reading the Declaration as licensing the destruction of any right in it.

Article 28: the social and international order

Everyone is entitled to a social and international order in which the rights and freedoms set forth in this Declaration can be fully realized.

One sentence, and it does more work than any other in the instrument.

It is a right to conditions, not to a thing. Every other article names something a person is entitled to. This one names the arrangement of the world in which those entitlements can be met.

It is the textual origin of the third generation. The rights to development, to peace and to a healthy environment are all claims about the international order, and article 28 is where the Declaration says the order itself is a subject of entitlement. [Third Generation: The Solidarity Rights] builds on it, and [The Right to Development 1986: Articles 1 to 5] is its clearest treaty-shaped descendant.

It internationalises the duty. The word "international" means the article cannot be discharged by any State acting alone, which is precisely the strength of the claim and the reason it has no forum.

Its weakness, stated honestly. No duty-bearer is named, no obligation is specified, and no mechanism exists. A right against everyone in general is not enforceable by anyone in particular, which is the objection [Third Generation: The Solidarity Rights] has to answer.

Article 29: duties, and the limitation clause

29(1): duties to the community

Everyone has duties to the community in which alone the free and full development of his personality is possible.

The only article in the Declaration that imposes an obligation on the individual, and it is worded carefully. The duties are to the community, not to the State, and the reason given is that the community is where personality develops, so the duty is derived from the same value as the rights.

Why it is there. Delegates from several traditions, including Latin American and Asian ones, pressed for a statement of duties, and the drafting record shows the article was a genuine convergence rather than a concession. It also anticipates the objection in [Asian Values: the Argument and the Answer] that the framework is individualistic, and a candidate answering that question should cite article 29(1) directly.

What it does not do. It does not make rights conditional on the performance of duties. No article says a person forfeits rights by failing in a duty, and [Are Human Rights Inalienable] explains why they cannot.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in165

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty-Three

Historical Development of the Second Generation

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Public relief, poor law, factory legislation and the eight-hour day predate most modern civil liberties statutes, so the second generation is not a later development but a parallel one that reached international law later.

The dates that falsify the chronology

DateEvent
1601The English Poor Law Act, a statutory duty on parishes to relieve the poor
1793The French Constitution declares public relief a sacred debt and requires education for all citizens
1802 onwardsEnglish factory legislation limits the hours of apprentices and then of children
1833Slavery abolished throughout the British Empire, with effect from 1834
1848The revolutions of that year press the "right to work" in France
1871 onwardsSocial insurance schemes in Germany: sickness, accident and old age
1917 and 1919The Mexican Constitution and the Weimar Constitution entrench social rights
1919The International Labour Organization is founded
1948The Universal Declaration contains both categories in one instrument

Set that table against the first generation's dates and the point makes itself. Habeas corpus is older, but universal suffrage, freedom of association in its modern form, and most protections against arbitrary policing are twentieth-century achievements, and the eight-hour day is older than the vote for women in almost every State that has both.

The three streams that produced the category

Poor relief and the duty of the community

The oldest stream. The English Poor Law of 1601 made relief a legal duty of the parish, funded by a rate. It was harsh, it was tied to settlement in a parish, and it was administered punitively. But it was a legal duty, and its existence three centuries before the Declaration disposes of the idea that the notion of a public obligation to subsistence was invented in 1948.

The French version was more ambitious and shorter-lived. The Constitution of 1793 declared that public relief is a sacred debt, that society owes subsistence to unfortunate citizens either by procuring work or by assuring the means of existence to those unable to work, and that education is a requirement for all. It never took effect, and it is the earliest statement of the second generation as a matter of right rather than charity.

Industrialisation and the labour movement

The factory acts. Beginning in 1802 and running through the nineteenth century, English legislation limited hours, restricted the employment of children, required ventilation and schooling, and created an inspectorate. Each statute was fought.

Note the mechanism, because it matters for [Social Movements and Rights From Below]. These rights were not granted by an enlightened legislature; they were extracted by organised labour using freedoms of association, assembly and expression. The second generation was won with first generation tools, which is the strongest available argument against ranking the two.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in170

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty-Four

Third Generation: The Solidarity Rights

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Solidarity rights are held by peoples rather than individuals, require collective action rather than State abstention or provision, and have declarations and regional instruments rather than a global treaty, which is both their distinctive contribution and their central weakness.

The six claims

RightPrincipal text
DevelopmentDeclaration on the Right to Development 1986
PeaceDeclaration on the Right of Peoples to Peace 1984
A healthy environmentStockholm 1972 and Rio 1992 principles; a General Assembly resolution recognising the right in 2022
The common heritage of mankindLaw of the Sea Convention 1982, on the deep seabed
CommunicationUNESCO debates of the 1970s and 1980s
Humanitarian assistanceGeneral Assembly resolutions on access to victims

Self-determination sits awkwardly among them. It is collective in the same way, but it is article 1 of both Covenants, so it is a binding treaty right, which none of the six is. A candidate should mention it and mark the difference rather than folding it in.

What makes them a distinct category

The holder is a collectivity. The right to development is held by "every human person and all peoples". The right to peace is held by "the peoples of our planet". Individual claims can be derived, but the entitlement is stated for a group.

The duty-bearer is everyone. Not the territorial State alone but the international community, which is why [The Universal Declaration: Articles 28 to 30] identified article 28 as their textual origin: an entitlement to a social and international order.

Realisation requires joint action. No State can deliver peace, a stable climate or a fair international economic order alone. This is a fact about the subject-matter and not a defect in the drafting.

And they are the claims of the decolonised world. [The New International Economic Order] and [The Right to Development as the Third World Claim] show that these rights were pressed by newly independent States in the 1960s and 1970s, against the resistance of the industrialised ones. Their contested status is inseparable from that history.

The case for them

They name real harms the first two generations cannot state. A person displaced by rising seas has suffered a wrong that no article of either Covenant fits. A population impoverished by terms of trade has no individual respondent to sue.

They correct a structural asymmetry. The first two generations locate every duty in the State where the victim lives, which places the entire burden on the poorest States and none on the international arrangements that constrain them.

They have textual roots, not just aspiration. Article 28 of the Declaration, article 1 of both Covenants, article 55 of the Charter and the whole of the Right to Development Declaration.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in175

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty-Five

The Significance of the Third Generation

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

The third generation matters because the gravest harms of the present century are collective, transboundary and produced by an international order that the first two generations have no vocabulary for.

Four claims of significance

It captures harms the individual model cannot state

The test case is climate. A person whose island is inundated has lost home, livelihood, culture and possibly nationality. Every one of those losses maps onto an existing right, and none of them has a respondent. The State that emitted is not their State; their own State is a victim; and no individual act caused the harm.

That is not a gap in enforcement, it is a gap in the concept. The first two generations are built on a claim by a person against their State, and the harm has neither of those shapes. The third generation exists because the model needed extending, not because somebody wanted more rights.

Other examples of the same shape. A population impoverished by terms of trade it does not set. A community whose water is taken by an upstream State. A generation whose seabed minerals are extracted before they are born.

It relocates the duty where the power is

The structural point, and the most powerful one. The first two generations put every duty on the State where the victim lives. That places the entire burden on the poorest States, which have the least capacity, while the international arrangements that constrain them, debt, trade rules, intellectual property, capital flows, bear none.

The third generation is the claim that the arrangement itself is a subject of obligation, which is exactly what article 28 of the Universal Declaration says. [Globalization and Human Rights: the Argument Both Ways] takes it further.

It gives the decolonised world a place in the vocabulary

Historically decisive. Before the third generation, the human rights vocabulary had no way of expressing what newly independent States were actually claiming: control of their resources, an end to extraction, and a share in the gains of an economy built partly on their subjugation.

And it changed what the framework talks about. The right to development, the New International Economic Order and permanent sovereignty over natural resources are all in the record because of this generation, and [Third World Approaches to International Law] shows the intellectual tradition that came out of it.

It has produced real law in three places

Self-determination, article 1 of both Covenants, binding.

The African Charter 1981, with peoples' rights to development, peace and a satisfactory environment, in force with a commission and a court.

Domestic environmental law, where the Indian courts read a right to a clean environment into article 21 and adopted the polluter pays and precautionary principles, and where many constitutions now contain express environmental rights.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in179

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty-Six

Magna Carta 1215

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Magna Carta was a peace treaty extracted from a king by barons protecting their own privileges, it failed within months, and it survived because two of its clauses stated a principle far larger than its authors intended.

What it actually was

The circumstances. King John of England had lost his French possessions, taxed heavily to try to recover them, and abused feudal incidents. A group of barons rebelled, occupied London, and forced him to seal a charter at Runnymede on 15 June 1215.

Its character. A feudal settlement in sixty-three clauses. Most concern scutage, wardship, dower, fish weirs, forest law, the treatment of Welsh and Scottish hostages, and the removal of named foreign mercenaries.

Its fate. Pope Innocent III annulled it in August 1215 at John's request, calling it extorted. War resumed. John died in October 1216. The charter was reissued in 1216, 1217 and definitively in 1225, in altered form, and it is the 1297 confirmation that remains on the English statute book.

So it "failed" in the ordinary sense within ten weeks, and a candidate who says this shows they know the document rather than the legend.

The two clauses that matter

Clause 39. No free man shall be seized or imprisoned, or stripped of his rights or possessions, or outlawed or exiled, or deprived of his standing in any other way, nor will the king proceed with force against him, or send others to do so, except by the lawful judgment of his equals or by the law of the land.

Clause 40. To no one will we sell, to no one deny or delay, right or justice.

Four ideas are in those two sentences, and naming them is the substance of an answer.

Legality: the ruler acts against a person only through law.

Adjudication: there must be a judgment, by peers or by the law of the land, before the deprivation.

Access: justice is not for sale and not to be delayed.

And enforceability of the ruler's promise: clause 61 established twenty-five barons who could distrain the king's lands if he breached, which is the earliest attempt at a supervisory mechanism in this book's whole story.

What it does not contain

It is not universal. "Free man" excluded villeins, who were the majority of the English population. The charter says nothing about them except where their livelihood is incidentally protected.

It is not egalitarian. Its purpose was to preserve baronial privileges against a king, and several clauses entrench distinctions rather than removing them. Clause 54 provides that no one is to be arrested on a woman's appeal except for the death of her husband.

It is not a bill of rights. It contains no freedom of expression, of religion, of assembly, no equality guarantee, and no political rights.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in183

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty-Seven

The English Bill of Rights 1689

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

The Bill of Rights 1689 settled the Crown on William and Mary on terms, and the terms were a list of things the previous king had done that no king might do again, enforced by a Parliament that had to be summoned and could not be dispensed with.

The circumstances

The Glorious Revolution. James II was widely opposed for his use of the dispensing and suspending powers, his standing army, and his ecclesiastical commission. In November 1688 William of Orange landed at the invitation of a group of English politicians, and James fled.

The Convention Parliament met in January 1689, declared the throne vacant, and adopted a Declaration of Right, which was read to William and Mary when the Crown was offered to them in February 1689. It was enacted as the Bill of Rights later that year.

The constitutional mechanism is the point. The declaration preceded the offer of the Crown. This was not a king granting liberties but a legislature stating the terms on which it would recognise a monarch, and that inversion is what makes 1689 a different kind of document from 1215.

Its companion, the Act of Settlement 1701, added judicial tenure during good behaviour and removable only on an address of both Houses, which is the origin of judicial independence in the common law world.

What it forbids and what it grants

The abuses declared illegal

The suspending power, that is, suspending laws or their execution by regal authority without consent of Parliament.

The dispensing power as it had lately been exercised, that is, excusing named persons from the operation of a statute.

The ecclesiastical commission and other commissions and courts of like nature.

Levying money for the use of the Crown by pretence of prerogative, without grant of Parliament.

A standing army within the kingdom in time of peace without consent of Parliament.

The rights declared

The right to petition the king, and prosecutions for petitioning declared illegal.

Freedom of election of members of Parliament.

Freedom of speech and debates or proceedings in Parliament, which ought not to be impeached or questioned in any court or place out of Parliament.

That excessive bail ought not to be required, nor excessive fines imposed, nor cruel and unusual punishments inflicted.

That jurors ought to be duly impanelled and returned, and that promises of fines and forfeitures before conviction are illegal.

And that Parliaments ought to be held frequently.

Two of these travelled furthest. The cruel and unusual punishments clause became the Eighth Amendment of the United States Constitution almost word for word, and parliamentary privilege of speech became a feature of every Westminster legislature, including India's under article 105.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in187

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty-Eight

The American Declaration of Independence and the Bill of Rights

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

The Declaration of Independence 1776 asserted rights as self-evident, unalienable and possessed by all men, and the first ten amendments of 1791 turned that assertion into enforceable constitutional text, in a society that held one fifth of its population in slavery.

1776: the Declaration of Independence

The sentence that carries the whole claim. It holds these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness; that to secure these rights Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed; and that whenever any form of government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it.

Five propositions, and each is a foundation of the modern framework.

Equality, asserted as a starting condition rather than an achievement.

Unalienability, which [Are Human Rights Inalienable] examined: rights the holder cannot dispose of, which is what distinguishes them from property.

Rights precede government, so government does not create them.

Consent as the source of just power, which is article 21(3) of the Universal Declaration in embryo.

And a right of revolution, which no modern instrument states, though the Universal Declaration's preamble alludes to it when it says that human rights should be protected by the rule of law if man is not to be compelled to have recourse, as a last resort, to rebellion against tyranny and oppression.

The Declaration is not law. It is an act of secession with a philosophical preamble, and no court has ever enforced its rights language as such. Its significance is entirely in what it asserted and what was later built on the assertion.

1791: the Bill of Rights

What it is. The first ten amendments to the Constitution of 1787, proposed in 1789 and ratified in 1791, adopted because several States would not ratify the Constitution without a guarantee of rights.

AmendmentContent
FirstNo law respecting an establishment of religion or prohibiting its free exercise; freedom of speech and of the press; assembly; petition
SecondThe right to keep and bear arms
ThirdNo quartering of soldiers
FourthNo unreasonable searches and seizures; warrants only on probable cause
FifthGrand jury; no double jeopardy; no compelled self-incrimination; no deprivation of life, liberty or property without due process of law; no taking without just compensation
SixthSpeedy and public trial, impartial jury, notice of the accusation, confrontation of witnesses, compulsory process, assistance of counsel
SeventhJury trial in civil cases
EighthNo excessive bail, excessive fines, or cruel and unusual punishments
NinthThe enumeration of certain rights shall not deny or disparage others retained by the people
TenthPowers not delegated are reserved to the States or the people

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in191

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Thirty-Nine

The French Declaration 1789: Articles 1 to 9

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Articles 1 to 9 state that men are born free and equal, that the purpose of political association is to preserve their natural and imprescriptible rights, that sovereignty lies in the nation, that liberty is bounded only by law, and that nobody may be accused, arrested, punished or presumed guilty except as law provides.

Its status, which is the first thing to say

Adopted 26 August 1789 by the National Assembly.

It is living law. The Declaration forms part of the bloc de constitutionnalité that the Conseil constitutionnel applies, so a French statute can be struck down today for breaching an article written in 1789. No other document in this module has that status, and saying so distinguishes an informed answer from a historical one.

Articles 1 to 3: the foundation

Article 1. Men are born and remain free and equal in rights. Social distinctions may be based only on considerations of the common good.

Two moves in one sentence. Freedom and equality are stated as a condition of birth and as continuing ("born and remain"), and social distinction is not abolished but made conditional on justification by the common good.

That second clause is a proportionality test three centuries early, and it is the ancestor of the modern rule that a classification must serve a legitimate object. Compare the intelligible differentia and rational nexus test under article 14 in [Fundamental Rights: the Indian Form].

Article 2. The aim of every political association is the preservation of the natural and imprescriptible rights of Man. These rights are Liberty, Property, Safety and Resistance to Oppression.

Four named rights, and the fourth is the one modern instruments dropped. Resistance to oppression is the French counterpart of the American right of revolution, and no United Nations instrument contains it.

"Imprescriptible" means not lost by the passage of time or by non-use, which is the civilian lawyer's way of saying inalienable.

Article 3. The principle of any Sovereignty lies primarily in the Nation. No corporate body, no individual may exercise any authority that does not expressly emanate from it.

This is the sentence that ends divine right. Authority is derived, not inherent, and anybody exercising power must be able to point to the delegation.

Articles 4 and 5: what liberty is, and what law may forbid

Article 4. Liberty consists in being able to do anything that does not harm others: thus, the exercise of the natural rights of every man has no bounds other than those that ensure to the other members of society the enjoyment of these same rights. These bounds may be determined only by Law.

The single most quoted sentence in the module. It contains the harm principle, the reciprocity of freedom, and the requirement of legality, which is limb one of the modern limitation test in [Limitation: When a Right May Be Restricted].

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in196

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Forty

The French Declaration 1789: Articles 10 to 17

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Articles 10 and 11 protect opinion and communication, articles 12 to 15 impose the conditions on which public power and public money may be held, article 16 defines what a constitution is, and article 17 protects property in the strongest terms in the document.

Articles 10 and 11: opinion and communication

Article 10. No one may be disturbed on account of his opinions, even religious ones, as long as the manifestation of such opinions does not interfere with the established Law and Order.

Read the concessive "even religious ones". In a State whose established church had defined membership of the political community, extending protection to religious opinion was the contested part, and the drafting shows it: the article protects opinion generally and adds religion almost defensively.

And note the structure, which is the same as article 18 of the modern instruments: the opinion is protected absolutely, and the manifestation is subject to law and order. That distinction, drawn in 1789, is exactly what article 18(3) of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights does today, as [Limitation: When a Right May Be Restricted] set out.

Article 11. The free communication of ideas and of opinions is one of the most precious rights of man. Any citizen may therefore speak, write and publish freely, except what is tantamount to the abuse of this liberty in the cases determined by Law.

Three things to take from it.

It names communication, not merely speech, which is why it reads naturally onto the press and onto every later medium.

It calls the right one of the most precious, a rare evaluative phrase in a legal text and one French constitutional law still relies on.

And its limitation clause is weaker than the modern one, because "abuse determined by Law" imposes only legality, without the necessity and proportionality limbs the twentieth century added. The gap between article 11 and article 19(3) of the Covenant is a good illustration of how limitation doctrine developed.

Articles 12 to 15: public power and public money

Article 12. To guarantee the Rights of Man and of the Citizen a public force is necessary; this force is therefore established for the benefit of all, and not for the particular use of those to whom it is entrusted.

The most modern sentence in the Declaration. It concedes that rights require an enforcement apparatus, which is the point [Respect, Protect, Fulfil] makes about the duty to protect, and it immediately makes that apparatus a trust for everyone rather than a resource for its holders. A police force used against a government's opponents breaches article 12 by its own terms.

Article 13. For the maintenance of the public force and for administrative expenses a general tax is indispensable; it must be equally distributed among all citizens, in proportion to their ability to pay.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in201

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Forty-One

The Nineteenth Century: Abolition and Labour

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Abolition created the first sustained international movement about the treatment of human beings and the first treaties on the subject, and the labour movement created the first enforceable domestic entitlements, so between them the nineteenth century supplied the machinery that 1948 later used.

Abolition: dates and instruments

DateEvent
1772Somerset's case in England holds that a slave brought to England cannot be forcibly removed
1787The Society for Effecting the Abolition of the Slave Trade founded in London
1794The French Convention abolishes slavery in the colonies
1802Napoleon restores it
1807Britain abolishes the slave trade; the United States prohibits import from 1808
1815The Congress of Vienna declares the slave trade repugnant to the principles of humanity and universal morality
1833Slavery abolished throughout the British Empire, effective 1834, with compensation to owners
1848France abolishes slavery finally
1865The Thirteenth Amendment abolishes slavery in the United States
1885The Berlin Act binds signatories to suppress slavery and the slave trade
1890The Brussels Act creates detailed suppression machinery
1926The Slavery Convention defines slavery and requires its progressive abolition

Two facts that an honest answer includes. The 1833 Act compensated slave-owners and not the enslaved, and the same Berlin Conference of 1884 to 1885 that condemned the slave trade partitioned Africa among the powers condemning it. [Colonialism and the Making of the Instruments] takes the second point seriously.

What abolition contributed to the framework

The international campaign as a method. Petitions, boycott, pamphlets, parliamentary lobbying, survivor testimony and a transnational network of societies. Every one of those techniques is what a modern human rights organisation does, and [Civil Society and Non-Governmental Organizations] traces the descent.

The subject-matter itself. Before abolition, international law concerned relations between States. Abolition made how a State treats people inside its own territory a subject of treaty, which is the single conceptual move on which the whole of international human rights law depends. [Sovereignty and Human Rights] and [Domestic Jurisdiction and the Limits of the Objection] are about the resistance to that move.

Enforcement machinery. The naval patrols, the mixed commissions that adjudicated captured vessels, and the bilateral treaties of search were the first international enforcement apparatus about the treatment of persons.

And the vocabulary of absolute prohibition. Slavery became the paradigm of a wrong nobody may consent to and no circumstance excuses, which is why it appears in article 4 of the Universal Declaration, in article 8 of the Covenant, in the non-derogable list, and as the standard example in [Are Human Rights Inalienable].

Labour: dates and instruments

DateEvent
1802The Health and Morals of Apprentices Act limits apprentices' hours
1819, 1833Further Factory Acts; the 1833 Act creates an inspectorate
1842The Mines Act excludes women and children under ten from underground work
1847The Ten Hours Act
1864 and 1866The International Workingmen's Association presses the eight-hour day
1871 onwardsTrade union legalisation in Britain
1883 to 1889German sickness, accident and old-age insurance
1886The Haymarket affair in Chicago, arising from the eight-hour day campaign
1890The Berlin Conference on labour, the first international conference on working conditions
1901The International Association for Labour Legislation founded at Basel
1906The first international labour conventions, on night work for women and on white phosphorus
1919The International Labour Organization founded

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in206

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Forty-Two

The Nineteenth Century: The Laws of War

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Between 1864 and 1907 States accepted binding treaty limits on how they might treat the wounded, prisoners and civilians in war, which made the individual a protected person in international law eighty years before the Universal Declaration.

The dates

DateInstrument or event
1859The battle of Solferino; Henry Dunant's account published in 1862
1863The Lieber Code, instructions for the armies of the United States in the field
1863The International Committee founded at Geneva
1864The first Geneva Convention, for the amelioration of the condition of the wounded in armies in the field
1868The St Petersburg Declaration, renouncing certain explosive projectiles
1899 and 1907The Hague Conventions and the Regulations respecting the laws and customs of war on land
1929Geneva Conventions on the wounded and on prisoners of war
1949The four Geneva Conventions, including Common Article 3
1977Additional Protocols I and II

The two strands

The law of Geneva protects persons: the wounded and sick, the shipwrecked, prisoners of war and civilians. It is about who must be spared.

The law of The Hague regulates means and methods: what weapons may be used, what targets attacked, what ruses permitted. It is about how fighting may be conducted.

The two merged in the 1977 Protocols, and the distinction is now analytical rather than institutional, but naming it shows you know the field's structure.

The principles the century established

Distinction. Parties must at all times distinguish between combatants and civilians, and between military objectives and civilian objects, and direct operations only against the former.

Military necessity, bounded. Force may be used only to achieve the legitimate purpose of the conflict, and necessity never justifies what the law prohibits. The St Petersburg Declaration states the point directly: the only legitimate object which States should endeavour to accomplish during war is to weaken the military forces of the enemy.

Humanity. Suffering not required by military necessity is forbidden, which is where the prohibition of weapons causing superfluous injury comes from.

Proportionality. Incidental civilian harm must not be excessive in relation to the concrete and direct military advantage anticipated.

And the Martens clause, from the preamble to the 1899 Hague Convention: in cases not covered by the rules adopted, populations and belligerents remain under the protection and the rule of the principles of the law of nations derived from the usages established among civilized peoples, from the laws of humanity, and the requirements of the public conscience.

The Martens clause is the bridge to human rights. It says that the absence of a rule is not a licence, which is exactly what a natural rights argument says, and it introduced "the laws of humanity" into treaty language half a century before the Charter.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in210

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Forty-Three

The League of Nations and the International Labour Organization

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

The Covenant of the League of Nations contained no general human rights provision, but the minorities treaties, the mandates system and the International Labour Organization each protected individuals, and the way the first two failed determined what 1945 did next.

The Covenant, and what it left out

Adopted in 1919 as Part I of the Treaty of Versailles.

There is no human rights clause. A Japanese proposal for a racial equality clause was made at the Paris Peace Conference in 1919, obtained a majority of votes in the commission, and was declared not carried by the chair on the ground that a matter of such importance required unanimity. Its rejection is one of the most consequential omissions in this module, and [Colonialism and the Making of the Instruments] returns to it.

What the Covenant did contain.

Article 22, the mandates system, describing the well-being and development of peoples not yet able to stand by themselves as a sacred trust of civilisation.

Article 23, undertakings to secure and maintain fair and humane conditions of labour, to secure just treatment of native inhabitants of territories under their control, to entrust the League with supervision of agreements on trafficking in women and children, and to take steps in matters of disease prevention.

Article 23 is a list of second and third generation concerns written in 1919, addressed to States as undertakings rather than to persons as rights, and comparing it with articles 55 and 56 of the Charter shows exactly what changed in 1945.

The three systems that did protect people

The minorities treaties

What they were. A series of treaties and declarations imposed on new and enlarged States in central and eastern Europe after 1919, guaranteeing to minorities equality before the law, civil and political rights, the free use of their language, and the maintenance of their own schools and religious institutions.

The machinery. The guarantees were placed under the guarantee of the League. A minority could petition, the Council could act, and disputes could go to the Permanent Court of International Justice.

This is the first international system in which an individual or a group could petition an international body about their own government's treatment of them. The modern complaint procedures descend from it.

Why it failed, and this is the examinable part. It applied only to defeated and newly created States, not to the great powers, so it was selective, and it was experienced as an imposition on sovereignty rather than as a general standard. It also identified and entrenched minority status in a way that a government hostile to a minority could exploit, and Germany used the position of German minorities abroad as a pretext for territorial claims.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in215

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Forty-Four

The Charter of the United Nations 1945

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Signed at San Francisco on 26 June 1945 and in force from 24 October 1945, the Charter makes respect for human rights a purpose of the Organization, a subject of its promotion, and a matter every Member pledges to act on, while defining no right and creating no remedy.

The preamble

We the peoples of the United Nations determined to save succeeding generations from the scourge of war, which twice in our lifetime has brought untold sorrow to mankind, and to reaffirm faith in fundamental human rights, in the dignity and worth of the human person, in the equal rights of men and women and of nations large and small.

Three phrases to carry. "We the peoples", not "we the States". "Reaffirm faith in fundamental human rights", which presupposes that the rights already exist and were not created by the Charter. And "the dignity and worth of the human person", which is the ground [Human Dignity as the Ground of Rights] examined, placed at the head of the constitutive instrument of the international order.

Article 1: the Purposes

Four purposes, and two of them matter here.

Article 1(2): to develop friendly relations among nations based on respect for the principle of equal rights and self-determination of peoples.

Article 1(3): to achieve international co-operation in solving international problems of an economic, social, cultural, or humanitarian character, and in promoting and encouraging respect for human rights and for fundamental freedoms for all without distinction as to race, sex, language, or religion.

Two consequences.

Human rights became a purpose of the Organization, which means that action taken to promote them is within the Organization's competence, and that is the answer to a State arguing that the subject is none of the United Nations' business. [Domestic Jurisdiction and the Limits of the Objection] takes the argument.

Self-determination entered a binding treaty in 1945, which is what made the decolonisation claims of the next two decades legal arguments rather than political demands, as [Self-Determination as the First Third World Claim] shows.

And note the four grounds in article 1(3): race, sex, language, religion. The Charter's non-discrimination list is much shorter than article 2 of the Declaration, which added political opinion, national or social origin, property, birth and other status three years later.

Articles 55 and 56: the pledge

Article 55. With a view to the creation of conditions of stability and well-being necessary for peaceful and friendly relations based on respect for equal rights and self-determination, the United Nations shall promote higher standards of living, full employment, and conditions of economic and social progress and development; solutions of international economic, social, health and related problems and international cultural and educational co-operation; and universal respect for, and observance of, human rights and fundamental freedoms for all without distinction as to race, sex, language, or religion.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in220

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Forty-Five

Drafting the Universal Declaration

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

The Commission on Human Rights drafted the Declaration between January 1947 and December 1948 under a chair from the United States, a rapporteur from Lebanon, a vice-chair from China and a drafting secretary from Canada, with the decisive contributions on economic rights from Latin America and on women's equality from India and the Dominican Republic, and it was adopted without a dissenting vote.

The timeline

DateStep
1946The Commission on Human Rights established under Charter article 68
January 1947First session; a drafting committee appointed
1947The Secretariat prepares a documented outline drawing on constitutions and proposals worldwide
1947 to 1948Successive drafts through the drafting committee, the Commission and the Economic and Social Council
Autumn 1948The Third Committee of the General Assembly debates the text over some eighty meetings
10 December 1948Adopted by the General Assembly in Paris, resolution 217 A (III)

The vote. Forty-eight in favour, none against, eight abstentions, with two members absent.

The eight abstentions, and why each abstained, because an examiner asking about universality wants this.

The Soviet Union and five other socialist States, on the grounds that the Declaration did not go far enough on economic and social rights, said nothing about fascism, and intruded on sovereignty. They did not object that the rights were Western.

South Africa, because the equality and non-discrimination provisions were inconsistent with its racial policy.

Saudi Arabia, principally over article 18's freedom to change religion and article 16's provisions on marriage.

The pattern is the examinable point. No State abstained on the ground that the rights were culturally alien to it in general. The objections were specific, and two of the three groups objected because the Declaration did too little or interfered with a policy the objector could not defend openly. [The Claim of Universality] and [Cultural Relativism] use this.

The people

Eleanor Roosevelt, of the United States, chaired the Commission and drove the drafting to completion.

Charles Malik, of Lebanon, rapporteur, who pressed the philosophical grounding, the primacy of the person over the group and the rights of intermediate institutions.

Peng Chun Chang, of China, vice-chair, who insisted that the text be capable of acceptance across traditions and pressed the drafters away from any single philosophical or religious foundation.

John Humphrey, of Canada, director of the Secretariat's Division of Human Rights, who produced the first documented outline.

René Cassin, of France, who structured Humphrey's outline into the architecture the Declaration now has and was later awarded the Nobel Peace Prize for the work.

Hansa Mehta, of India, whose intervention changed article 1 from "all men are born free and equal" to "all human beings", and who pressed throughout for the equality of women in the text rather than in assumption.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in225

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Forty-Six

The Universal Declaration: What Kind of Instrument

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

The Declaration was adopted as a General Assembly resolution, which recommends rather than binds, but much of its content now binds every State as customary international law, as an authoritative interpretation of the Charter, and through the treaties that reproduce it.

What it was in 1948

A resolution of the General Assembly, 217 A (III).

Charter article 10 empowers the Assembly to discuss any question within the scope of the Charter and to make recommendations. A resolution addressed to Members is therefore a recommendation, not an obligation.

And the text says so about itself: the proclamation describes it as a common standard of achievement for all peoples and all nations, to the end that every individual and every organ of society shall strive by teaching and education to promote respect for these rights and by progressive measures to secure their universal and effective recognition and observance.

A candidate who says the Declaration was legally binding in 1948 is wrong, and saying so plainly is the beginning of a good answer, not a concession.

The four routes by which it now binds

One: customary international law

The requirements. A general and consistent practice of States, followed out of a sense of legal obligation.

The argument for the Declaration. Its provisions have been invoked, incorporated into constitutions, reproduced in treaties and relied on by courts and by the United Nations organs continuously for over seventy-five years, and States accused of breaching them defend their conduct rather than deny the standard.

That last point is the strongest. A State that tortures denies the torture; it does not assert a right to torture. Denial in the face of accusation is evidence of the rule, not against it.

How far the argument goes. There is broad acceptance that the core provisions have become customary, in particular the prohibitions of genocide, slavery, torture, prolonged arbitrary detention, systematic racial discrimination, and the principle of non-discrimination itself. There is no consensus that every one of the thirty articles has.

A precise answer says "much of it", identifies the core, and does not claim the whole.

Two: authoritative interpretation of the Charter

The reasoning. Charter articles 55 and 56 bind Members to promote and observe human rights and fundamental freedoms without defining them. The Declaration was drafted by the organ the Charter required to be created, for that purpose, and adopted without a dissenting vote.

So the Declaration supplies the content of a binding obligation. The Proclamation of Teheran in 1968 stated that the Declaration constitutes an obligation for the members of the international community, and the practice of the Assembly and the Council has proceeded on that footing.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in230

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Forty-Seven

Why There Are Two Covenants

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

The Assembly decided in 1950 to draft one covenant covering all rights, reversed itself in 1952 and directed two, and the reasons given were about the nature of the obligations and the supervision they required, though the Cold War division of the drafting table is inseparable from the outcome.

The chronology

DateStep
1948The Declaration adopted, containing both categories
1950The General Assembly resolves that the covenant shall include economic, social and cultural rights
1951The Commission drafts articles on those rights
1952The Assembly reverses course and requests two covenants, to be adopted and opened for signature simultaneously
1954Draft covenants transmitted to the Assembly
1954 to 1966Article-by-article consideration in the Third Committee
16 December 1966Both Covenants and the first Optional Protocol adopted
3 January 1976The Economic, Social and Cultural Rights Covenant enters into force
23 March 1976The Civil and Political Rights Covenant enters into force

Eighteen years from Declaration to Covenants, and another ten before they were in force. That interval is the strongest practical argument for having produced a declaration first.

The four reasons given for splitting

Different types of obligation

The argument. Civil and political rights can be respected immediately and absolutely; economic and social rights require resources and can only be achieved over time. One instrument cannot state two kinds of obligation without confusing both.

Where you see it in the texts. Article 2(1) of the Civil and Political Covenant requires a State to respect and to ensure the rights to all individuals within its territory and subject to its jurisdiction; article 2(1) of the other requires steps to the maximum of its available resources, with a view to achieving progressively the full realization of the rights.

And the argument is only half right, as [Respect, Protect, Fulfil] and [Second Generation: What Economic, Social and Cultural Rights Are] showed: elections and courts cost money, and the duty not to expel a child from school costs nothing.

Different means of supervision

The argument, and this is the strongest one. A right that must be respected immediately can be supervised by a complaint from an individual, because a court can decide whether it was breached. A right realised progressively cannot easily be supervised that way, because the question is whether the State has done enough over time, and the appropriate technique is periodic reporting.

The split therefore produced two different machineries, and that difference outlasted the drafting: a Human Rights Committee with a complaints procedure from 1966, and no complaints procedure for economic and social rights until the Optional Protocol opened in 2008 and entered into force in 2013.

Justiciability

The argument. Courts can determine whether a trial was fair; they cannot determine what proportion of a budget should go to hospitals.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in234

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Forty-Eight

The Civil and Political Covenant: Articles 1 to 5

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Article 1 gives all peoples self-determination, article 2 states the obligation to respect, ensure, legislate and remedy, article 3 guarantees equal enjoyment by men and women, article 4 governs derogation, and article 5 stops the Covenant being read against itself.

Article 1: self-determination

1(1): All peoples have the right of self-determination. By virtue of that right they freely determine their political status and freely pursue their economic, social and cultural development.

1(2): All peoples may, for their own ends, freely dispose of their natural wealth and resources without prejudice to obligations arising out of international economic co-operation based on mutual benefit and international law, and in no case may a people be deprived of its own means of subsistence.

1(3): States Parties, including those having responsibility for the administration of Non-Self-Governing and Trust Territories, shall promote the realisation of the right and shall respect it, in conformity with the Charter.

Four points, and each is worth marks.

It is identical in both Covenants, which is the drafters' statement that the two instruments are one framework, as [Why There Are Two Covenants] set out.

It is a right of peoples, not individuals, which is why the Human Rights Committee has held that it cannot be the subject of an individual communication under the Optional Protocol. That is a rare and useful example of a treaty right without an individual remedy.

Paragraph 2 is an economic provision in a civil and political treaty, and it is the treaty form of permanent sovereignty over natural resources, which [The New International Economic Order] takes.

And paragraph 3 names the colonial powers. It obliges administering States to promote self-determination in territories they administer, which made decolonisation a treaty obligation and not merely a political programme.

Article 2: the general obligation

2(1): Each State Party undertakes to respect and to ensure to all individuals within its territory and subject to its jurisdiction the rights recognised, without distinction of any kind, such as race, colour, sex, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status.

2(2): Where not already provided for, each State Party undertakes to take the necessary steps, in accordance with its constitutional processes, to adopt such laws or other measures as may be necessary to give effect to the rights.

2(3): Each State Party undertakes to ensure an effective remedy, notwithstanding that the violation has been committed by persons acting in an official capacity; that the claim to a remedy is determined by competent judicial, administrative or legislative authorities, or any other competent authority provided by the legal system, and to develop the possibilities of judicial remedy; and to ensure that the authorities enforce such remedies when granted.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in239

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Forty-Nine

The Civil and Political Covenant: Articles 6 to 11

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Article 6 protects life and confines the death penalty, article 7 forbids torture absolutely, article 8 prohibits slavery and servitude and defines forced labour, article 9 governs arrest and detention, article 10 governs treatment in custody, and article 11 forbids imprisonment for contractual debt.

Article 6: the right to life

6(1): Every human being has the inherent right to life. This right shall be protected by law. No one shall be arbitrarily deprived of his life.

6(2): In countries which have not abolished the death penalty, sentence of death may be imposed only for the most serious crimes, in accordance with the law in force at the time of the offence, not contrary to the Covenant or the Genocide Convention, and only pursuant to a final judgement rendered by a competent court.

6(3): Nothing in the article authorises derogation from obligations under the Genocide Convention.

6(4): Anyone sentenced to death has the right to seek pardon or commutation, and amnesty, pardon or commutation may be granted in all cases.

6(5): Sentence of death shall not be imposed for crimes committed by persons below eighteen years of age and shall not be carried out on pregnant women.

Three points that carry marks.

"Inherent", which is the natural rights word appearing in operative treaty text and not merely a preamble.

Three duties in three sentences of 6(1): respect, since nobody may be arbitrarily deprived; protect, since the right shall be protected by law; and the implied duty to investigate, which the Committee has drawn from "protected by law". This is [Respect, Protect, Fulfil] visible on the face of an article.

And the death penalty is regulated, not prohibited. The Covenant assumes its existence in some States and hedges it with conditions, and the Second Optional Protocol of 1989 is the abolition instrument for those who accept it. A candidate who says the Covenant abolishes the death penalty is wrong.

Article 7: torture

No one shall be subjected to torture or to cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment. In particular, no one shall be subjected without his free consent to medical or scientific experimentation.

Two sentences and no qualifying clause anywhere.

Absolute, non-derogable under article 4(2), and not subject to any limitation clause.

And the experimentation limb is where consent appears. [Are Human Rights Inalienable] made the point: consent is written into the second sentence and deliberately omitted from the first, so a person can consent to an experiment and nobody can consent to torture.

Its Indian counterpart is the content read into article 21, together with article 20(3) on compelled self-incrimination.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in244

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty

The Civil and Political Covenant: Articles 12 to 17

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Article 12 governs movement, article 13 expulsion of aliens, article 14 the fair trial in seven paragraphs, article 15 non-retroactivity, article 16 legal personality and article 17 privacy.

Article 12: movement

12(1): everyone lawfully within the territory of a State has, within that territory, liberty of movement and freedom to choose a residence.

12(2): Everyone shall be free to leave any country, including his own.

12(3): restrictions only those provided by law, necessary to protect national security, public order (ordre public), public health or morals or the rights and freedoms of others, and consistent with the other rights recognised in the Covenant.

12(4): No one shall be arbitrarily deprived of the right to enter his own country.

Three details.

"Lawfully within" limits paragraph 1 to those whose presence is lawful, so an immigration status question precedes the right.

Paragraph 3 is a model limitation clause with all the elements [Limitation: When a Right May Be Restricted] identified, plus a fourth requirement of consistency with the rest of the Covenant.

And paragraph 4 says "his own country", not "the country of his nationality", which the Committee has read as wider than formal citizenship, reaching long-settled residents whose ties make the State their own country.

Article 13: expulsion of aliens

An alien lawfully in the territory may be expelled only in pursuance of a decision reached in accordance with law, and shall, except where compelling reasons of national security otherwise require, be allowed to submit the reasons against his expulsion, to have his case reviewed by, and to be represented before, the competent authority or a person especially designated by it.

A procedural article, and a narrow one. It gives no right to remain and no substantive test. It requires a lawful decision and, subject to the national security exception, three procedural entitlements: to make representations, to have review, and to be represented.

The security exception is expressly available, which is unusual candour in the Covenant and worth noting when comparing this article with article 14, where no such general exception exists.

Article 14: fair trial

14(1): the general right

All persons shall be equal before the courts and tribunals. In the determination of any criminal charge or of rights and obligations in a suit at law, everyone is entitled to a fair and public hearing by a competent, independent and impartial tribunal established by law.

The press and public may be excluded for reasons of morals, public order or national security in a democratic society, or where the interest of the private lives of the parties requires, or to the extent strictly necessary in the court's opinion in special circumstances where publicity would prejudice the interests of justice, but any judgement shall be made public except where the interest of juveniles otherwise requires or the proceedings concern matrimonial disputes or the guardianship of children.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in249

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty-One

The Civil and Political Covenant: Articles 18 to 22

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Article 18 protects belief absolutely and manifestation subject to limitation, article 19 protects opinion absolutely and expression with duties and responsibilities, article 20 requires States to prohibit war propaganda and incitement to hatred, and articles 21 and 22 protect assembly and association on the same limitation formula.

Article 18: thought, conscience and religion

18(1): freedom of thought, conscience and religion, including freedom to have or to adopt a religion or belief of his choice, and freedom either individually or in community with others and in public or private, to manifest his religion or belief in worship, observance, practice and teaching.

18(2): No one shall be subject to coercion which would impair his freedom to have or to adopt a religion or belief of his choice.

18(3): freedom to manifest may be subject only to such limitations as are prescribed by law and are necessary to protect public safety, order, health, or morals or the fundamental rights and freedoms of others.

18(4): respect for the liberty of parents and legal guardians to ensure the religious and moral education of their children in conformity with their own convictions.

The structural point that decides most problems.

The internal freedom is absolute. To hold, have or adopt a belief admits no limitation whatever, and article 18 as a whole is non-derogable under article 4(2).

Only manifestation is limitable, and 18(3)'s list is shorter than the lists in articles 19, 21 and 22: it contains no national security ground. That omission is deliberate and is a high-value point, because a State cannot restrict religious manifestation on national security grounds under this article.

The wording changed from the Declaration. Article 18 of the Universal Declaration expressly protects the freedom to change a religion or belief. The Covenant says to have or to adopt a religion or belief of his choice, which was a compromise with States that objected to the express right of change. The substance survives, and the softening is documented, so quoting both texts is worth marks.

India's counterparts are articles 25 to 28, where the guarantee of freedom of conscience and free profession, practice and propagation of religion is subject to public order, morality and health, and the State retains power to regulate secular activity associated with religious practice and to provide for social welfare and reform.

Article 19: opinion and expression

19(1): Everyone shall have the right to hold opinions without interference.

19(2): freedom of expression, including freedom to seek, receive and impart information and ideas of all kinds, regardless of frontiers, either orally, in writing or in print, in the form of art, or through any other media of his choice.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in254

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty-Two

The Civil and Political Covenant: Articles 23 to 27

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Article 23 protects the family and marriage, article 24 the child, article 25 the political rights, article 26 equality before the law as a right in itself, and article 27 the rights of persons belonging to minorities.

Article 23: family and marriage

23(1): The family is the natural and fundamental group unit of society and is entitled to protection by society and the State.

23(2): the right of men and women of marriageable age to marry and to found a family shall be recognised.

23(3): No marriage shall be entered into without the free and full consent of the intending spouses.

23(4): States shall take appropriate steps to ensure equality of rights and responsibilities of spouses as to marriage, during marriage and at its dissolution, and on dissolution to provide for the necessary protection of any children.

The article cuts two ways, and an answer should say so. Paragraph 1 is cited in defence of existing family arrangements, and paragraphs 3 and 4 require the State to intervene in them. Free and full consent bears on child and forced marriage; equality of rights during marriage and at dissolution bears on personal laws. [Culture, Religion and Rights Inside a Society] takes the conflict.

"Marriageable age" is not defined, which the Committee has read as requiring a State to set an age that gives the consent requirement content.

Article 24: the child

24(1): every child has, without any discrimination as to race, colour, sex, language, religion, national or social origin, property or birth, the right to such measures of protection as are required by his status as a minor, on the part of his family, society and the State.

24(2): Every child shall be registered immediately after birth and shall have a name.

24(3): Every child has the right to acquire a nationality.

Three observations.

The duty is shared between family, society and the State, which is unusual in the Covenant and is the closest the instrument comes to naming private duty-bearers.

Birth registration is a civil and political right, and it is the practical gateway to school, health care, inheritance and the vote, which is why [The Universal Declaration: Articles 1 to 11] linked article 16's legal personality to it.

And 24(3) says "acquire a nationality", not "a nationality", which is weaker than article 15 of the Declaration and reflects States' unwillingness to accept an obligation to confer citizenship. Statelessness survives in that gap.

Article 25: the political rights

Every citizen shall have the right and the opportunity, without any of the distinctions mentioned in article 2 and without unreasonable restrictions:

(a) to take part in the conduct of public affairs, directly or through freely chosen representatives;

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in259

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty-Three

The Economic, Social and Cultural Covenant: Articles 1 to 5

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Article 1 is identical to the Civil and Political Covenant's, article 2 states progressive realisation to the maximum of available resources with immediate non-discrimination and a developing country clause, article 3 requires equal enjoyment by men and women, article 4 is the general limitation clause, and article 5 saves the instrument from being used against itself or as a ceiling.

Article 1: self-determination, identical

Word for word the same as article 1 of the Civil and Political Covenant. All peoples have the right of self-determination; they freely determine their political status and freely pursue their economic, social and cultural development; they may freely dispose of their natural wealth and resources and may in no case be deprived of their own means of subsistence; and States, including those administering Non-Self-Governing and Trust Territories, shall promote and respect the right.

Why the repetition matters. [Why There Are Two Covenants] argued that the identical article 1 is the drafters' own statement that the split did not create two frameworks. It also means that the economic content of self-determination, disposal of natural wealth and the guarantee against deprivation of the means of subsistence, is binding on parties to either instrument.

Article 2: the obligation, and the famous difference

2(1): Each State Party undertakes to take steps, individually and through international assistance and co-operation, especially economic and technical, to the maximum of its available resources, with a view to achieving progressively the full realization of the rights recognized in the present Covenant by all appropriate means, including particularly the adoption of legislative measures.

2(2): States undertake to guarantee that the rights will be exercised without discrimination of any kind as to race, colour, sex, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status.

2(3): Developing countries, with due regard to human rights and their national economy, may determine to what extent they would guarantee the economic rights recognized in the present Covenant to non-nationals.

Set 2(1) beside its twin and the contrast is the examinable point. The Civil and Political Covenant says respect and ensure, immediately. This one says take steps, to the maximum of available resources, achieving progressively.

What is immediate here, and [Second Generation: What Economic, Social and Cultural Rights Are] gives the full argument.

The duty to take steps begins on entry into force, so inaction breaches the article whatever the resources.

"Maximum of available resources" is a ceiling on the excuse, not a grant of one, and it makes budget allocation a matter the State must justify.

"All appropriate means, including particularly legislative measures" names legislation as an obligation.

Article 2(2) is immediate and absolute, and admits no progressive defence: whatever is provided must be provided without discrimination.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in264

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty-Four

The Economic, Social and Cultural Covenant: Articles 6 to 10

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Article 6 recognises the right to work as freely chosen, article 7 specifies just and favourable conditions in four lettered limbs, article 8 protects unions and the right to strike, article 9 recognises social security including social insurance, and article 10 protects the family, mothers and children.

Article 6: the right to work

6(1): the right to work, which includes the right of everyone to the opportunity to gain his living by work which he freely chooses or accepts, and a duty to take appropriate steps to safeguard it.

6(2): the steps shall include technical and vocational guidance and training programmes, policies and techniques to achieve steady economic, social and cultural development and full and productive employment under conditions safeguarding fundamental political and economic freedoms to the individual.

The definition is the answer to the standard objection. The right to work is not a right to be given a job on demand. It is a right to the opportunity to gain a living by work freely chosen or accepted, which contains a negative core, freedom from forced labour and from arbitrary exclusion from employment, and a positive programme of training and employment policy.

And 6(2)'s closing words matter: full employment must be pursued under conditions safeguarding fundamental political and economic freedoms, which is a deliberate rejection of full employment achieved by direction of labour. The drafters were legislating against a specific model.

Article 7: just and favourable conditions of work

Recognised for everyone, and specified in four limbs.

(a) Remuneration providing all workers, as a minimum, with:

(i) fair wages and equal remuneration for work of equal value without distinction of any kind, women in particular being guaranteed conditions of work not inferior to those enjoyed by men, with equal pay for equal work; and

(ii) a decent living for themselves and their families in accordance with the Covenant.

(b) Safe and healthy working conditions.

(c) Equal opportunity for everyone to be promoted to an appropriate higher level, subject to no considerations other than those of seniority and competence.

(d) Rest, leisure and reasonable limitation of working hours and periodic holidays with pay, as well as remuneration for public holidays.

Three high-value points.

"Equal remuneration for work of equal value" is wider than equal pay for the same work, because it reaches jobs that are different in content and comparable in value, which is the concept most domestic equal pay law took decades to adopt.

7(a)(ii) is a living wage, expressed as a decent living for the worker and their family, which converts a wage from a market price into an entitlement measured by need.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in269

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty-Five

The Economic, Social and Cultural Covenant: Articles 11 to 15

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Article 11 protects an adequate standard of living and names freedom from hunger a fundamental right, article 12 the highest attainable standard of health, articles 13 and 14 education with a ladder of duties and a two-year planning deadline, and article 15 cultural life, science and authorship.

Article 11: standard of living and freedom from hunger

11(1): the right of everyone to an adequate standard of living for himself and his family, including adequate food, clothing and housing, and to the continuous improvement of living conditions, with appropriate steps to be taken, recognising the essential importance of international co-operation based on free consent.

11(2): recognising the fundamental right of everyone to be free from hunger, States shall take, individually and through international co-operation, the measures, including specific programmes, which are needed to:

(a) improve methods of production, conservation and distribution of food by full use of technical and scientific knowledge, by disseminating knowledge of the principles of nutrition, and by developing or reforming agrarian systems so as to achieve the most efficient development and utilisation of natural resources; and

(b) taking into account the problems of both food-importing and food-exporting countries, ensure an equitable distribution of world food supplies in relation to need.

Four points, and they are the most examinable in this block.

"The fundamental right of everyone to be free from hunger" is the only right in either Covenant given the adjective fundamental, and the Committee treats it as the core of article 11 that a State must meet whatever its resources.

11(2) says "shall take", not "shall take steps towards", which is stronger than the article 2(1) formula and is the textual basis for the minimum core.

Agrarian reform appears in a human rights treaty, in 11(2)(a), which is unusual and is a trace of the drafting influence of States for whom land reform was the central social question.

And 11(2)(b) is an obligation about the world food supply, not about a State's own territory, which makes it one of the few provisions in either Covenant that looks like a third generation duty.

Housing is named in 11(1) and nowhere developed, and the whole law of forced eviction has been built on those two words by the Committee, which has held that evictions carried out without legal protection and due process are prima facie incompatible with the Covenant. India's route to the same result is article 21, through the shelter and livelihood cases.

Article 12: health

12(1): the right of everyone to the enjoyment of the highest attainable standard of physical and mental health.

12(2): the steps shall include those necessary for:

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in275

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty-Six

The Right to Development 1986: Articles 1 to 5

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

The right to development is declared an inalienable human right of every human person and all peoples to participate in, contribute to and enjoy development in which all human rights can be fully realised, with the human person as its central subject and States bearing both national and international duties.

Article 1: what the right is

1(1): The right to development is an inalienable human right by virtue of which every human person and all peoples are entitled to participate in, contribute to, and enjoy economic, social, cultural and political development, in which all human rights and fundamental freedoms can be fully realized.

1(2): The right also implies the full realization of the right of peoples to self-determination, which includes, subject to the relevant provisions of both Covenants, the exercise of their inalienable right to full sovereignty over all their natural wealth and resources.

Five things in article 1, and each earns a mark.

"Inalienable", which places it in the vocabulary of [Are Human Rights Inalienable] and of the American Declaration of 1776.

Held by "every human person and all peoples", both individually and collectively, which is what makes it a hybrid and distinguishes it from the purely collective third generation claims in [Third Generation: The Solidarity Rights].

Three verbs: to participate in, to contribute to, and to enjoy. Development is not something done to a population.

Four dimensions: economic, social, cultural and political, so a development that raises income while closing the newspapers is not development within this article.

And the definition is instrumental: development in which all human rights and fundamental freedoms can be fully realized, which ties the right to the rest of the framework rather than setting it apart.

1(2) is the New International Economic Order in a sentence, linking development to self-determination and to full sovereignty over natural wealth and resources, which is the claim [The New International Economic Order] traces.

Article 2: the human person at the centre

2(1): The human person is the central subject of development and should be the active participant and beneficiary of the right to development.

2(2): All human beings have a responsibility for development, individually and collectively, taking into account the need for full respect for their human rights and fundamental freedoms as well as their duties to the community, which alone can ensure the free and complete fulfilment of the human being, and they should therefore promote and protect an appropriate political, social and economic order for development.

2(3): States have the right and the duty to formulate appropriate national development policies aimed at the constant improvement of the well-being of the entire population and of all individuals, on the basis of their active, free and meaningful participation in development and in the fair distribution of the benefits resulting therefrom.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in281

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty-Seven

The Right to Development 1986: Articles 6 to 10

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

Article 6 declares all rights indivisible and interdependent and requires obstacles from any rights failure to be removed, article 7 links disarmament to development, article 8 lists the national measures including women's active role, article 9 makes the Declaration internally indivisible and adds a saving clause, and article 10 requires implementing measures.

Article 6: indivisibility, seven years before Vienna

6(1): All States should co-operate with a view to promoting, encouraging and strengthening universal respect for and observance of all human rights and fundamental freedoms for all without any distinction as to race, sex, language or religion.

6(2): All human rights and fundamental freedoms are indivisible and interdependent; equal attention and urgent consideration should be given to the implementation, promotion and protection of civil, political, economic, social and cultural rights.

6(3): States should take steps to eliminate obstacles to development resulting from failure to observe civil and political rights, as well as economic social and cultural rights.

Three points, and the first is the one to lead with.

6(2) states indivisibility in 1986, seven years before the Vienna Declaration and Programme of Action said it in 1993. A candidate who attributes indivisibility to Vienna alone has missed that the proposition was already in a General Assembly declaration, and pressed by the very States most often accused of wanting to trade civil rights away.

6(3) is the reply to the "development first" argument. The argument, taken up in [Asian Values: the Argument and the Answer], is that a poor State must postpone civil and political rights until it has developed. Article 6(3) says the opposite on its own instrument's terms: a failure to observe civil and political rights is itself an obstacle to development that States must eliminate.

And 6(1) reproduces the Charter's four grounds, race, sex, language and religion, rather than the longer Covenant list, which is a drafting echo worth noticing.

Article 7: disarmament and development

All States should promote the establishment, maintenance and strengthening of international peace and security and, to that end, should do their utmost to achieve general and complete disarmament under effective international control, as well as to ensure that the resources released by effective disarmament measures are used for comprehensive development, in particular that of the developing countries.

The disarmament dividend, stated as a human rights proposition. The article does two distinct things: it treats peace and security as conditions of development, and it earmarks the savings from disarmament for development, particularly of developing countries.

Its practical force is nil and its rhetorical force is considerable, which is a fair summary of much of the third generation. No mechanism exists to identify released resources, let alone to direct them, and the article names no defaulter. It is nonetheless the clearest textual statement anywhere in the framework that military expenditure is a human rights question, and that is worth saying.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in286

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty-Eight

The Core United Nations Treaties After 1966

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

The framework grew after 1966 by specialisation: nine core treaties address race, women, torture, children, migrant workers, enforced disappearance and disability, each with a treaty body, and each adding either a group the Covenants under-protected or a wrong they defined too loosely.

The nine

TreatyAdoptedIn forceBody
Racial Discrimination19651969Committee on the Elimination of Racial Discrimination
Civil and Political Rights19661976Human Rights Committee
Economic, Social and Cultural Rights19661976Committee on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights
Discrimination against Women19791981Committee on the Elimination of Discrimination against Women
Torture19841987Committee against Torture
Rights of the Child19891990Committee on the Rights of the Child
Migrant Workers19902003Committee on Migrant Workers
Enforced Disappearance20062010Committee on Enforced Disappearances
Rights of Persons with Disabilities20062008Committee on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities

The date to get right. The Racial Discrimination Convention is 1965, a year before the Covenants, and it entered into force in 1969, seven years before them. It is the oldest of the core treaties and the first to establish a treaty body, so the machinery every later committee uses was designed for race first.

What each added

Racial Discrimination 1965. A definition of racial discrimination covering distinction, exclusion, restriction or preference by race, colour, descent, or national or ethnic origin. An obligation in article 4 to criminalise dissemination of ideas based on racial superiority and incitement, which several States reserved to on free speech grounds. And special measures for advancement, expressly not to be deemed discrimination, which is the treaty basis of affirmative action.

The word "descent" is why India's engagement with this Convention has been contested, since the Committee has treated caste as falling within it and India has maintained that it does not.

Women 1979. A definition of discrimination against women including any distinction, exclusion or restriction with the effect or purpose of impairing enjoyment, so indirect discrimination is caught. Obligations reaching private actors and cultural practices, including the modification of social and cultural patterns of conduct. And a substantive equality model rather than a formal one, with temporary special measures permitted.

It attracted more reservations than any other human rights treaty, many to the core articles on equality in marriage and family life, which is [Reservations: Universality Bought at a Price] in its sharpest form.

Torture 1984. A definition of torture, which no earlier instrument had supplied: severe pain or suffering, physical or mental, intentionally inflicted for a purpose such as obtaining information or a confession, punishment, intimidation or discrimination, by or with the consent or acquiescence of a public official. Non-refoulement in article 3. Universal jurisdiction, requiring a State either to prosecute or to extradite. And the express rule that no exceptional circumstances whatsoever, including a state of war or a threat of war, may be invoked as a justification.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in291

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Fifty-Nine

The Criticism of the Generations Framework

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

The generations metaphor is false as chronology, dangerous as hierarchy, leaky as taxonomy, wrong in the negative-positive division it rests on, culturally parochial in its labels, and incomplete, and it remains the most useful teaching device available.

The six criticisms

One: the chronology is false

The claim implied by "generation" is that one set of rights preceded and produced another.

The refutation is in [Historical Development of the Second Generation]: the English Poor Law of 1601, the French Constitution of 1793 declaring public relief a sacred debt, factory legislation from 1802, German social insurance from the 1880s, the Mexican Constitution of 1917, the Weimar Constitution of 1919 and the International Labour Organization founded in 1919 with binding conventions and a supervisory system before any human rights treaty existed.

The sharpest single fact: in almost every State that has both, the eight-hour day is older than the vote for women.

Two: the hierarchy is false, and was used

The metaphor implies maturity. A later generation looks younger and therefore less developed, and during the Cold War each bloc used the implication against the other: one arguing that economic rights were programmes and not rights, the other that civil rights were formalities without material conditions.

The refutation is Vienna 1993, paragraph 5: All human rights are universal, indivisible and interdependent and interrelated. The international community must treat human rights globally in a fair and equal manner, on the same footing, and with the same emphasis.

Note that the sentence was necessary, which is itself evidence that the hierarchy was real. [Vienna 1993 and the End of the Hierarchy] takes it in full.

Three: the categories leak

RightWhere it appearsProblem
Trade unionsUDHR 23(4), ICESCR 8, ICCPR 22One right, two generations, two supervisory regimes
Self-determinationArticle 1 of both CovenantsThird generation in character, first article of both first and second generation treaties
PropertyUDHR 17, neither CovenantA first generation right with no treaty home
EducationICESCR 13, second generationIts content protected by first generation conscience and parental choice, ICESCR 13(3)
EnvironmentThird generationEnforced through ICESCR 12(2)(b) hygiene and Indian article 21

The trade union example is the one to give, because it has a practical consequence: a worker prevented from organising can complain under either Covenant, and the machineries differ in strength, so the classification affects the remedy.

Four: the negative-positive division underlying it fails

The division: first generation rights require abstention and are free; second generation rights require provision and cost money.

The refutation is [Respect, Protect, Fulfil], and it fails in both directions. The right to life generates duties to run ambulances and reduce infant mortality; elections and courts are among the most expensive things a State delivers. The right to education generates a duty not to expel a child on grounds of caste, which costs nothing at all.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in296

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty

Vienna 1993 and the End of the Hierarchy

Syllabus topic 2, "Classification and Historical Development of Human Rights"

In one line

The World Conference on Human Rights, held at Vienna in June 1993 with 171 States participating, adopted by consensus a Declaration whose paragraph 5 declares all human rights universal, indivisible, interdependent and interrelated, ending the hierarchy the two Covenants had created.

The conference

June 1993, Vienna, the second world conference on human rights after Teheran in 1968.

171 States participated, and the Declaration and Programme of Action was adopted by consensus, which is what gives it its authority: no vote, no dissent, and the participation of the newly independent States, the post-Soviet States and the Asian States that had met at Bangkok three months earlier.

The timing is the point. The Cold War had ended, the bloc positions that produced two Covenants had dissolved, and the conference was the first opportunity in forty-five years to restate the framework without that division. [Why There Are Two Covenants] explains what needed restating.

Paragraph 5, in full

All human rights are universal, indivisible and interdependent and interrelated. The international community must treat human rights globally in a fair and equal manner, on the same footing, and with the same emphasis. While the significance of national and regional particularities and various historical, cultural and religious backgrounds must be borne in mind, it is the duty of States, regardless of their political, economic and cultural systems, to promote and protect all human rights and fundamental freedoms.

Take it in three sentences, because it is three separate propositions.

Sentence one is the four adjectives. Universal: held by everyone everywhere. Indivisible: no category may be dropped in favour of another. Interdependent: each right's realisation depends on the others. Interrelated: they form a single system.

Sentence two is the operative obligation. Treating rights globally, in a fair and equal manner, on the same footing, and with the same emphasis is a duty about how the international community behaves, and it is what forecloses selecting a favoured category.

Sentence three is the compromise, and it is the one candidates skip. Particularities must be borne in mind; and it is nonetheless the duty of States, regardless of their political, economic and cultural systems, to promote and protect all human rights. The concession is that context is relevant to implementation; the holding is that the obligation does not vary.

That third sentence is the answer to cultural relativism, and it is a negotiated answer rather than a triumphant one. [Cultural Relativism] and [The Bangkok Declaration] show what was being conceded and to whom.

What else Vienna settled

Paragraph 1: the universal nature of these rights and freedoms is beyond question, and human rights are the birthright of all human beings, whose protection and promotion is the first responsibility of Governments.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in301

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Module III

munotes.in

Chapter Sixty-One

Human Rights as a Political Claim

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

Human rights are asserted before they are enacted, so they are political claims that become legal rules when a State accepts them, and the political character does not disappear on enactment.

The proposition, and the evidence

Every substantive right in Modules I and II arrived the same way.

Habeas corpus was demanded against a king before it was a statute.

The eight-hour day and the weekend were the demands of organised labour for a century before they were articles 24 of the Declaration and 7(d) of the Covenant, as [The Nineteenth Century: Abolition and Labour] set out.

Abolition of slavery was a campaign for fifty years before it was a treaty.

Self-determination was a claim by colonised peoples before it was article 1 of both Covenants.

Women's equality in the Declaration's article 1 exists because Hansa Mehta pressed for it against a draft that said "all men", which [Drafting the Universal Declaration] recorded.

The pattern has no exceptions in this book, and stating it with four examples is the whole of the first section of an answer on this topic.

Three senses in which rights are political

They originate in political action

Claims are made by people who do not yet hold them, against institutions that deny them, and the making of the claim precedes any legal recognition. [Social Movements and Rights From Below] takes this at length.

They are enacted through political processes

A treaty is negotiated between governments, and its text records what those governments would accept. [Why There Are Two Covenants] showed a Cold War division producing two instruments; [The Universal Declaration: Articles 12 to 21] showed property surviving in the Declaration and dying in both Covenants.

The composition of an instrument is therefore evidence about politics, not only about principle, and a candidate who can read a text that way is doing what this module asks.

They are enforced, or not, politically

Which violations attract attention, condemnation, sanction or intervention is decided by States, and the pattern of attention has never matched the pattern of violation. [Selectivity, Double Standards and Politicization] and [Naming, Shaming and the Politics of Enforcement] take it.

What follows for how the law is read

Read a text for what was contested, not only for what it says. Article 18 of the Declaration protects the freedom to change religion; article 18 of the Covenant says to have or to adopt, and the softening records an objection. Article 2(3) of the Economic, Social and Cultural Covenant permits developing countries to limit economic rights for non-nationals, which no principle requires and a negotiation produced.

Read silence as a decision. There is no minorities article in the Declaration, no right of petition in it, and no property article in either Covenant. Each absence is a choice with a reason.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in306

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Two

Sovereignty and Human Rights

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

Sovereignty and human rights are not opposites, because the same States that hold sovereignty created the human rights obligations, and a State that has undertaken an obligation has exercised its sovereignty rather than lost it.

The classical position

Sovereignty, in the form the framework had to confront, means supreme authority within a territory and independence of any external authority.

Its consequences for the treatment of persons, before 1945, were three.

How a State treated its own nationals was its own affair. International law regulated relations between States, and a person was visible to it only through their State.

A State could injure a foreign national and be answerable to that person's State, not to the person, under the law of diplomatic protection.

And there was no forum in which a person could complain about their own government.

The exceptions before 1945 prove the rule and are worth naming: the abolition treaties, the minorities treaties of the interwar years, the mandates system and the laws of war, each of which [The Nineteenth Century: Abolition and Labour], [The League of Nations and the International Labour Organization] and [The Nineteenth Century: The Laws of War] set out, and each of which was exceptional, selective or confined to a category.

What the Charter did

It made human rights a purpose of the Organization, in article 1(3), and a matter every Member pledges to act on, in articles 55 and 56.

And it preserved the objection, in article 2(1)'s sovereign equality and article 2(7)'s prohibition of intervention in matters essentially within domestic jurisdiction.

So the tension is internal to the instrument, which is the single most useful thing to say about it. The Charter did not choose between sovereignty and human rights; it wrote both in and left the boundary to practice.

The four ways the objection has been answered

One: consent

A State that ratifies a treaty exercises its sovereignty. It is not deprived of anything; it undertakes something. Having undertaken it, it cannot then say the subject-matter is exclusively its own affair, because it has already agreed that it is not.

This is the strongest answer and should be given first, because it defeats the objection on the objector's own premises: sovereignty includes the capacity to bind oneself.

Two: the scope of article 2(7)

The article forbids "intervention", which discussion, examination, reporting and recommendation are not. The General Assembly proceeded on that basis from its earliest sessions.

And it reaches matters "essentially within" domestic jurisdiction, which a matter governed by treaty obligation is not, and which a matter of international concern ceases to be as the law develops.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in310

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Three

Domestic Jurisdiction and the Limits of the Objection

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

Article 2(7) forbids the United Nations from intervening in matters essentially within the domestic jurisdiction of a State, and each of its operative words has been read narrowly enough that discussion, examination, reporting and recommendation on human rights fall outside it.

The text and its four words

Nothing contained in the present Charter shall authorize the United Nations to intervene in matters which are essentially within the domestic jurisdiction of any state, and there is a proviso that the principle shall not prejudice the application of enforcement measures under Chapter VII.

"Intervene"

The narrow reading, which prevailed. To intervene is to interfere dictatorially in the affairs of another, which discussion, study, inquiry, criticism, recommendation and reporting are not.

The consequence is decisive: almost everything the human rights machinery actually does falls outside the word. A committee that examines a report and issues concluding observations has not intervened; a rapporteur who publishes findings has not intervened; a resolution expressing concern has not intervened.

A wider reading was pressed and lost, principally by States facing scrutiny of colonial administration and racial policy, and the practice of the Assembly from its earliest sessions settled the point.

"Essentially"

The word is not "exclusively" and not "wholly". A matter is essentially domestic when it is, in substance, for the State alone.

A matter regulated by treaty is not essentially domestic, because the State has agreed with others about it, which is the consent argument from [Sovereignty and Human Rights] in the article's own vocabulary.

And the category is not fixed. What is essentially domestic depends on the state of international law at the time, so the reserved domain shrinks as obligations are accepted.

"Domestic"

Contrasted with international. A matter becomes international when it is the subject of international obligation or of established international concern, and Vienna's paragraph 4 records the consensus that human rights are a legitimate concern of the international community.

"Jurisdiction"

The State's legal competence, not merely its territory. This is what allows the argument that a matter can be within a State's territory and not within its exclusive jurisdiction, because jurisdiction over it is shared with the treaty regime it has joined.

The three-step answer to the objection

When a State invokes article 2(7), run three steps.

Step one: is this intervention? Usually not. Discussion, examination and recommendation are not intervention, and the objection often fails here without more.

Step two: is the matter essentially domestic? Not if the State has ratified an instrument covering it, not if the conduct engages obligations under articles 55 and 56, and not if it is the subject of established international concern.

Step three: does Chapter VII apply? The proviso means enforcement measures under Chapter VII are unaffected by article 2(7) altogether, so where the Security Council has determined a threat to the peace, the article is not an obstacle.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in315

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Four

Globalization: What It Changed

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

Globalization moved production, capital, information and people across borders faster than the legal framework moved, so decisions that determine whether rights are enjoyed are increasingly taken by actors the framework does not bind, in places the affected person cannot reach.

What the word means here

Not a value judgement, and not a single process. For this paper, globalization is the increasing integration of economies and societies through trade, capital movement, production chains, communication and migration, accelerating from the 1970s and sharply after 1990.

Define it before arguing about it, because a question that asks about globalization and human rights is really asking about the fit between a set of structural changes and a legal framework designed before them.

The five changes that matter

One: production disaggregated across borders

What changed. A single product is now made through a chain of suppliers in several States, each contracting with the next, with the brand at the end owning none of the factories.

Why it matters for rights. The entity with the power to set conditions, the buyer, is in one State; the workers are in another; and the employer between them may be undercapitalised and unreachable. [Who Bears the Duty: the Non-State Actor] set out the four routes by which the framework reaches this, and their limits.

Two: capital became mobile and labour did not

What changed. Investment can leave a State in hours; a worker cannot.

Why it matters. It creates a structural pressure to compete on the cost of labour and regulation, which is the mechanism behind the phrase "race to the bottom", and it weakens the bargaining position on which the whole second generation was historically won, as [Historical Development of the Second Generation] showed.

State the mechanism, not the slogan. The claim is not that every State lowers standards; it is that the option of exit changes the terms on which standards are set.

Three: economic policy became partly external

What changed. Trade agreements, investment treaties, lending conditions and dispute settlement constrain what a State may do in areas that determine whether economic and social rights are realised: subsidies, procurement, patents, public services, capital controls.

Why it matters. Article 2(1) of the Economic, Social and Cultural Covenant requires a State to act to the maximum of its available resources, and its resources and its policy space are now shaped by instruments it negotiated in a different forum with different rules and stronger enforcement.

The asymmetry of enforcement is the point. An investor can usually bring a binding claim against a State; a person whose right to health is affected by the same measure usually cannot.

Four: information and communication became transnational

What changed. Publication, surveillance, organisation and coordination all cross borders instantly.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in319

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Five

Globalization and Human Rights: the Argument Both Ways

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

Globalization has raised incomes, spread the human rights vocabulary and given claimants transnational allies, while shifting power to actors the framework does not bind and constraining the policy space on which economic and social rights depend, and the net assessment differs by right and by place.

The case that globalization has helped

Material gains

Income and poverty. The largest reductions in extreme poverty in recorded history occurred over the period of most rapid global integration, principally in East and South Asia, and rising incomes bear directly on articles 11 and 12 of the Economic, Social and Cultural Covenant.

State it carefully. Correlation is not attribution, the gains were concentrated in a small number of States with active industrial policy, and inequality within States rose in many of the same places. An answer that claims globalization caused the reduction is overclaiming; an answer that ignores the reduction is not describing the world.

The spread of the vocabulary and the machinery

Human rights became a universal language of claim, available to a movement anywhere and comprehensible everywhere, which is a direct product of transnational communication.

Domestic constitutions converged, and comparative constitutional reasoning became routine, so a South African judgment on housing is read in India and an Indian judgment on livelihood is read elsewhere.

Transnational advocacy

The single clearest gain. A local claim can now be documented, published and pressed internationally within days. The abolition campaign took decades to build what a network can now assemble in a week, and [Civil Society and Non-Governmental Organizations] traces the mechanism.

The boomerang, stated plainly: where a domestic movement cannot move its own government, it reaches transnational allies who press that government from outside, and the pressure returns.

Corporate exposure

Reputation became a transnational asset, so a firm can be reached through consumers and investors in one State for conduct in another. That is weak, and it is more than existed before, and mandatory due diligence legislation in several States has grown out of it.

Technology and access

Communication, education and health technologies spread faster, which bears on articles 13, 12 and 15(1)(b) of the Covenant.

The case that globalization has harmed

The power shift

The central objection, established in [Globalization: What It Changed]: decisions determining whether rights are enjoyed are increasingly taken by actors the framework does not bind, in places the affected person cannot reach.

Policy space and the enforcement asymmetry

Trade, investment and lending instruments constrain what a State may do in the areas that determine second generation rights, and they are more effectively enforced than the human rights obligations they compete with.

The comparison to make: an investor can usually bring a binding claim; a person affected by the same measure usually cannot, and in India cannot bring an individual communication at all.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in323

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Six

Accountability: What It Means for a Right

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

Accountability exists where an actor is obliged to account for conduct to somebody with a right to demand it, that account is assessed against a standard, and consequences follow from the assessment.

The three elements

Answerability, assessment and consequence. A system missing any one of the three is not accountability, and naming which one is missing is usually the whole answer to a problem question.

Answerability. An obligation to give an account of what was done and why, to a body entitled to require it. Reporting, disclosure, testimony and audit sit here.

Assessment. The account is measured against a standard, by somebody competent to judge. A report nobody reads and nobody evaluates is disclosure without accountability.

Consequence. Something follows: a remedy for the person wronged, a sanction for the responsible actor, or a change in the practice. Consequence need not be punitive, and often should not be.

The most common failure in practice is the third, and the second most common is the second. States report; committees assess; and consequences are thin, which is [Naming, Shaming and the Politics of Enforcement]'s subject.

Where the framework locates it

Article 2(3) of the Civil and Political Covenant is the treaty statement: an effective remedy, notwithstanding official capacity; determination by a competent judicial, administrative or legislative authority; development of the possibilities of judicial remedy; and enforcement of remedies when granted.

Read those four limbs against the three elements. Determination is assessment; remedy and enforcement are consequence; and the obligation to answer to a competent authority is answerability. The article is the tripartite structure in treaty form.

Article 8 of the Universal Declaration is the same idea: an effective remedy by the competent national tribunals.

Article 15 of the French Declaration 1789 is its ancestor: society has the right to ask a public official for an accounting of his administration.

And in India, article 32 is the constitutional form, which is why [Fundamental Rights: the Indian Form] treated it as the article that makes the others worth having.

Four kinds, and they answer to different bodies

KindTo whomMechanism
LegalCourtsWrits, damages, prosecution, judicial review
PoliticalThe electorate and the legislatureElections, questions, committees, votes
AdministrativeSuperior authority and oversight bodiesAudit, inspection, ombudsman, commissions
SocialThe publicJournalism, civil society reporting, protest

They are complements, not substitutes, and the failure of one shifts weight onto the others. A State with captured courts is not accountable because it holds elections, and a State with elections every five years is not accountable in the interval without the other three.

Why accountability is a rights question and not merely good governance

Because a right without it is not a right. [Rights as Legal Claims: What a Claim Needs] set the requirement: a holder, a duty-bearer, content, a forum and a remedy. Accountability is the forum and the remedy in operation.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in327

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Seven

Transparency and the Right to Know

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

Freedom of expression includes the freedom to seek and receive information, which has been read as a right of access to information held by public authorities, subject to the ordinary limitation test, and it is the input on which accountability depends.

The textual basis

Article 19(2) of the Covenant: freedom of expression includes the freedom to seek, receive and impart information and ideas of all kinds, regardless of frontiers.

Article 19 of the Universal Declaration is in the same terms.

The word that does the work is "seek". A freedom to receive what somebody chooses to give is passive. A freedom to seek implies a correlative duty in the holder of the information, and that is the step by which a general right of access to State-held information was derived from a treaty that never mentions it.

The derivation is judicial and interpretive, not textual, and an honest answer says so. The Human Rights Committee has stated that article 19(2) embraces a right of access to information held by public bodies, and regional courts have reached the same result, but the treaty contains no article headed "right to information".

The Indian route is constitutional. Article 19(1)(a) has been read to include the right to know, on the reasoning that a citizen cannot exercise free speech or vote meaningfully without information about public affairs, and the disclosure requirements imposed on electoral candidates were derived that way before any statute existed.

The Right to Information Act 2005

What it does. It gives any citizen the right to request information from a public authority, requires designated public information officers, sets time limits, imposes a duty of proactive publication, and creates Information Commissions at the central and State levels with appellate jurisdiction and penalty powers.

Its distinctive features, and these are the examinable ones.

No reason need be given for a request, which removes the requirement that an applicant establish an interest.

Proactive disclosure is mandatory, so an authority must publish categories of information without being asked, which shifts the default.

The public interest override: information exempt from disclosure may nonetheless be disclosed if the public interest in disclosure outweighs the harm to the protected interest.

And information that cannot be denied to Parliament or a State legislature cannot be denied to a citizen, which is a striking equivalence and worth quoting as a principle.

The exemptions are real and substantial, covering national security, foreign relations, commercial confidence, cabinet papers before a decision, and intelligence and security organisations, and the last is a class exemption rather than a harm test.

The scale is what makes India the leading example. Millions of applications have been made, largely by ordinary citizens about ration cards, pensions, licences, wages and local works rather than by journalists, which is the strongest available evidence that access to information is a second generation enabler and not only a first generation freedom.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in331

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Eight

Civil Society and Non-Governmental Organizations

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

Civil society organisations supply the facts, the claimants, the drafting, the pressure and the memory that the framework needs and that States have no incentive to provide, and their legitimacy, funding and accountability are contested for reasons that are partly genuine and partly self-serving.

Their place in the system

Charter article 71 empowers the Economic and Social Council to make suitable arrangements for consultation with non-governmental organisations concerned with matters within its competence, which is the basis of consultative status.

They were in the room in 1945 and in 1948. Organisations present at San Francisco pressed successfully for the human rights language in the Charter, which is a fact worth knowing because it establishes that the framework's advocacy component is original and not a later addition.

Consultative status today allows attendance, written and oral statements and participation in United Nations bodies including the Human Rights Council, and it is granted by a committee of States, which is where the political control operates.

The five functions

One: fact-finding

The framework runs on facts nobody official collects. A treaty body examines a State report; the report is written by the State. What allows the body to test it is the parallel or shadow report submitted by organisations, and the same is true of the Universal Periodic Review.

In litigation the same function appears as documentation, and in India as the material behind public interest proceedings.

Two: standard-setting

Drafting and pressing for new instruments. The Convention against Torture, the Convention on the Rights of the Child, the Disabilities Convention with its unprecedented participation of persons with disabilities, and the treaty on enforced disappearance all had substantial non-governmental authorship.

And the Paris Principles for national institutions came out of the same process, as [The Paris Principles] sets out.

Three: bringing and supporting claims

Individual communications, regional court cases and domestic litigation are frequently identified, prepared, funded and argued by organisations rather than by the affected person acting alone.

In India the relaxation of standing in public interest litigation made this the dominant mode: a person acting bona fide in the interest of those unable to approach the court may move it, which converted the writ jurisdiction into a route usable by the poorest.

Four: pressure

The boomerang, named in [Globalization and Human Rights: the Argument Both Ways]: a domestic movement that cannot move its own government reaches allies abroad who press it from outside.

Naming and shaming, whose effects and limits are the subject of [Naming, Shaming and the Politics of Enforcement].

Five: memory and education

Archives, casualty documentation and truth-commission material are often held by organisations because States have an interest in their disappearance, and [Human Rights Education] is largely delivered by them.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in336

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Nine

The Media and Human Rights

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

The media are protected under freedom of expression rather than by any special privilege, they serve the framework by exposing violation and enabling participation, and the threats to them are physical, legal, economic and structural.

The legal position

Article 19(2) protects the freedom to seek, receive and impart information and ideas of all kinds through any other media of his choice, so the medium is the individual's choice and not a category the State may license.

There is no separate right of the press. A journalist has the rights every person has, which cuts two ways: it means no special privilege, and it means no special licence requirement either, since a licensing regime for journalism restricts the right of everyone.

Two consequences that carry marks.

Licensing of journalists is generally incompatible with article 19, because it converts a right into a permission. Licensing of broadcast frequencies is different, because spectrum is finite and allocation is a technical necessity, and the distinction between the two is the point to make.

And the right to receive is the audience's right. A restriction on a newspaper injures its readers, which is why standing and the framing of the interference matter.

India's position is that freedom of the press is not separately enumerated and is contained in article 19(1)(a), subject to the eight grounds in article 19(2), and pre-censorship and prior restraint are the paradigm restrictions on it.

What the media do for the framework

Exposure. Violations that are documented and published become costly. The mechanism is [Naming, Shaming and the Politics of Enforcement], and the media are the transmission.

Participation. Article 25's right to take part in public affairs and article 21(3) of the Declaration's requirement of a genuine election both presuppose an informed electorate, and a controlled press is how an election that is periodic, universal, equal and secret is nonetheless not genuine.

Access. The media are the largest practical user of the right to seek information, though [Transparency and the Right to Know] noted that in India ordinary citizens outnumber journalists as applicants.

And protection. Publicity often protects a person in custody or under threat, which is why the first act of a family is frequently to go to the press.

The four threats

Physical

Killing, assault, abduction and threat, most often in connection with reporting on corruption, organised crime, conflict and the environment.

The legal characterisation matters. A murdered journalist is an article 6 case and an article 19 case at once: the State's duty to protect life is engaged, and the killing also silences the expression of everyone who would have read the reporting. Impunity is the aggravating feature, because unpunished killings are a standing instruction to others.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in341

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy

Human Rights and Democracy

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

The framework does not name democracy as an obligation, but it requires genuine periodic elections by universal and equal suffrage, the freedoms without which elections are meaningless, and limitations that are necessary in a democratic society, so it prescribes the substance while avoiding the label.

Where democracy appears in the texts

Article 21 of the Universal Declaration: the will of the people shall be the basis of the authority of government, expressed in periodic and genuine elections by universal and equal suffrage and secret vote.

Article 25 of the Covenant: the right and the opportunity, without unreasonable restrictions, to take part in the conduct of public affairs, to vote and be elected at genuine periodic elections, and to have access on general terms of equality to public service.

The limitation clauses: articles 21 and 22 permit restrictions necessary in a democratic society, so the phrase is a legal standard against which restrictions are measured, and a measure defensible only in a society lacking pluralism, tolerance and broadmindedness fails it.

Vienna paragraph 8: democracy, development and respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms are interdependent and mutually reinforcing, with democracy based on the freely expressed will of the people to determine their own political, economic, social and cultural systems and their full participation in all aspects of their lives.

So the word is used, in a limitation standard and in a consensus declaration, and it is not used as a required form of government in an operative treaty obligation. The obligation is stated in terms of what elections must be, which amounts to the same thing without the word.

Why the framework needs democracy

Because the rights presuppose it. Article 25 cannot be honoured without freedom of expression to campaign, assembly to meet, association to organise and information to choose, and each of those is a separate article.

Because rights are won politically. [Human Rights as a Political Claim] and [Social Movements and Rights From Below] establish that every right in this book was demanded before it was enacted, and demanding requires the political freedoms.

Because accountability requires it. Political accountability is one of the four kinds in [Accountability: What It Means for a Right], and elections are its mechanism.

And because the alternative depends on goodwill. A benign autocracy may respect civil rights and cannot be made to, which is why [First Generation: What Civil and Political Rights Are] treated the political half of the category as indispensable rather than decorative.

Why democracy needs rights

Because an election without the freedoms is not genuine. Periodic, universal, equal and secret can all be satisfied while the outcome is controlled, and the missing condition is always the fifth one.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in346

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-One

Rights Against the Majority

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

Rights protect people against majorities because a majority is capable of destroying both minorities and the conditions of its own replacement, and judicial enforcement is not undemocratic because the constraint was itself democratically adopted and protects the participation that makes majority rule legitimate.

Why the problem exists

Because a majority can do all four of these things, and each has been done.

Disadvantage a minority. Discriminatory legislation is popular legislation somewhere, and article 26's equal protection exists because of it.

Suppress an unpopular opinion. Article 19's protection is worth nothing for popular speech, which nobody restricts.

Convict a despised accused. Article 14's guarantees are needed exactly where the public has decided in advance.

And remove the conditions of its own replacement, by controlling the press, the courts and the electoral machinery, which is why article 30 of the Declaration and article 5(1) of the Covenants exist.

The general proposition: every right in the framework is a limit on what the collectivity may do to a person, and if a majority could remove them at will they would not be rights, as [Legal, Moral, Constitutional and Human Rights] established through the difference between a liability and an immunity.

The counter-majoritarian objection

State it at full strength. A legislature is elected, accountable and removable. A court is appointed, unaccountable and secure. When the court sets aside a statute, an unelected body has overridden the elected representatives of the people, and the value being protected, rights, was itself chosen by unelected people interpreting a text.

Three sharper versions.

Disagreement. People disagree in good faith about what rights require, and there is no reason a judge's view of a contested moral question should prevail over a legislature's.

Entrenchment across time. A constitution binds people who did not adopt it, so the majority of today is governed by the choices of a previous generation.

And capacity. Courts decide on the record before them, without the information, consultation or fiscal responsibility a legislature has.

The four answers

One: the constraint is itself democratic

The people adopted the constitution. Entrenched rights are not an external imposition; they are a decision by a constituent power about what ordinary politics may not touch, and enforcing them is enforcing that decision.

The Indian form of this answer is strong, because Part III was adopted by an Assembly enacting demands that Indian political organisations had been making for fifty years, as [Human Rights as a Political Claim] showed.

Two: the rights enforced are mostly the conditions of democracy

Expression, assembly, association, information, the franchise and equal treatment are what make majority rule meaningful. A court that protects them is protecting the process, not overriding it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in351

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-Two

Human Rights and Development

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

Development and human rights are interdependent rather than sequential, and a rights-based approach converts beneficiaries into claimants by attaching a duty-bearer, a standard, participation and a remedy to what would otherwise be policy.

The sequencing argument, and its answer

The argument. A poor State must concentrate on growth. Civil and political rights are expensive luxuries that slow decision-making, invite instability and can be extended once the population is fed. Rights follow development.

Five answers, in order of strength.

The texts foreclose it. Article 6(3) of the Declaration on the Right to Development requires States to eliminate obstacles to development resulting from failure to observe civil and political rights, so the instrument the argument invokes treats suppression as the obstacle rather than the method. Vienna paragraph 8 makes democracy, development and rights interdependent and mutually reinforcing, adopted by consensus.

The obligations do not permit sequencing. Article 2(1) of the Civil and Political Covenant is immediate. There is no clause anywhere permitting a State to defer it pending economic conditions.

The empirical claim is unproved. States have developed rapidly with and without political freedom, and have stagnated with and without it, so the correlation the argument rests on does not exist in the form it needs.

Famine is the sharpest case. Substantial famines have not occurred in States with a free press and contested elections, because information about hunger reaches decision-makers and governments that ignore it lose office. That is an argument that political rights are instrumentally necessary for the most basic economic outcome.

And the argument is convenient. It is made by governments about themselves, which is not disqualifying and is a reason for scrutiny.

The Indian counter-example in [Human Rights and Democracy]: universal adult suffrage from the first general election, at an income level far below that at which older democracies extended the franchise.

What development means, and why the definition matters

The narrow definition is growth in output per person.

The capability account treats development as the expansion of what people are able to do and to be, so income is an instrument and not the objective.

The framework's own definition is the capability one. Article 1(1) of the Declaration on the Right to Development speaks of economic, social, cultural and political development in which all human rights and fundamental freedoms can be fully realized, so a process that raises income while closing the newspapers is not development within the instrument.

The rights-based approach

The single sentence that defines it: development is treated as the realisation of rights held by people rather than the delivery of benefits to beneficiaries.

Six operational consequences, and these are the examinable content.

A duty-bearer is named. A programme becomes an obligation of an identified authority rather than a discretionary scheme, and [Rights and Duties: the Correlativity Thesis] is the reason this matters.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in356

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-Three

Poverty as a Human Rights Question

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

Poverty engages the framework in three distinct ways, as a denial of named economic and social entitlements, as an outcome of reviewable decisions, and as a disabling condition that defeats civil and political rights, and each way generates a different claim.

Why "poverty is a violation" is the wrong formulation

Because a violation needs a duty-bearer and a breached duty. Poverty is a condition with many causes, some of them outside any State's control, and a claim that its existence is a violation names no respondent and no act.

And because it invites the answer States actually give: that they are doing what they can with what they have, which is the language of article 2(1) and is a complete answer to a claim pitched at that level.

The correct formulations are three, and they are answerable.

The three formulations

One: poverty as the denial of named entitlements

Not "poverty" but the specific right.

Article 11(1): an adequate standard of living including adequate food, clothing and housing, and the continuous improvement of living conditions.

Article 11(2): the fundamental right to be free from hunger, the only right in either Covenant called fundamental, as [The Economic, Social and Cultural Covenant: Articles 11 to 15] set out.

Article 12: the highest attainable standard of health.

Articles 13 and 14: education, with primary compulsory and free.

Article 9: social security including social insurance.

The move that makes the claim work: identify the right, identify the minimum core, and ask whether the State has shown it could not meet the core using the maximum of its available resources.

Two: poverty as the outcome of reviewable decisions

Because distribution is decided, not given. Budget allocation, tax policy, subsidy design, land and tenancy law, wage regulation, procurement and the enforcement of labour standards are all State acts, and each is reviewable against the obligation to use maximum available resources.

The two strongest tools.

Retrogression, presumptively impermissible, which shifts the burden onto the State whenever a benefit is reduced or withdrawn.

Non-discrimination, immediate under article 2(2) and free-standing under article 26 of the Civil and Political Covenant, which is why the exclusion of a group from a scheme is the most litigable poverty claim there is.

And prestige expenditure is evidence, as [Second Generation: What Economic, Social and Cultural Rights Are] showed: a State that funds a capital city while closing clinics has not established that it used its maximum.

Three: poverty as a disabling condition

This is the part that connects poverty to the first generation and is most often missed.

Fair trial. A person who cannot pay for counsel does not have article 14(3)(d)'s guarantee unless legal assistance is assigned free, which the article requires where the interests of justice so require and the person lacks means.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in361

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-Four

Corporations and the Non-State Actor

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

A corporation owes no direct obligation under any human rights treaty, so the framework reaches it through the State's duty to protect, through domestic law, through soft-law due diligence expectations and increasingly through home-State legislation, while a binding treaty has been negotiated since 2014 without agreement.

Why the problem is sharp

Scale. Several firms have revenues exceeding the budgets of the States hosting their operations, which changes the bargaining position in which labour, environmental and land regulation is set.

Structure. The chains described in [Globalization: What It Changed] separate the entity with power from the entity with legal responsibility, and the corporate form separates the parent from the subsidiary.

Reach. Corporate conduct now determines access to medicines, to information, to credit, to land and to work, which are the subject matter of most of the rights in this book.

And the legal position is simple and unwelcome. Treaties bind parties; a company cannot become a party; so no company owes a treaty obligation to anyone.

The route that exists: the State's duty to protect

The primary analysis, and the one to lead with.

Host State. A State must prevent, investigate, punish and remedy violations by companies in its territory, on a due diligence standard. Failure to regulate, to inspect, to prosecute or to provide a remedy is the State's breach.

Home State. The question is whether a State must regulate its companies' conduct abroad. The treaty bodies have encouraged it; general international law permits it in many forms; and no clear obligation to do so has been established, which is the gap most of the current legislative activity is filling voluntarily.

Where the route fails: a host State that is unable or unwilling, a subsidiary with no assets, a parent beyond jurisdiction, and a claimant who cannot fund cross-border litigation.

The Guiding Principles: three pillars

Endorsed by the Human Rights Council in 2011, and the reference framework for the whole field.

Pillar one, the State duty to protect. Existing law restated: States must protect against business-related abuse within their territory or jurisdiction, through effective policies, legislation, regulation and adjudication.

Pillar two, the corporate responsibility to respect. Companies should avoid infringing rights and address adverse impacts with which they are involved, through a policy commitment, human rights due diligence and processes to enable remediation.

Note the vocabulary precisely. The State has a duty; the company has a responsibility. That difference is deliberate and is the whole legal status of pillar two.

Pillar three, access to remedy. Judicial and non-judicial, State-based and non-State-based, with attention to the practical barriers claimants face.

What due diligence requires, because this is the operational content: identify actual and potential impacts, act on the findings, track effectiveness, and communicate. It is an ongoing process rather than a report.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in366

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-Five

The National Human Rights Commission: Constitution

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

The Protection of Human Rights Act 1993 constitutes a National Human Rights Commission of a chairperson and six members, with seven deemed members, appointed by the President on the recommendation of a six-member political committee, removable only on a Supreme Court report, for a term of three years.

Section 2(d): the definition that governs everything

"Human Rights" means the rights relating to life, liberty, equality and dignity of the individual guaranteed by the Constitution or embodied in the International Covenants and enforceable by courts in India.

Three limbs, and the third is the one that bites.

Four interests named: life, liberty, equality and dignity.

Two sources: the Constitution, or the International Covenants, which section 2(f) defines as the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and the Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights adopted on 16 December 1966, together with such other covenant or convention as the Central Government may specify.

And a condition: "enforceable by courts in India". That qualification limits the Covenant limb, because a Covenant right not enforceable in an Indian court is outside the definition. It is the provision to cite when asked what the Commission may not consider.

Why the definition is generous even so. By writing the Covenants into a domestic statute, Parliament made the international instruments part of the mandate of a domestic body, which is more than most States have done, and it is the strongest available answer to the claim that international human rights have no purchase in Indian law.

Section 3: the composition

3(1): the Central Government shall constitute the Commission.

3(2), as amended in 2019, the Commission consists of:

PositionQualification
ChairpersonHas been Chief Justice of India or a Judge of the Supreme Court
MemberIs or has been a Judge of the Supreme Court
MemberIs or has been the Chief Justice of a High Court
Three MembersKnowledge of or practical experience in human rights, at least one a woman

Two amendments to know.

The chairperson's qualification was widened in 2019 from a former Chief Justice of India to any former Judge of the Supreme Court, which enlarged the pool.

The lay members were increased from two to three in 2019, with the requirement that at least one be a woman, which is the provision to cite on composition and gender.

3(3): the deemed members. The chairpersons of the National Commissions for Backward Classes, for Minorities, for the Protection of Child Rights, for the Scheduled Castes, for the Scheduled Tribes, and for Women, together with the Chief Commissioner for Persons with Disabilities, are deemed to be Members for the discharge of the functions in clauses (b) to (j) of section 12.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in371

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-Six

The National Human Rights Commission: Functions and Powers

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

The Commission may inquire on complaint or of its own motion, has the powers of a civil court to compel evidence, and may only recommend, with two exceptions: it may approach the Supreme Court or a High Court for directions, and its reports must be laid before the legislature with reasons for non-acceptance.

Section 12: the ten functions

Learn them by letter, because a question on the Commission's role is answered by walking the list.

(a) Inquire, suo motu, on a petition by a victim or any person on their behalf, or on a direction or order of any court, into a complaint of violation of human rights or abetment thereof, or negligence in the prevention of such violation, by a public servant.

(b) Intervene in any proceeding involving an allegation of violation of human rights pending before a court, with the approval of that court.

(c) Visit any jail or other institution under the control of the State Government where persons are detained or lodged for treatment, reformation or protection, notwithstanding anything in any other law, to study living conditions and make recommendations.

(d) Review the safeguards provided by or under the Constitution or any law for the protection of human rights, and recommend measures for their effective implementation.

(e) Review the factors, including acts of terrorism, that inhibit the enjoyment of human rights, and recommend remedial measures.

(f) Study treaties and other international instruments on human rights and make recommendations for their effective implementation.

(g) Undertake and promote research.

(h) Spread human rights literacy and promote awareness of the safeguards available, through publications, the media, seminars and other means.

(i) Encourage the efforts of non-governmental organisations and institutions working in the field.

(j) Such other functions as it considers necessary for the promotion of human rights.

Four observations that carry marks.

Clause (a) contains three doors: the victim's, anybody acting on their behalf, and the Commission's own motion, so standing is effectively unrestricted, and a court may also direct an inquiry.

Negligence in prevention is a separate head, so a failure to protect is within the mandate, which is the duty to protect in [Respect, Protect, Fulfil] appearing in an Indian statute.

Clause (c)'s "notwithstanding anything contained in any other law" is the only override in the section, and it exists because inspection of custodial institutions is the function most likely to meet statutory resistance.

And clause (f) is the treaty-monitoring function, which together with section 2(d) gives the Commission an express mandate over the two Covenants.

Recall from [The National Human Rights Commission: Constitution] that the seven deemed members sit for clauses (b) to (j) only, and not for the inquiry function in clause (a).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in377

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-Seven

The Paris Principles

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

The Principles require a national institution to have a broad mandate in law, a pluralist and transparent appointment procedure, adequate independent funding, security of tenure and free access to information, and compliance is assessed by a peer accreditation body that assigns A or B status.

Where they came from and what they are

Drafted at a workshop in Paris in 1991, endorsed by the Commission on Human Rights in 1992, and adopted by the General Assembly in resolution 48/134 of December 1993, the same year as the Vienna conference that pressed for such institutions and the same year as India's own Act.

They are not a treaty. They are a General Assembly resolution, which puts them in the category discussed in [The Universal Declaration: What Kind of Instrument], and their force comes from the accreditation system built on them rather than from binding obligation.

The six requirements

One: a broad mandate, founded in constitutional or legislative text

Competence to promote and protect human rights, set out in a constitutional or legislative provision that specifies its composition and its sphere of competence.

The requirement is that the mandate be as broad as possible and be given by law, so an institution created by executive order or with a narrowly drawn subject-matter fails at the first requirement.

Two: independence guaranteed by law

Including in the institution's establishment, its composition and its operation.

Three: pluralist composition through a pluralist and transparent appointment procedure

Representation of the social forces involved in the promotion and protection of human rights, including non-governmental organisations, trade unions, professional bodies, religious and philosophical currents, universities and qualified experts, and parliament.

Government representatives, where they participate, should do so in an advisory capacity only.

Four: adequate funding

Sufficient to allow the institution its own staff and premises, so that it is independent of the Government and not subject to financial control which might affect its independence.

This is the requirement most often failed, including by well-designed institutions, because staffing and budget are the ordinary levers of executive control.

Five: security of tenure

Appointment by an official act establishing the specific duration of the mandate, renewable provided that pluralism is preserved.

Six: adequate powers

To hear any person and obtain any information and documents necessary, to address public opinion directly or through the press, to meet regularly, to establish working groups, and to consult other bodies.

And the additional principles concerning quasi-jurisdictional competence, where an institution may hear complaints: seeking amicable settlement through conciliation, informing the complainant of their rights and available remedies, hearing complaints or transmitting them to the competent authority, and making recommendations including proposals for amendment of laws or administrative practice.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in383

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-Eight

Human Rights Education

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

Human rights education is a binding obligation under article 26(2) of the Declaration and article 13(1) of the Economic, Social and Cultural Covenant, it is what makes rights claimable by those who hold them, and it is delivered mostly by institutions other than the State.

The textual basis, and it is stronger than students expect

The Declaration's proclamation: the Declaration is proclaimed as a common standard of achievement to the end that every individual and every organ of society, keeping this Declaration constantly in mind, shall strive by teaching and education to promote respect for these rights and freedoms and by progressive measures to secure their universal and effective recognition and observance.

Read the addressee. Not States alone but every individual and every organ of society, which makes this the only place in the instrument where a duty is directed at everybody, and it is a duty of teaching and education specifically.

Article 26(2) of the Declaration: education shall be directed to the full development of the human personality and to the strengthening of respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms, and shall promote understanding, tolerance and friendship among all nations, racial or religious groups.

Article 13(1) of the Covenant goes further, adding the sense of its dignity and requiring education to enable all persons to participate effectively in a free society.

Note what this means. The content of education is itself the subject of a binding obligation, so a State that provides schooling directed at obedience rather than at respect for human rights has breached article 13(1) even while satisfying article 13(2)'s ladder of access.

Section 12(h) of the Protection of Human Rights Act 1993 gives the Commission the function of spreading human rights literacy and promoting awareness of available safeguards through publications, the media, seminars and other means.

And the Declaration on Human Rights Education and Training, adopted by the General Assembly in 2011, states the modern formulation.

The three dimensions

Education about, through and for human rights, which is the standard formulation and the fastest way to structure an answer.

About: knowledge of the norms, the instruments, the mechanisms and the remedies.

Through: learning and teaching in a way that respects the rights of both learners and educators, so a school that teaches human rights while permitting corporal punishment or excluding a caste has failed the second dimension entirely.

For: empowering people to enjoy and exercise their rights and to respect those of others.

The second dimension is the one most often ignored, and it is where the sharpest examples are: the method must be consistent with the content.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in388

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-Nine

Naming, Shaming and the Politics of Enforcement

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

Naming and shaming is the framework's default enforcement mechanism because binding sanction is rare, it changes State behaviour when the State values the relevant reputation and a domestic constituency can act on the exposure, and it produces cosmetic compliance or backlash where those conditions are absent.

Why publicity is the sanction

Because the alternatives are scarce. There is no compulsory jurisdiction, no international police, and no general power to compel. [Sovereignty and Human Rights] concluded that the objection survives on enforcement, and this is what remains.

The mechanisms that produce publicity.

Treaty body concluding observations, published.

Special procedures, reporting publicly and issuing communications.

The Universal Periodic Review, whose outcome is public and peer-endorsed.

Country resolutions and commissions of inquiry.

Civil society reporting, which is usually the source of the material for all of the above.

And domestically, section 18(f) of the Protection of Human Rights Act 1993, which requires the Commission to publish its inquiry report together with the Government's comments and the action taken, and section 20's requirement of reasons for non-acceptance laid before the legislature.

Note that Indian law made publicity a statutory duty, which is the domestic form of this mechanism and a good example to cite.

When it works

Four conditions, and an answer should give them as a set.

The State values the relevant reputation. A government seeking investment, aid, membership, arms, trade preferences or a seat on a body is exposed; a government indifferent to those things is not.

There is a domestic audience that can act. Exposure works by giving a domestic constituency, an opposition, a press, a court, a bureaucracy, something to use, so it presupposes the political rights in [Human Rights and Democracy].

The claim is specific and verifiable. A documented, dated, named allegation is far harder to dismiss than a general characterisation.

And there is a route to a concrete demand. Publicity attached to a specific ask, release this person, repeal this section, permit this visit, produces movement more often than publicity attached to condemnation.

The mechanism, stated precisely: shaming does not coerce. It raises the cost of a course of conduct, and it supplies leverage to actors who already wanted the change.

When it fails

Where the State is insulated. Reputation is a currency only for those who need to spend it.

Where the audience is domestic and hostile. Foreign criticism can strengthen a government by allowing it to characterise the criticism as interference, which is the sovereignty objection in [Domestic Jurisdiction and the Limits of the Objection] used as a political instrument rather than a legal one.

Where it produces cosmetic compliance. A State may close a visible facility and open an invisible one, ratify without implementing, or create an institution without powers, all of which relieve the pressure without changing the conduct.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in393

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Eighty

Social Movements and Rights From Below

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

Social movements make claims in the language of rights, and the framework expands when those claims are conceded, so the instruments are a record of past victories rather than a source from which rights descend.

The mechanism

Five stages, and giving them as a sequence organises the whole answer.

One: naming. A condition experienced as misfortune is redescribed as an injustice. This is the decisive step, because nothing follows until people stop calling a harm bad luck.

Two: blaming. The injustice is attributed to an actor, which is the move that produces a duty-bearer and makes [Rights and Duties: the Correlativity Thesis] operative.

Three: claiming. The demand is made in the language of rights, which converts a grievance into a claim addressed to somebody.

Four: mobilising. Organisation, assembly, publication and alliance, which requires the freedoms in articles 19, 21 and 22 and is why [Human Rights and Democracy] treated them as conditions.

Five: institutionalising. Statute, constitutional text, treaty, or a court's construction.

And a sixth that an honest account includes: the movement often does not survive the fifth stage intact, because institutionalisation transfers the claim from those who made it to those who administer it.

The historical evidence

Abolition. Fifty years of petitions, boycott, testimony and lobbying before a statute, and the first transnational campaign of the kind described in [Civil Society and Non-Governmental Organizations].

Labour. A century of organisation before the factory acts, the eight-hour day and articles 23 and 24, which is [Historical Development of the Second Generation]'s central point.

Suffrage. Universal adult suffrage was never granted spontaneously anywhere, and article 21(3) of the Declaration records the outcome of long campaigns rather than an insight of the drafters.

Women's equality in the Declaration itself. Article 1 says all human beings because Hansa Mehta pressed the point against a draft that said all men, as [Drafting the Universal Declaration] recorded.

Decolonisation. Self-determination became article 1 of both Covenants because colonised peoples demanded it and newly independent States pressed it, not because the drafters of 1945 intended it.

Disability. The Convention of 2006 was drafted with the participation of persons with disabilities, and its social model, that disability arises from the interaction between impairments and barriers, is a movement's analysis written into treaty text.

Six examples spanning two centuries, and none of them is a case of a right descending from an instrument.

The Indian material

The national movement. The demand for a declaration of rights runs from the Constitution of India Bill 1895 and the Commonwealth of India Bill 1925 through the Nehru Report of 1928 to the Karachi resolution of 1931, which is why [Human Rights as a Political Claim] treated Part III as an enactment of political demand.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in398

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Eighty-One

Culture, Religion and Rights Inside a Society

Syllabus topic 2, "Human Rights: Politics and Society"

In one line

Culture and religion are protected by the framework and are also the setting of many violations, and the resolution is to notice that a culture is not a single voice, so a claim by a member against a practice is itself an exercise of the culture's internal argument.

The genuine conflict

Both sides are inside the framework, which is what makes this hard.

Protected: freedom of thought, conscience and religion in article 18, including manifestation in worship, observance, practice and teaching; participation in cultural life in article 15(1)(a) of the Economic, Social and Cultural Covenant and article 27 of the Declaration; and the rights of persons belonging to minorities in article 27 of the Civil and Political Covenant to enjoy their culture, profess and practise their religion, and use their language.

And engaged against practice: equality in articles 2, 3 and 26; the equal rights of spouses in article 23(4); free and full consent to marriage in article 23(3); freedom from cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment in article 7; the child's best interests; and the Women's Convention's obligation to modify social and cultural patterns of conduct.

So the framework protects the practice of a culture and prohibits some of what cultures practise, and a candidate who presents either half alone has not stated the problem.

The false framing, and the correct one

The false framing is culture against rights, in which an external standard confronts an internal tradition and one must win.

The correct framing has three moves, and they are the substance of this chapter.

One: ask who is speaking. A culture is not a person and has no single view. When a practice is defended, the question is which members are defending it and which are objecting, and the objectors are inside the culture too.

Two: notice that internal dissent is itself cultural. A woman claiming equal inheritance within her tradition is not importing a foreign norm; she is taking one side in an argument her tradition is already having. The reformers within every tradition are as authentic as the defenders.

Three: ask who benefits. A practice defended as cultural that systematically advantages one group inside the community is not thereby disqualified, and the distribution of its benefits is evidence about whose culture is being invoked.

[The Claim of Universality] and [Cultural Relativism] carry this into the international argument in Module IV. The move is the same: relativism is usually asserted by those who speak for a community rather than by those who are governed inside it.

The four settings where it bites

The family

Personal laws governing marriage, divorce, maintenance, guardianship, adoption and succession are where article 23(4)'s equality of rights and responsibilities of spouses meets article 18's protection of religious practice most directly, and where the Women's Convention attracted the largest number of reservations.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in403

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Module IV

munotes.in

Chapter Eighty-Two

The Claim of Universality

Syllabus topic 4, "Universality of Human Rights"

In one line

Universality means that human rights are held by every person everywhere by virtue of humanity, that the standard does not vary with the State, that the obligation binds every State, and that the values were not the property of one civilisation, and the four claims stand or fall separately.

The four claims

Learn them as four, because the objections attack different ones.

Universality of the holder. Every human being holds these rights, without distinction, and the textual basis is article 1 of the Declaration and article 2's list of prohibited grounds ending in other status.

Universality of the standard. The content does not vary with the place, so torture is torture everywhere.

Universality of the obligation. Every State is bound, whether by treaty, by custom or by Charter articles 55 and 56, which is what [The Universal Declaration: What Kind of Instrument] established through the four routes to binding force.

Universality of origin. The values are not the property of one civilisation, which is a historical claim and the only one of the four that can be tested by evidence.

Most arguments called "against universality" attack the fourth and are answered on the first three, or attack the second and are answered on the fourth. Naming the target is the whole discipline of this topic.

The evidence for universality of origin

The drafting record, from [Drafting the Universal Declaration]: an American chair, a Lebanese rapporteur, a Chinese vice-chair, a Canadian first draft, a French architecture, and the decisive amendment on the equality of women from India.

The rejection of a religious foundation, proposed by Brazil and opposed on the ground that it would exclude those who did not share it, so the text was deliberately not grounded in one tradition.

The vote: forty-eight in favour, none against, eight abstentions, and none of the abstentions was on the ground that the rights were culturally alien in general.

The ancient traditions, in [Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: India] and [Human Rights in Ancient Tradition: Greece, Rome and the Religions], which supply a standard above the ruler in many places independently, though not an entitlement in the person, and that distinction must be preserved rather than blurred.

Vienna 1993, adopted by consensus with 171 States participating, including every State associated with the relativist argument.

And ratification. Every State in the world is party to at least one core human rights treaty, and the Convention on the Rights of the Child is close to universal. A framework rejected as alien is not ratified at that rate.

The evidence against, taken seriously

The excluded. In 1948 most of Africa and much of Asia was under colonial rule and was not represented, which [Who Was in the Room in 1948] examines. That is a real limitation and it is about who was absent, not about whose values the text expresses.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in408

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Eighty-Three

Vienna 1993: Universal, Indivisible, Interdependent and Interrelated

Syllabus topic 4, "Universality of Human Rights"

In one line

Paragraph 5 contains four adjectives, one obligation and one concession, and the concession sits in the same sentence as the obligation that defeats it, which is why the paragraph is quoted by both sides of the universality argument.

The paragraph, in three sentences

Sentence one. All human rights are universal, indivisible and interdependent and interrelated.

Sentence two. The international community must treat human rights globally in a fair and equal manner, on the same footing, and with the same emphasis.

Sentence three. While the significance of national and regional particularities and various historical, cultural and religious backgrounds must be borne in mind, it is the duty of States, regardless of their political, economic and cultural systems, to promote and protect all human rights and fundamental freedoms.

Memorise the third sentence. It is the single most useful quotation in this module, because it is what a relativist cites and what defeats the citation.

The four adjectives

Universal. Held by every person everywhere, which is the claim [The Claim of Universality] separated into four.

Indivisible. No category may be dropped in favour of another. Directed at the generations hierarchy that the split into two Covenants produced.

Interdependent. Each right's realisation depends on others: a fair trial requires legal aid, a vote requires literacy and information, an entitlement requires the ability to claim it.

Interrelated. They form one system rather than a list, so a change in one affects the others.

Do not treat the four as synonyms. Universality is about the holder and the standard; indivisibility is about the relationship between categories; interdependence is about the conditions of realisation; interrelation is about the structure. A candidate who uses them interchangeably has lost the distinctions that earn the marks.

Sentence two: the obligation on the international community

"Globally" means the standard is applied to all States, not only to some.

"In a fair and equal manner" is directed at selectivity, and is the textual hook for the argument in [Selectivity, Double Standards and Politicization].

"On the same footing, and with the same emphasis" is directed at the hierarchy between categories, so it forbids treating civil and political rights as the serious ones and economic and social rights as aspirations.

Note the addressee. This sentence binds the international community, not a State, which makes it the framework's own answer to the charge that it is applied selectively by those who wrote it.

Sentence three, taken apart

The concession

"While the significance of national and regional particularities and various historical, cultural and religious backgrounds must be borne in mind"

What it concedes: that context is relevant, and that the concession was necessary to obtain consensus from States that had met at Bangkok three months earlier, which [The Bangkok Declaration] examines.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in413

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Eighty-Four

Cultural Relativism

Syllabus topic 4, "Universality of Human Rights"

In one line

Cultural relativism holds that moral standards are products of culture and cannot be judged from outside, and its strong form makes criticism impossible including of its own culture's dissenters, while its weak form asks only that context bear on implementation, which the framework already concedes.

Where the argument comes from

Anthropological origin. The proposition that a practice can be understood only within the culture that produces it began as a methodological rule for observers, and it was a corrective to the ranking of societies that accompanied colonial administration.

That origin matters and should be stated. Relativism entered the argument as a defence against a hierarchy of civilisations, not as a defence of any particular practice, and treating it as a bad-faith position misdescribes its history.

The 1947 statement. During the drafting, a professional anthropological body submitted a statement to the Commission arguing that a declaration of rights conceived only in terms of the values of Western Europe and America would be inapplicable elsewhere, and asking how such a declaration could be applicable to all human beings.

The objection is therefore as old as the Declaration, and was made before it was adopted rather than invented afterwards by governments under criticism.

The strong form, and why it fails

The claim. There are no standards valid across cultures. Each culture's norms are authoritative within it, and no external criticism is possible.

Four objections.

It is self-refuting as a universal claim. "No standard is universally valid" is itself asserted as universally valid, and if it is only locally valid then it cannot bind anyone outside the culture that asserts it.

It cannot identify a culture. Cultures are not bounded, homogeneous or static; they overlap, contain internal disagreement and change constantly, which is the point [Culture, Religion and Rights Inside a Society] made through the question of who is speaking.

It silences the internal dissenter. If a culture's norms are authoritative, the reformer inside it is deviant by definition, which is exactly the position a strong relativist cannot want, since it makes every culture's own critics illegitimate.

And it disables the argument against colonialism. If no external standard exists, the condemnation of colonial rule as wrong has no ground either, and a doctrine that began as an anti-colonial corrective ends by disarming the strongest anti-colonial claim.

The weak form, and why it is largely right

The claim. Context bears on how a universal norm is implemented, on which questions are contested, and on the legitimacy of a body applying it.

The framework concedes all three.

On implementation: Vienna paragraph 5's third sentence requires particularities to be borne in mind, and article 2(2) of the Covenant concedes constitutional processes.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in418

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Eighty-Five

The Bangkok Declaration

Syllabus topic 4, "Universality of Human Rights"

In one line

The Bangkok Declaration reaffirms universality while asking that particularities be borne in mind, rejects conditionality and political pressure, presses indivisibility and the right to development, and its central paragraph reappears in Vienna's paragraph 5 with the obligation attached.

What it was

A regional preparatory meeting for the World Conference, convened pursuant to a General Assembly resolution of 1991, attended by ministers and representatives of Asian States, with the rapporteur an Indian jurist.

It is a declaration of States, not of a civilisation, and the distinction matters: it records what Asian governments agreed at a preparatory meeting, and non-governmental organisations meeting in parallel produced a different text.

What it actually says

It affirms universality

Paragraph 7: stress the universality, objectivity and non-selectivity of all human rights and the need to avoid the application of double standards in the implementation of human rights and its politicization, and that no violation of human rights can be justified.

Read the closing clause. "No violation of human rights can be justified" is in the same document that is cited as the charter of relativism, and quoting it is the fastest way to complicate the standard account.

And the preamble reaffirms commitment to the principles contained in the Charter and the Universal Declaration.

It asks that context be borne in mind

Paragraph 8: recognize that while human rights are universal in nature, they must be considered in the context of a dynamic and evolving process of international norm-setting, bearing in mind the significance of national and regional particularities and various historical, cultural and religious backgrounds.

Set that beside Vienna's paragraph 5, third sentence. The words bearing in mind the significance of national and regional particularities and various historical, cultural and religious backgrounds are carried over almost verbatim, and Vienna adds the clause the Bangkok text does not contain: it is the duty of States, regardless of their political, economic and cultural systems, to promote and protect all human rights and fundamental freedoms.

That is the single most useful comparison in this module. Bangkok obtained the concession; Vienna accepted it and attached the obligation, in the same sentence, so the concession could never again be quoted alone.

It presses sovereignty and objects to conditionality

Paragraph 4: discourage any attempt to use human rights as a conditionality for extending development assistance.

Paragraph 5: respect for national sovereignty and territorial integrity and non-interference in the internal affairs of States, and the non-use of human rights as an instrument of political pressure.

Paragraph 6: all countries, large and small, have the right to determine their political systems, control and freely utilize their resources, and freely pursue their development.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in423

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Eighty-Six

Asian Values: the Argument and the Answer

Syllabus topic 4, "Universality of Human Rights"

In one line

The Asian values argument claims that Asian societies prioritise community over individual, order over liberty, duty over right, consensus over confrontation and economic development over political freedom, and each limb is answered by the framework's own texts, by the diversity of Asia itself, and by Asian dissent.

The five limbs

Community over individual. Asian societies are organised around family and community, and a framework built on the individual is alien to them.

Order over liberty. Social stability is the precondition of everything else, and rights that permit disorder are luxuries.

Duty over right. The moral vocabulary of the region is one of obligation to others rather than of entitlement against them.

Consensus over confrontation. Disputes are resolved by accommodation rather than by adversarial claim, so a rights framework built on claiming is culturally inapt.

And development first. A poor society must secure subsistence before political freedom, which is the sequencing argument [Human Rights and Development] answered.

State all five before answering any. An answer that attacks a caricature of the position earns less than one that reconstructs it fairly, and the argument was made by serious people in a specific political context: the rapid growth of several East and Southeast Asian economies in the 1980s and 1990s under governments that were not liberal democracies.

The answers

One: Asia is not one thing

The demographic and political answer, and the strongest. The region contains the largest democracy in the world, several other functioning democracies, one-party States, monarchies, military governments and theocratic elements, alongside Hindu, Muslim, Buddhist, Christian, Confucian, Sikh, Jain, Shinto and secular traditions.

A claim about the values of a region containing more than half of humanity, in that variety, is not a claim that can be true.

And the argument was pressed principally by a small number of governments, not by the region generally, which is a fact about its authorship rather than an insult to it.

Two: the framework already contains duty and community

Article 29(1) of the Declaration: everyone has duties to the community in which alone the free and full development of his personality is possible, and [Drafting the Universal Declaration] records that delegates from several traditions pressed for it.

Article 2(2) of the Declaration on the Right to Development repeats the formula almost word for word.

Articles 23 and 10 protect the family as the natural and fundamental group unit of society.

Article 27 of the Covenant protects the culture of minorities.

And India's article 51A enumerates fundamental duties, which is the constitutional form of article 29(1).

So the individual-versus-community framing misdescribes the framework, which locates the person inside a community whose value it names.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in428

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Eighty-Seven

What Hinders the Effective Implementation of Universality

Syllabus topic 4, "Universality of Human Rights"

In one line

Universality is hindered legally by consent, reservations and the absence of forums, institutionally by weak machinery and no enforcement, politically by selectivity and sovereignty, economically by resource limits and external constraint, and socially by ignorance, culture and the reach of private power.

Legal hindrances

Consent as the basis of obligation. A State not party to a treaty is not bound by it, so the map of who owes what is drawn by State choice rather than by the universality of the right. India's non-acceptance of the first Optional Protocol means no individual communication lies against it.

Reservations. A State may join and vary its obligations, and [Reservations: Universality Bought at a Price] shows that the Women's Convention attracted more reservations than any other, many to its core equality articles.

No individual forum in most cases. Complaint procedures require separate acceptance, and most of the world's population has no international forum available to it.

Non-self-executing treaties. In dualist systems, including India, a ratified treaty is not domestic law until legislated, so a right may bind the State internationally and be unavailable in its courts.

And derogation and limitation. Article 4 permits departure in emergency and every limitation clause permits restriction, both lawfully, so the same right operates differently in different conditions.

Institutional hindrances

No compulsory jurisdiction and no enforcement power. [Sovereignty and Human Rights] concluded that the objection survives on enforcement, and this is its institutional form.

Treaty body capacity. Nine committees, part-time expert members, chronic backlogs and widespread non-reporting.

Recommendations rather than orders. Views, concluding observations and reports have no binding force, and the sanction is publicity, whose conditions [Naming, Shaming and the Politics of Enforcement] set out.

Weak or captured national institutions. The Paris Principles exist because the ordinary condition of such a body is dependence, and [The Paris Principles] gave the conditions under which it is reduced.

And domestic courts that are slow, expensive or unavailable, which is where [Poverty as a Human Rights Question] met the remedy problem.

Political hindrances

Selectivity is the most damaging, because it attacks the standard's authority rather than its content: identical conduct attracts different responses depending on the actor, and every government under criticism can point to one that is not.

Sovereignty, deployed politically rather than legally. [Domestic Jurisdiction and the Limits of the Objection] shows that the legal objection has been narrowed, and the political use of it survives intact.

The veto and the composition of political organs, which determine what is examined.

Backlash. Scrutiny can produce restriction of the organisations that produced it, withdrawal from mechanisms and the labelling of criticism as interference.

And conditionality, which Vienna's paragraph 8 addressed by requiring promotion to be without conditions attached, and which continues in practice.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in433

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Eighty-Eight

Universality, Sovereignty and the Margin of Appreciation

Syllabus topic 4, "Universality of Human Rights"

In one line

The margin of appreciation is a European regional doctrine under which a supervisory court defers to a national authority's assessment on contested questions, wide where there is no consensus and narrow where an intimate or core right is engaged, and it accommodates diversity in application without varying the norm.

What the doctrine is

Its origin. Developed by the European institutions applying the Convention of 1950, initially in derogation cases, where the national authorities were said to be better placed than an international judge to assess the emergency and the measures required.

Its content. The supervisory body accepts that on some questions there is a range of permissible answers, and that a national authority acting within that range does not violate the treaty, even where the supervisory body would itself have chosen differently.

Two things it is not, and both must be stated.

It is not a variation of the right. The norm is the same everywhere; what varies is the intensity of review of a State's assessment.

It is not a global doctrine. The Human Rights Committee has been notably reluctant to adopt it, saying that it does not apply the doctrine as such, and there is no equivalent in the universal system, which makes an answer that presents it as general international law inaccurate.

The four factors that set its width

This is the analytical content, and it is what turns the doctrine from a slogan into a test.

One: is there a consensus among States? Where practice converges, the margin narrows, because a State's departure is harder to justify. Where practice differs widely, the margin widens.

Two: what is the nature of the right? Rights close to personal identity, intimate life and physical integrity attract a narrow margin. Rights involving the regulation of economic and social policy attract a wide one.

Three: what is the nature of the aim? Protecting the rights of others and preventing disorder are assessable; protecting morals is the classic wide-margin ground, because standards differ and no international consensus exists.

Four: is the national authority better placed? Direct knowledge of local conditions is the doctrine's stated justification, and it is strongest where the assessment is factual and local, weakest where it is legal and general.

And the constant limit: the margin never extends to an absolute right, so it has nothing to say about torture, slavery or the freedom to hold a belief. It also never dispenses with proportionality; it sets how closely proportionality is reviewed.

The case for it

It makes a supranational system acceptable. A court that substituted its own view on every contested moral question would lose the acceptance of the States whose compliance it depends on.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in437

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Eighty-Nine

Reservations: Universality Bought at a Price

Syllabus topic 4, "Universality of Human Rights"

In one line

A reservation is a unilateral statement by which a State purports to exclude or modify the legal effect of a treaty provision as it applies to that State, it is permitted unless prohibited or incompatible with the object and purpose of the treaty, and human rights treaties strain the general law because there is no reciprocity to police them.

The general law

The definition: a unilateral statement, however phrased or named, made by a State when signing, ratifying, accepting, approving or acceding to a treaty, whereby it purports to exclude or to modify the legal effect of certain provisions in their application to that State.

The rule: a reservation may be formulated unless it is prohibited by the treaty, unless the treaty permits only specified reservations not including this one, or unless it is incompatible with the object and purpose of the treaty.

The classical consequence: other States may object, and the treaty operates between the reserving State and each other State according to whether that State objected and whether it opposed entry into force between them.

Distinguish an interpretative declaration, which states how a State understands a provision without purporting to exclude or modify its effect. The distinction turns on substance rather than on the label, so a "declaration" that in fact excludes an obligation is a reservation.

Why human rights treaties are different

Three structural differences, and the first is the whole problem.

No reciprocity. In an ordinary treaty, a reservation reduces what the reserving State owes and what it is owed, so other parties have an incentive to police it. In a human rights treaty the obligations run to individuals, not between States, so no party loses anything by another's reservation and the incentive to object is weak.

Objections are rare and inconsistent. Few States object, objections are often not to entry into force, and the pattern of objecting is itself political.

And the classical consequence does not fit. Saying the treaty operates differently between the reserving State and each objector makes little sense where the beneficiaries are that State's own population.

The treaty bodies' response. The Human Rights Committee has taken the position that it is competent to assess the compatibility of a reservation with the object and purpose of the Covenant, and that an incompatible reservation is severable, so the State remains bound by the provision without the benefit of the reservation.

That position is contested by States, which argue that severance imposes an obligation the State never accepted, and an accurate answer records the disagreement rather than presenting the Committee's view as settled law.

What is incompatible

Reservations to non-derogable provisions are treated as strongly suspect, since a State cannot suspend those in an emergency and it would be odd for it to exclude them in normal times.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in442

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety

Colonialism and the Making of the Instruments

Syllabus topic 5, "Third World Perspective to Human Rights"

In one line

Human rights language and colonial administration were produced by the same States at the same time, the instruments contain provisions that assumed colonial rule and provisions that undermined it, and the second were used by the colonised to dismantle the first.

The contradiction, stated concretely

In 1948 the Universal Declaration was adopted by an Assembly in which several of the drafting powers administered colonies, and much of Africa and Asia had no representation of its own.

The same century produced both: the laws of war, the abolition treaties, the League's minorities system and the Declaration, and also the partition of Africa, the mandates system and the administration of hundreds of millions of people without their consent.

The 1884 to 1885 Berlin Conference is the sharpest single illustration, because it undertook the suppression of the slave trade and set the framework for the colonial division of a continent in the same process, as [The Nineteenth Century: Abolition and Labour] recorded.

And the rejection of the racial equality proposal in 1919 is the moment to cite, because it is documented and decisive: the proposal obtained a majority of the votes cast in the commission at the Paris Peace Conference and was declared not carried on the ground that unanimity was required. [The League of Nations and the International Labour Organization] gave it.

What the instruments assumed

Charter Chapter XI, on non-self-governing territories, requires administering Members to accept as a sacred trust the obligation to promote the well-being of the inhabitants, to ensure their political, economic, social and educational advancement, to develop self-government, and to transmit information to the Secretary-General.

It does not require independence, and its language of advancement and development towards self-government assumed that colonial administration would continue.

Chapter XII's trusteeship system replaced the mandates and carried the same structure, with a basic objective of progressive development towards self-government or independence as may be appropriate.

And the Declaration itself contains no article on colonial peoples' independence, which [Drafting the Universal Declaration] recorded as a deliberate omission.

What the instruments nonetheless supplied

Three provisions did the work, and each was contested when drafted.

Article 2 of the Declaration, second sentence. No distinction shall be made on the basis of the political, jurisdictional or international status of the country or territory to which a person belongs, whether it be independent, trust, non-self-governing or under any other limitation of sovereignty. [The Universal Declaration: Articles 1 to 11] called this the most consequential sentence in the instrument, and it is here that it does its work: a person under colonial administration holds the same rights as a person in a metropolitan capital, which is inconsistent with the legal structure of empire.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in447

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety-One

Who Was in the Room in 1948

Syllabus topic 5, "Third World Perspective to Human Rights"

In one line

The Declaration was drafted by a body chaired by an American with a Lebanese rapporteur and a Chinese vice-chair, with decisive amendments from India and Latin America, and adopted by fifty-eight Members at a moment when most of Africa and much of Asia was under colonial administration and had no vote.

The numbers

Fifty-eight Member States of the United Nations in December 1948.

The vote: forty-eight in favour, none against, eight abstentions, two absent.

The regional composition is the fact worth carrying. Twenty of the fifty-eight were Latin American, which is the largest single bloc, and their weight explains the economic and social articles in [The Universal Declaration: Articles 22 to 27] better than any other factor.

And four States were African, with most of the continent under administration; Asian membership was similarly thin, with much of the region either colonised or newly independent and preoccupied.

Who was present and what they contributed

Latin America. The largest bloc, bringing the tradition of the American Declaration of the Rights and Duties of Man, adopted in Bogotá in April 1948, months before the Universal Declaration.

That instrument is the fact most often omitted and most worth knowing. The first international human rights declaration of the modern era was regional, was adopted by American States, and contained both rights and duties, which answers the charge that the framework's individualism is an unexamined Western assumption.

Asia. China supplied the vice-chair, whose insistence that the text rest on no single philosophical or religious foundation shaped the outcome; India supplied the amendment changing article 1 from "all men" to "all human beings"; the Philippines, Burma, Pakistan, Siam and Iran participated.

The Middle East. Lebanon supplied the rapporteur, whose philosophical framing and defence of the person against the group shaped the argument; Egypt, Iraq, Syria and Saudi Arabia participated, and Saudi Arabia abstained on two specific articles.

Africa. Egypt, Ethiopia, Liberia and South Africa, the last of which abstained because the equality provisions were inconsistent with its racial policy.

The socialist bloc, whose pressure produced much of the economic and social content and whose abstentions were on the ground that the Declaration did too little.

Who was absent

Most of Africa, under colonial administration.

Much of Asia, including Indonesia, Vietnam, Malaya and most of the region that became independent in the following two decades.

The Caribbean and the Pacific, almost entirely.

And the populations of the trust and non-self-governing territories, whose position article 2's second sentence addressed and who had no representative in the Assembly that adopted it.

The honest formulation: the drafting was more plural than the standard critique allows and less representative than the framework's defenders sometimes imply, and both propositions are true at once.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in452

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety-Two

Self-Determination as the First Third World Claim

Syllabus topic 5, "Third World Perspective to Human Rights"

In one line

Self-determination is the right of all peoples to determine their political status and pursue their development freely, it entered binding law as article 1 of both Covenants in 1966, and its external form was applied principally to colonial and occupied situations while its internal form is a continuing right of participation.

The text

Article 1(1) of both Covenants: All peoples have the right of self-determination. By virtue of that right they freely determine their political status and freely pursue their economic, social and cultural development.

Article 1(2): all peoples may, for their own ends, freely dispose of their natural wealth and resources, without prejudice to obligations arising out of international economic co-operation based upon the principle of mutual benefit and international law, and in no case may a people be deprived of its own means of subsistence.

Article 1(3): States Parties, including those having responsibility for the administration of Non-Self-Governing and Trust Territories, shall promote the realisation of the right and shall respect it, in conformity with the Charter.

Three features to state.

It is identical in both Covenants, so it binds parties to either, and it is the drafters' own statement that the two instruments are one framework.

It is a right of peoples, so the Human Rights Committee has held that it cannot found an individual communication under the Optional Protocol, which makes it a treaty right without an individual remedy.

And paragraph 3 names the administering powers, which converted decolonisation from a political programme into a treaty obligation, as [Colonialism and the Making of the Instruments] set out.

Why it was the first claim

Because it was the precondition of every other. A people without control of its own government cannot secure any right against that government, and the newly independent States pressed it before development, before the economic order and before anything else.

Because it was already in the Charter. Article 1(2) made respect for the principle of equal rights and self-determination of peoples a purpose of the Organization in 1945, and article 55 repeats it, so the claim could be made from inside the instrument.

And because the numbers changed. [Who Was in the Room in 1948] showed the Assembly's composition transformed by decolonisation, and article 1 of the Covenants is the first major product of that change.

External and internal

The distinction that organises the topic.

External self-determination concerns the status of a people in relation to other States: independence, free association, integration, or any other political status freely determined.

Its established application is to peoples under colonial rule, alien domination or foreign occupation. The 1960 Declaration on the Granting of Independence and the practice that followed applied it there, and that is where it produced independence.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in457

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety-Three

The New International Economic Order

Syllabus topic 5, "Third World Perspective to Human Rights"

In one line

The New International Economic Order was a set of General Assembly declarations of 1974 demanding permanent sovereignty over natural resources, regulation of transnational corporations, improved terms of trade and a greater voice in economic institutions, and it produced no binding obligation and shaped the vocabulary of every Third World claim since.

The sequence

DateStep
1952 and 1962Assembly resolutions asserting permanent sovereignty over natural resources
1955The Bandung Conference of Asian and African States
1961The Non-Aligned Movement founded at Belgrade
1964The United Nations Conference on Trade and Development established, and the Group of 77 formed
1966Article 1(2) of both Covenants puts free disposal of natural wealth into treaty form
1973The oil price shock demonstrates producer leverage
1974The Declaration and Programme of Action on the Establishment of a New International Economic Order, and the Charter of Economic Rights and Duties of States
1986The Declaration on the Right to Development

The 1973 entry is the political explanation. The demands were long-standing and became negotiable, briefly, when a group of producers demonstrated that commodity leverage existed.

The demands

Permanent sovereignty over natural resources, including the right to nationalise, with compensation determined by the nationalising State under its own law rather than by an international standard.

That compensation formula is the point of maximum conflict, because the industrialised States maintained an international minimum standard of prompt, adequate and effective compensation, and the Charter of Economic Rights and Duties of States provided instead for appropriate compensation with disputes settled under the domestic law of the nationalising State unless otherwise agreed.

Regulation of transnational corporations, including a code of conduct, which is the ancestor of everything in [Corporations and the Non-State Actor].

Improved and stabilised terms of trade, addressing the tendency of commodity prices to fall relative to manufactures, through commodity agreements and indexation.

Preferential and non-reciprocal treatment in trade for developing countries.

Reform of the international monetary and financial institutions, so that voting reflected more than capital contribution.

Debt relief.

And transfer of technology on preferential terms.

Why it belongs in a human rights paper

Three connections, and stating them is what makes the topic examinable here rather than in an economics course.

It is the second half of self-determination. Article 1(2) of both Covenants is the treaty form of the first demand, so the economic programme is the continuation of a right the Covenants had already made binding, as [Self-Determination as the First Third World Claim] set out.

It is the origin of the right to development. [The Right to Development as the Third World Claim] shows the 1986 Declaration reproducing the programme's language, and article 3(3) of that Declaration names the new international economic order expressly.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in462

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety-Four

The Right to Development as the Third World Claim

Syllabus topic 5, "Third World Perspective to Human Rights"

In one line

The right to development was the Third World's attempt to convert the failed economic programme into a human right, it was adopted in 1986 with one State voting against and eight abstaining, and forty years of negotiation have produced no binding instrument because the duty of international assistance has never been given a quantum, a bearer or a forum.

The vote, which is the political fact

The Declaration was adopted by the General Assembly on 4 December 1986 by resolution 41/128.

146 in favour, 1 against, 8 abstentions.

The single vote against was the United States, and the abstentions were principally industrialised States. That distribution is the whole political story: an overwhelming majority of States, and the opposition of those on whom the international obligation would fall.

Compare it with the Universal Declaration's vote in [Drafting the Universal Declaration]: 48 for, none against. A framework instrument adopted without dissent, and a redistributive one adopted over the objection of the States expected to pay, which is the clearest available demonstration of what the framework can and cannot obtain by consensus.

Why the claim was made

Because the economic programme had failed. [The New International Economic Order] set out the five reasons, and the strategic response was to move the demand from the language of economic negotiation, where it had no binding form, into the language of human rights, where obligations existed.

The strategic logic, stated plainly: a demand framed as a right acquires a holder, a duty-bearer, a standard and a claim to a forum, and the sponsoring States were doing deliberately what [Social Movements and Rights From Below] describes movements doing.

Because the framework's structure invited it. Article 28 of the Universal Declaration entitles everyone to a social and international order in which the rights can be fully realised, and article 2(1) of the Economic, Social and Cultural Covenant requires steps individually and through international assistance and co-operation. Both are textual hooks that predate 1986.

And because the diagnosis was accurate. The duty to realise economic and social rights falls on the State where the person lives, which is the poorest State, while the arrangements constraining that State bear none.

Why it was resisted

Four objections, and they are not all bad faith.

It has no identifiable duty-bearer. A duty owed by the international community is owed by everyone and enforced by nobody, which is the standing objection to the third generation in [Third Generation: The Solidarity Rights].

It converts aid into obligation. The objecting States held that development assistance is a matter of policy and not of legal duty, and that a right implying a transfer creates an obligation no State accepted.

It can be used against individuals. A collective right invoked by a government against its own population, which the Declaration answered in article 2(1) by making the human person the central subject.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in467

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety-Five

Selectivity, Double Standards and Politicization

Syllabus topic 5, "Third World Perspective to Human Rights"

In one line

International human rights scrutiny has followed power and alliance as well as gravity, the instruments themselves demand non-selectivity, and uneven application damages the standard's authority without altering its content.

What the charge is

Three distinct complaints, and they are usually run together.

Selectivity: some situations are examined and comparable ones are not.

Double standards: the same conduct is judged differently depending on the actor.

Politicization: the mechanisms are used to pursue objectives unrelated to the rights they invoke.

They need different answers. Selectivity is a fact about attention; double standards a fact about assessment; politicization a claim about motive, which is the hardest to establish and the easiest to allege.

The instruments concede it

This is the move that makes the answer strong: the demand for non-selectivity is inside the framework, not outside it.

Vienna paragraph 5, second sentence: the international community must treat human rights globally in a fair and equal manner, on the same footing, and with the same emphasis.

Bangkok paragraph 7: stress the universality, objectivity and non-selectivity of all human rights and the need to avoid the application of double standards in the implementation of human rights and its politicization, and that no violation of human rights can be justified.

Bangkok makes both points in one paragraph, the complaint and its limit, which is why [The Bangkok Declaration] treated it as the paragraph that answers the States which cite the document.

And the Human Rights Council was created in 2006 partly to answer the charge made against its predecessor, with the Universal Periodic Review as the structural response.

The evidence

Attention has not tracked gravity. The distribution of country resolutions, special sessions and commissions of inquiry has correlated with the political position of the State concerned as well as with the conduct.

Alliance has mattered. Conduct by a State with powerful protectors has attracted less formal attention than comparable conduct elsewhere.

Membership has been used defensively. States under scrutiny have sought seats on the bodies that scrutinise, which was among the criticisms that led to the Commission's replacement in 2006.

The Security Council's composition determines what reaches enforcement, and the veto is the mechanism.

And the standard has been invoked instrumentally. Human rights language has accompanied actions taken for other reasons, which is the politicization complaint in its strongest form and the one that does most damage to the framework's credibility.

The Universal Periodic Review as the institutional answer

Its design addresses the charge directly.

Every State is reviewed, on a cycle, regardless of what it has ratified and regardless of its power.

The basis of review includes the Charter, the Universal Declaration, the instruments the State has ratified, voluntary pledges and applicable humanitarian law, so it is not confined to treaty parties.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in472

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety-Six

Third World Approaches to International Law

Syllabus topic 5, "Third World Perspective to Human Rights"

In one line

Third World approaches to international law hold that the discipline was formed through the encounter with the colonised rather than merely applied to them afterwards, that its structures continue to reproduce inequality, and that the response is to reconstruct rather than to abandon it.

The three propositions

Learn them as three, because they are separable and an answer that separates them is stronger than one that summarises a mood.

One: colonialism is constitutive, not incidental

The claim. The doctrines of international law did not exist first and then meet the colonised. Key doctrines were formed in that encounter: sovereignty as a status the colonised were said to lack, capacity to contract treaties, the standards of civilisation used to admit States to the family of nations, the doctrine of terra nullius, and the law of state responsibility for injuries to aliens.

The difference from the ordinary account matters. The ordinary account treats colonialism as a period during which the law was misapplied. This account says the law took its shape from the task of managing that relationship, which is why the shape persists after the relationship formally ended.

Two: the structures reproduce inequality

Formal equality with unequal capacity. Every State is sovereign and equal; the ability to negotiate, litigate, sanction, absorb sanction and set an agenda is not equal, and formal equality conceals that.

The location of duty. [Third Generation: The Solidarity Rights] and [Poverty as a Human Rights Question] both showed the framework placing every duty on the State where the person lives, which is the poorest State, and exempting the arrangements that constrain it.

And the enforcement asymmetry. [Globalization: What It Changed] gave the sharpest form: an investor can bring a binding claim against a State and a person affected by the same measure usually cannot.

Three: reconstruction rather than rejection

The tradition works from inside the discipline. Its practitioners are international lawyers who use its methods, and the programme is to redescribe the history accurately, to reopen doctrines whose colonial formation is concealed, and to press the claims the framework's own texts support.

This is what distinguishes it from the rejectionist position in [Colonialism and the Making of the Instruments], which cannot explain why the colonised used the framework to end colonial rule.

What it says about human rights specifically

It does not deny the rights. The tradition is not a defence of the governments of the formerly colonised, and its practitioners have been consistent critics of those governments.

It attacks three features.

The subject. The framework's paradigm claimant is an individual against a State, which excludes the harms that operate through the international economy and are experienced collectively, which is [Globalization: What It Changed]'s structural problem stated as a critique of the discipline.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in477

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety-Seven

Why a Consumer Is a Rights-Holder

Syllabus topic 6, "Human Rights and Consumerism"

In one line

A consumer is a rights-holder because the transactions through which most people obtain food, medicine, housing, credit and information are the means by which their rights to life, health, an adequate standard of living, information and a remedy are realised or defeated.

The connection to the framework

Four links, and stating them is what turns a consumer law question into a human rights answer.

Life and health. Article 6 of the Civil and Political Covenant requires life to be protected by law, and article 12 of its twin gives the highest attainable standard of physical and mental health, including the prevention, treatment and control of disease and the improvement of environmental and industrial hygiene. An adulterated food, a spurious drug or an unsafe vehicle engages both, and the State's duty to regulate is the duty to protect in [Respect, Protect, Fulfil].

An adequate standard of living. Article 11 covers adequate food, clothing and housing, which are almost entirely obtained through purchase, so the terms on which they are sold determine whether the right is enjoyed.

Information. Article 19(2)'s freedom to seek and receive information underlies every disclosure obligation, and [Transparency and the Right to Know] showed the same word doing the same work against the State.

And a remedy. Article 2(3) requires an effective remedy determined by a competent authority and enforced, and article 8 of the Universal Declaration says the same. A consumer forum is that requirement applied to a private wrong.

The one qualification to state. A seller is not a duty-bearer under the Covenants, as [Who Bears the Duty: the Non-State Actor] established, so consumer protection reaches the market through the State's duty to protect, not through direct obligation. That is why the operative law is domestic statute.

Why the market needs a rights framework at all

Because the parties are not equal. The seller knows the composition, the origin, the failure rate and the terms; the buyer knows the price. Contract law assumes a bargain between parties able to protect themselves, and consumer law exists because that assumption fails.

Four specific asymmetries, and naming them is better than asserting inequality.

Information. The buyer cannot test a medicine, verify a claim or read a supply chain.

Bargaining power. Standard form contracts are offered on a take-it-or-leave-it basis.

Cost of enforcement. The value of an individual claim is almost always less than the cost of pursuing it, which is why ordinary civil procedure does not protect consumers and why a summary forum is required.

And risk. A seller spreads a defect across output; a buyer bears it entirely.

The four Kennedy rights and where they came from

The modern movement is conventionally dated to a message to the United States Congress in 1962, which identified four consumer rights: safety, information, choice and to be heard.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in482

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety-Eight

The United Nations Guidelines for Consumer Protection

Syllabus topic 6, "Human Rights and Consumerism"

In one line

The Guidelines are a General Assembly resolution addressed to Member States, setting out eleven legitimate needs, principles for good business practices and detailed guidelines on safety, economic interests, standards, distribution, redress, education, sustainable consumption, electronic commerce and financial services.

Their status and history

Adopted in 1985, expanded in 1999 to add sustainable consumption, and revised and adopted in the present form by General Assembly resolution 70/186 of 22 December 2015.

They are a resolution, not a treaty, so their status is that discussed in [The Universal Declaration: What Kind of Instrument]: recommendation in form, influence in substance, and their influence has been considerable because they were addressed to legislatures rather than to courts.

Scope: they apply to business-to-consumer transactions, and the consumer is generally a natural person acting primarily for personal, family or household purposes.

And the intergovernmental machinery created by the 2015 resolution is a group of experts on consumer protection law and policy, serviced by the trade and development conference, which supplies periodic review.

The eleven legitimate needs

This is the list to know, and it is longer and more modern than the four-plus-four formulation in [Why a Consumer Is a Rights-Holder].

(a) Access by consumers to essential goods and services.

(b) The protection of vulnerable and disadvantaged consumers.

(c) Protection from hazards to health and safety.

(d) Promotion and protection of the economic interests of consumers.

(e) Access to adequate information to enable informed choices according to individual wishes and needs.

(f) Consumer education, including on the environmental, social and economic consequences of consumer choice.

(g) Availability of effective dispute resolution and redress.

(h) Freedom to form consumer organizations and the opportunity to present their views in decision-making processes affecting them.

(i) The promotion of sustainable consumption patterns.

(j) A level of protection for consumers using electronic commerce not less than that afforded in other forms of commerce.

(k) The protection of consumer privacy and the global free flow of information.

Three of these are additions the 1985 text did not have in this form, and they are the ones that carry marks: vulnerable and disadvantaged consumers, electronic commerce parity, and privacy.

The general principles

Paragraph 4: Member States should develop, strengthen or maintain a strong consumer protection policy.

Paragraph 6: unsustainable patterns of production and consumption, particularly in industrialized countries, are the major cause of the continued deterioration of the global environment; developed countries should take the lead, and developing countries should pursue sustainable consumption in their development process having due regard for the principle of common but differentiated responsibilities.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in487

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety-Nine

The Consumer Protection Act 2019: the Six Rights

Syllabus topic 6, "Human Rights and Consumerism"

In one line

The Act of 2019 replaced the Act of 1986, enumerates six consumer rights in section 2(9), defines a consumer as a person who buys goods or avails services for consideration but not for resale or a commercial purpose, and creates product liability alongside the older categories of defect, deficiency and unfair trade practice.

Section 2(9): the six rights

(i) the right to be protected against the marketing of goods, products or services which are hazardous to life and property;

(ii) the right to be informed about the quality, quantity, potency, purity, standard and price of goods, products or services, so as to protect the consumer against unfair trade practices;

(iii) the right to be assured, wherever possible, access to a variety of goods, products or services at competitive prices;

(iv) the right to be heard and to be assured that consumer's interests will receive due consideration at appropriate fora;

(v) the right to seek redressal against unfair trade practice or restrictive trade practices or unscrupulous exploitation of consumers; and

(vi) the right to consumer awareness.

Three drafting points that carry marks.

The word is "includes", so the list is not exhaustive.

Right (ii) is tied to a purpose: information is guaranteed so as to protect against unfair trade practices, which links the informational right directly to the operative wrong in section 2(47).

And right (iii) is qualified by "wherever possible", which is the only qualified right in the list and reflects that choice depends on market conditions the State does not wholly control.

The six correspond to the international list in [The United Nations Guidelines for Consumer Protection], and the Guidelines' needs concerning essential goods, vulnerable consumers, consumer organizations, sustainable consumption and privacy are not separately enumerated here.

Section 2(7): who is a consumer

A person who buys any goods for a consideration paid, promised, partly paid or under deferred payment, and includes any user of such goods other than the buyer, where the use is with the buyer's approval.

Or who hires or avails of any service on the same terms, and includes any beneficiary of the service other than the person who hired it, where availed with that person's approval.

Two exclusions, and they are the most litigated words in the Act.

A person who obtains goods for resale is not a consumer.

A person who obtains goods or services for a commercial purpose is not a consumer.

And the proviso that saves the small trader. The Explanation provides that commercial purpose does not include use by a person of goods bought and used by him exclusively for the purpose of earning his livelihood, by means of self-employment.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in492

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred

The District Commission

Syllabus topic 6, "Human Rights and Consumerism"

In one line

Each State establishes a District Commission in each district, consisting of a President and at least two members, with jurisdiction where the consideration does not exceed one crore rupees, on a complaint filed where the opposite party resides or carries on business, where the cause of action arises, or where the complainant resides or works for gain.

Establishment and composition

Section 28(1): the State Government shall, by notification, establish a District Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission in each district, and may establish more than one in a district.

The obligation is mandatory, which distinguishes it from section 21 of the Protection of Human Rights Act 1993, where a State Government may constitute a State Human Rights Commission, as [The National Human Rights Commission: Constitution] noted.

Section 28(2): each Commission consists of a President and not less than two and not more than such number of members as may be prescribed, in consultation with the Central Government.

Section 29: the Central Government makes rules on qualifications, method of recruitment, procedure for appointment, term of office and resignation.

That is a shift from the 1986 Act, under which composition and qualifications were largely in the statute, and it has been criticised as leaving the constitution of a judicial forum to executive rule-making.

Section 30: the State Government makes rules on salaries and allowances, and section 31 is the transitional provision, under which a person appointed President or member immediately before the commencement of the Act holds office until the completion of the term for which they were appointed.

Section 32: where there is a vacancy in the office of President or member, the State Government may by notification direct another District Commission to exercise the jurisdiction in respect of that district also, or direct the President or a member of another District Commission to exercise the powers and discharge the functions of that office as well.

Section 32 is the answer the statute itself gives to the vacancy problem identified in [The Major Challenges Faced by Consumers in India], and it works only if the State Government issues the notification.

Section 33: the State Government shall provide the District Commission with such officers and other employees as may be required to assist it, and they discharge their functions under the general superintendence of the President.

Jurisdiction

Pecuniary, section 34(1): complaints where the value of the goods or services paid as consideration does not exceed one crore rupees, with power in the Central Government to prescribe another value.

Note the test: the consideration paid, not the value of the goods or the compensation claimed. That is a change from the 1986 Act, under which the value of the goods and the compensation claimed together fixed the forum, and it moved a large number of claims down to the District Commission.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in497

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred One

The State and National Commissions

Syllabus topic 6, "Human Rights and Consumerism"

In one line

The State Commission hears complaints where the consideration exceeds one crore and does not exceed ten crore, appeals from District Commissions and revisions of their orders, and the National Commission hears complaints above ten crore, appeals from State Commissions and from the Central Authority, and revisions, with a further appeal to the Supreme Court.

The three bands

ForumComplaints where the consideration paid
District Commission, section 34(1)Does not exceed one crore rupees
State Commission, section 47(1)(a)(i)Exceeds one crore and does not exceed ten crore
National Commission, section 58(1)(a)(i)Exceeds ten crore rupees

The test throughout is the consideration paid, not the value of the goods and not the compensation claimed, which is the change [The District Commission] identified.

And each band is subject to a power in the Central Government to prescribe another value, so the figures are statutory defaults rather than fixed limits.

The unfair contract jurisdiction, which is separate

Section 47(1)(a)(ii): the State Commission entertains complaints against unfair contracts where the value of goods or services paid as consideration does not exceed ten crore rupees.

Section 58(1)(a)(ii): the National Commission entertains such complaints where the consideration exceeds ten crore rupees.

Read those two together and the District Commission has no unfair contract jurisdiction at all. An unfair contract complaint starts at the State Commission however small the consideration, which is the single most commonly missed point in this area and the reason the unfair contract category in section 2(46) must be identified correctly when pleading.

The State Commission

Section 42(1): the State Government shall establish a State Commission, ordinarily functioning at the State capital, with power to establish regional benches.

Section 42(3): a President and not less than four members, or such greater number as may be prescribed.

Its jurisdiction, section 47(1):

(a)(i) complaints between one and ten crore;

(a)(ii) unfair contract complaints up to ten crore;

(a)(iii) appeals against the orders of any District Commission within the State; and

(b) the revisional power: to call for the records and pass appropriate orders in any consumer dispute pending before or decided by a District Commission within the State, where it appears that the District Commission has exercised a jurisdiction not vested in it by law, has failed to exercise a jurisdiction so vested, or has acted in the exercise of its jurisdiction illegally or with material irregularity.

The revisional formula is the familiar civil procedure one, and it is narrower than an appeal: it is directed at jurisdiction and at material irregularity, not at the merits.

Section 47(2) and (3): benches constituted by the President, the senior-most member presiding, majority decision, and a reference to the President where members are equally divided.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in503

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Two

The Major Challenges Faced by Consumers in India

Syllabus topic 6, "Human Rights and Consumerism"

In one line

Indian consumers face an informal market that leaves no evidence, regulatory enforcement that is thin, forums that are slow and unevenly staffed, and low awareness of rights that exist, and the digital marketplace has added intermediaries whose liability is unsettled.

Challenges in the market

The informal transaction. A large share of purchases produce no bill, no warranty document and no traceable seller.

The consequence is evidential and it is decisive. Section 2(7) requires consideration paid or promised, and a complaint requires proof of the transaction, so a consumer without a receipt is not without a right but is frequently without a case.

Spurious and substandard goods, particularly medicines, seeds, fertilisers, cosmetics, packaged food and electrical goods, which engages the right in section 2(9)(i) and the interests protected by articles 6 and 12 of the Covenants.

Weights, measures and adulteration, which is the oldest consumer problem and remains substantial in food and fuel.

Misleading advertising, including unverifiable claims, celebrity endorsement and surrogate advertising, which is the section 2(47) wrong.

Unfair standard form contracts in credit, insurance, telecommunications, real estate and services, which section 2(46) now reaches.

And service deficiency at scale, in banking, insurance, telecommunications, electricity, transport, health care and education, where the consumer deals with a monopoly or an oligopoly and cannot exit.

Challenges in the law

Overlap and fragmentation. Food, drugs, weights and measures, electricity, telecommunications, insurance, real estate and competition each have their own regulator and statute, and a consumer must identify the right door.

Regulatory capacity. Inspection, sampling, testing and prosecution are resource-intensive, and enforcement is thin relative to the size of the market, which is a due diligence failure in the sense of [Who Bears the Duty: the Non-State Actor].

The commercial purpose exclusion. Section 2(7) excludes a buyer for a commercial purpose, and although the Explanation saves goods bought and used exclusively for earning a livelihood by self-employment, the line is litigated and small enterprises fall on the wrong side of it.

And the reach of the intermediary. Where a marketplace platform is not the seller, whether and when it bears liability is unsettled, which is [The Digital Consumer, E-Commerce and Unfair Trade Practice].

Challenges in the forum

Delay is the first and largest. The Act directs decision within three months, or five where testing is required, and appeals within ninety days, and those periods are routinely exceeded. [The District Commission] set them out, and a right whose remedy takes years is what [Accountability: What It Means for a Right] called assessment without consequence.

Vacancies and staffing. Commissions function with unfilled posts, and section 36(1) requires the President and at least one member to sit together, so a vacancy can stop a bench.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in508

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Three

Measures to Overcome Them

Syllabus topic 6, "Human Rights and Consumerism"

In one line

The measures divide into what the 2019 Act already did, what the institutions must do to make it work, and what remains for legislation, and each should be matched to the specific challenge it addresses.

What the 2019 Act already did

Begin here, because an answer proposing reforms that exist is a weak answer.

Product liability, sections 2(34) and 2(35) and Chapter VI, which reaches the manufacturer directly, answering the challenge of a distant manufacturer and a judgment-proof local seller.

The Central Consumer Protection Authority, with powers of inquiry, investigation, recall, refund and the discontinuation of unfair trade practices, which supplies enforcement against a practice rather than requiring an individual complaint for each victim.

Unfair contract in section 2(46), which reaches the standard form contract.

E-commerce coverage, through the Explanation to section 2(7) and the rules made under the Act.

Liability for misleading endorsement, which addresses celebrity advertising.

Mediation, under section 37 and Chapter V, which shortens the disposal of settleable disputes.

Electronic filing, under the proviso to section 35(1).

Filing where the complainant resides, under section 34(2)(d).

And the deemed admission rule in section 36(3), which converts threshold delay into admission.

Measures for the forum

These address delay, capacity and execution, which [The Major Challenges Faced by Consumers in India] identified as the forum group.

Fill the vacancies and fix qualifications by statute. Section 36(1) requires the President and at least one member to sit, so a vacancy halts a bench, and the criticism that qualifications and tenure are left to executive rules is a criticism about independence as well as capacity.

Establish regional benches, which sections 42 and 53 permit for the State and National Commissions, so that distance does not defeat the appellate tiers.

Enforce the statutory timelines by monitoring, publishing pendency by Commission, which is the transparency mechanism in [Transparency and the Right to Know] applied to the forums themselves.

Strengthen execution, since an unenforceable order is assessment without consequence.

And use the representative and association complaints in section 35 systematically, because a single complaint disposing of a common practice is worth more than a thousand individual ones and is the only economic answer to small claims.

Measures for the market

Registration and billing. The evidential problem in the informal transaction is solved by making a record of the sale routine, which digital payment and invoicing have begun to do, and it is a regulatory and technological answer rather than a legislative one.

Testing infrastructure. Section 38's five-month period assumes an accredited laboratory is available, and the constraint is capacity.

Recall as a routine power, exercised by the Authority rather than only on a complaint.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in513

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Four

The Digital Consumer, E-Commerce and Unfair Trade Practice

Syllabus topic 6, "Human Rights and Consumerism"

In one line

Indian law brings online transactions within the definition of consumer and requires a level of protection not less than that afforded offline, and the unsettled questions are the liability of the marketplace intermediary, the treatment of design that manipulates consent, and the enforceability of an order against a seller abroad.

The statutory position

The Explanation to section 2(7): buying goods and hiring or availing services include offline or online transactions through electronic means or by teleshopping or direct selling or multi-level marketing.

One sentence removed the whole question of whether the Act applies online, which several jurisdictions took much longer to settle.

Section 2(47) brings a false or misleading statement made by visible representation including by means of electronic record within unfair trade practice, so an online listing, a rating claim and a promotional email are all within it.

Section 2(46) reaches the standard form contract, which online is the terms of service nobody reads.

Section 35(1) proviso and section 35(2) permit filing and fee payment electronically.

Section 34(2)(d) permits filing where the complainant resides, which is what makes a claim against a distant online seller practicable.

And the Central Consumer Protection Authority may order recall, refund, discontinuance of an unfair practice and corrective advertisement, which is the only mechanism that operates on a platform's practice rather than on a single transaction.

The international standard

The Guidelines' tenth legitimate need: a level of protection for consumers using electronic commerce not less than that afforded in other forms of commerce.

Paragraph 63: Member States should work towards enhancing consumer confidence in electronic commerce by developing transparent and effective policies ensuring a level of protection that is not less than that afforded in other forms of commerce.

Paragraph 64: review existing policies to accommodate the special features of electronic commerce and ensure that consumers and businesses are informed and aware of their rights and obligations in the digital marketplace.

The standard is parity, not a separate regime, which is the formulation to use: the question is never whether online consumers have rights but whether they have the same rights in a usable form.

And the Guidelines' eleventh need is privacy, with the business principle on protection of privacy requiring appropriate control, security, transparency and consent mechanisms relating to the collection and use of personal data.

The four unsettled questions

One: the intermediary

A marketplace platform says it is not the seller. It hosts listings, takes payment, arranges delivery and resolves complaints, and disclaims liability for the goods.

The consumer's difficulty is that the seller may be small, distant or untraceable, and the platform is the only solvent party with a presence.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in518

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

The rest of this subject

These notes are cut from the University's printed syllabus. Open the syllabus itself, or the past papers, for the same subject.

Report or request
Done!